The contributors present both theoretical and practical approach towards issues concerning culture, such as the management of public cultural institutions and other cultural organizations, cultural heritage management as well as questions concerning cultural studies.
First peer-reviewed quarterly e-journal in Poland devoted to culture management. The contributors present both theoretical and practical approach towards issues concerning culture, such as the management of public cultural institutions and other cultural organizations, cultural heritage management as well as questions concerning cultural studies. The journal can boast a wide range of topics dealing with the most recent phenomena of Polish and international culture.
Metrics
Editor-in-Chief:
drMarcinLaberschek
Deputy Editor-in-Chief:
MartaKudelska
Secretary:
JakubWydra
Affiliation:
Jagiellonian University in Kraków
Periodicity: Quarterly
Year of foundation: 2001
Article languages
english, polish
Status:
active
Scientific domain:
Culture and religion studies, Arts studies, Humanities
The present article is to be treated as a source article. It reports on subsequent stage productions of Mauprat – a George Sand’s play staged in Warsaw theatres in the second half of the 19th century (with a short episode in the 20th century). The main female role, Edmea, was played by: Salomea Palińska (1856), Helena Modjeska (1869), Maria Deryng (1878) and Aldona Jasińska (1918). As the basis for source research Warsaw magazines: especially post-premiere articles were used. The research methodology is determined by the nature of the sources. The article includes a preserved theatrical handwritten copy (prompter) of the discussed play from the collection of the Lviv Library. Based on numerous press reviews (quoted abundantly), attempts were made to describe the nature of the performances and their reception by the audience and critics. Information (unfortunately sporadic) is included about such elements of performances as scenography and costumes. The most important direction within the research proposed in the article is an attempt to determine the specificity of the performance of subsequent actresses playing the role of Edmea. Knowledge about the 19th century theatre is still incomplete, and an attempt to extract an image of old performances from the preserved materials is at risk of fragmentation. In the case of Mauprat however, it is possible to capture a handful of important indicators that broaden the knowledge on reception of George Sand’s plays on Polish stages, and on durability of the Romantic style in theatre, and finally on outstanding actresses and actors of those years.
The article describes a little-known collage documenting the huge success of Helena Modrzejewska’s first guest performances in Warsaw in October and November of 1868. The author of the Benefis Heleny Modrzejewskiej (a collage kept in the collection of the National Museum in Warsaw) is Franciszek Kostrzewski. This excellent cartoonist and “pencil humorist” presented a triumphant procession of the actress’ admirers. He used a then fashionable technique of combining satirical drawings with pasted fragments of photographs. The participants of the ceremonial procession include mainly representatives of the Warsaw press and theatre scene. The author of the article tried to decipher the people portrayed. She managed to identify and describe nearly 30 people who participated in this extraordinary event, which was Modrzejewska’s Warsaw debut.
The content of the article are the memoirs and correspondence of the actress and traveller Jadwiga Mrozowska-Toeplitz, in which she described her reflections on the fellow artist Helena Modrzejewska. Both ladies met in Kraków in 1903, during Madame’s last performances. Mrozowska, in a colourful way, described both the American star’s acting and her attitude towards her theatre colleagues. The letters and published diaries interestingly show how Mrozowska’s attitude towards herself and Modrzejewska changed. They also indirectly touch on relations within and outside the theatre, as well as the social status of actors. Their content is certainly an interesting supplement to research on the history of theatre and the biographies of the artists themselves.
Helena Modrzejewska (1840–1909) was a luminary of the stage, captivating audiences in Cracow (1865–1869) and Warsaw (1869–1876). Yet, her brilliance transcended national borders. From 1877 she soared to the zenith of American theatre history, her talent resonating across the globe. In 1880–1882 and 1885, she graced the stages of London and around Great Britain. Following Helena Modrzejewska’s passing on 8 April 1909 on Bay Island in Newport Beach, California, many articles, biographical entries, memories, and press notes flooded the Warsaw newspapers. Correspondents meticulously detailed funeral ceremonies in Los Angeles and Chicago. On 30 June, Modrzejewska’s body was transported to New York; then, on 3 July, to Europe on the Augusta Victoria steamer and later on to her hometown, Cracow. This comprehensive overview of Warsaw’s posthumous reception includes pivotal texts by exceptional artists (Józef Kotarbiński) and critics (Władysław Bogusławski), as well as a review of funeral ceremony descriptions, publications of correspondence excerpts, memoirs, and photo collections.
The subject of the article is the celebration of the hundredth anniversary of Helena Modjeska’s birth in 1940, which took place outside Poland due to the war situation. The outstanding artist was celebrated in the United States with two jubilee academies. The first one, organized on the initiative of the Polish Americans, took place on May 5, 1940 at the Polish Home in Los Angeles, and the second one was on October 27 in the Modjeska Club in New York. In a specific historical and geopolitical situation, both celebrations not only recalled and emphasized the achievements of this outstanding Polish-American artist, but were also a kind of national manifestation. The organizers wanted the American community to be interested in the current situation in Poland. The Academy in Los Angeles, during which Ignacy Paderewski’s message to American friends was replayed, even became a war appeal, a voice of support for Modjeska’s home country occupied by two invaders.
The article presents research results on the Polish theatre in Czerniowce in the years 1863–1865. The central part of the text is dedicated to the repertoire of the Polish stage in the discussed period, which was compiled on the basis of the German newspaper “Bukowina”. The starting point and, at the same time, reference point for the developed repertoire is the repertoire of Helena Modjeska’s performances in Czerniowce, prepared by Jerzy Got. The Polish Theatre in Czerniowce was an important cultural centre that shaped and cultivated the identity of the Bukovina’s Polish community in the second half of the 19th century. The institution in question was an organisational phenomenon – four permanent theatres were run simultaneously in one building – and a cultural one – each of them staged plays in a different language. It was a unique example of artistic cooperation for the benefit of multicultural audiences; mainly Polish, German, Romanian and Ukrainian.
Henryk Sienkiewicz’s trip to America (between 1876 and 1878) highlighted two aspects of his work then and his later oeuvre: “travomancy” and nostalgia. They were present in American reportages and novellas published after his return home (Za chlebem, Latarnik,Wspomnienie z Maripozy), which expressed various forms of these experiences (especially the longing for the lost country in exile).
The article considers the following issues: the civic attitudes of nineteenth-century society in face of the need to commemorate an outstanding artist; the participation of artists in creating such attitudes; and ways of promoting the nation’s history and culture. The issues are presented in the context of the development of museology in Poland. The text is a case study of the biographical museum in Jan Matejko’s house, opened on 6 March 1898 and since then, through a permanent exhibition and numerous temporary exhibitions, popularising various aspects of artist’s life and work, as well as presenting his rich collections of crafts, textiles and military memorabilia.
The history of theatre in the twentieth century distinguishes two theatre reforms. The first took place from the final years of the nineteenth century into the late 1930s. The second was from the mid-1950s to the late 1980s. These were movements of renewal and modernization of the art of theatre. Started by individual artists and small groups and assisted by playwrights and theorists – who were often the artists themselves – both reforms gradually reached wider areas of theatre life. The Second Reform was a reformist movement of young, avant-garde, rebellious and experimental theatre in a searching state. The movement originated in the 1950s in Poland within student and alternative theatres as well as in the United States, as Off-Broadway and then Off-Off-Broadway. It reached tremendous level of expression in the 1960s through the work of Jerzy Grotowski’s Laboratory Theatre, Bread and Puppet Theater, Living Theatre and several other companies in many countries all around the world. It matured in the 1970s, bringing out the theatre of Tadeusz Kantor. In the 1980s, it resulted in Włodzimierz Staniewski’s “Gardzienice.” However, it did not reach some areas of theatre at all. Throughout the West, in South America, Australia and in Japan, the Second Reform was a challenge and an alternative to commercial, popular and traditional theatre. In the part of Europe that was under Soviet Union’s control, the Second Reform was a challenge to totalitarian regimes; it undermined totalitarian censorship and disregarded the communist iron curtain. Its productions were manifestations of freedom. In the field of performance’s creation, the Second Reform brought out and accentuated the communality and processuality of theatre art. In the field of directing, the Second Reform decisively placed the director at the head of the team of creators preparing and executing a theatrical performance. In the field of acting, the Second Reform introduced “acting of being” in place of “acting of character.” In the aspect of space, the Second Reform sought out to integrate the playing area and the observation area of the show; its lasting achievement became a theatre with variable space, “the black box.” In the field of literature, the Second Reform questioned the underlying function of drama in the theatre, practiced “writing on stage” as well as “creating” the text of the show by the actors themselves, and “adapting” existing dramas by the director. The author of this article witnessed, chronicled and participated in the Second Theater Reform. He created productions in its spirit and wrote about it.
The article proposes a very preliminary reconnaissance of the strategies and methods used and developed by the world-renowned Polish artist and theatre researcher Jerzy Grotowski (1933–1999) to create and manage a socially attractive image of himself and of the institution he run. It presents several basic ways and strategies of creating and managing these images developed in the Opole period of Grotowski’s activity (1959–1965), including Ludwik Flaszen’s comments and the ways in which the Theatre’s own publications, photography, radio and film are used as tools for creating and communicating the image.
The author described the dominant trend of musical shows in the repertoire of the Polish Theatre in Bielsko-Biała during the years of Witold Mazurkiewicz’s management. Three musicals and several comedies staged between 2013 and 2023 were analyzed. These included Zorba by Joseph Stein, Fred Ebb and John Kander directed by Mazurkiewicz, Sześć wcieleń Jana Piszczyka by Jerzy Stefan Stawiński adapted and directed by Wojciech Kościelniak and Człowiek z La Manchy by Dale Wasserman with music by Mitch Leigh directed by Mazurkiewicz. For the first time, the presence of musicals in a regional theatre was both an attempt to meet the expectations of the surroundings and the result of casting possibilities. Mazurkiewicz has proven that with creative, well-sung actors and a large group of collaborating artists, it is possible to come up with new and original stage solutions. Difficult musicals can also be produced to a high standard by small theatres where the musical repertoire functions on a par with the dramatic one.
The article is a commemoration of the 160th death anniversary of the head of the National Government, Romuald Traugutt (August 5, 1864). Although four dramas devoted to Traugutt were written before the war (in the years 1913–1933), they are surpassed in every aspect by the script of a television play entitled Traugutt, a work of great merit for Cracow and the Polish humanities by Prof. Franciszek Ziejka (recorded in May 1990 by the Polish Television Centre in Cracow as part of the series The Theatre of Fact). The title role was played by actor Jerzy Radziwiłowicz as he was accompanied by various artists from Cracow’s theatres (the Helena Modrzejewska Old Theatre and the Juliusz Słowacki Theatre). As Professor Ziejka deposited the text of Traugutt at the Jagiellonian Library with a clause of inaccessibility, I undertook efforts to convince the descendants of the author to make it available for research purposes. This attempt was successful, hence this article is a presentation of this play in the context of historical research on the January Uprising.
The article is concerned with the system of organising theatre life in Poland and the most important problems of the community, organizations and institutions within the theatre sphere. Such problems result from, among others, the current formal and legal regulations in Poland. In context of the voices appearing increasingly more often within the public debate that demand a special theatre law and formulation of a theatre policy at the central level, while also referring to the branch debate that took place in March 2024 at the Jan Kochanowski Theatre in Opole, the author wonders what determines the theatre’s success. Whether theatre policy at the central level is really necessary? Will the Act on Theatres solve the problems? Can the Act on Theatre be a solution to the problems, and if so, which ones?
Referring to the concept of a memorial site by Pierre Nora, the text presents the functions and activities of Rydlówka – a branch of the Museum of Cracow. It presents Rydlówka in both historical and contemporary context, as an important place for the local and supra-local community, referring to a positive memory. By presenting the activities and the most important elements of the educational program, the authors try to showcase how history, memory and identity intertwine in Rydlówka.
The present paper aims at describing one of the important symbols of the Cieszyn and Český Cieszyn – a tram line, a cultural heritage around which the history of both border towns can be written. The history of the Cieszyn tram line in the years 1911–1921 was depicted in the first part. The second part presents its current state and various ways of commemorating the tram line (which were undertaken after 2004), such as a joint bilingual theatre project of the Polish Stage and the Czech Stage of the Tĕšínské Divadlo (Cieszyn Theatre) in Český Cieszyn. The project is entitled Těšínské niebo Cieszyńskie nebe (Cieszyn Sky). There is another cross-border project entitled “Tramwaj Cieszyński wrócił! Těšínská tramvaj se vrátila!” (The Cieszyn tram is back) and many other valuable and diverse initiatives. The third part of this article describes two big cross-border projects: 1) “An analysis of the possibility to restore the tram line as a tourist attraction in Cieszyn and Czech Cieszyn”; 2) “On the trail of Cieszyn tram line – development of the cross-border tourism”. A number of activities undertaken and implemented in the second project were specified. The subject of the longer description was the greatest tourist attraction on the reconstructed famous tram route – a faithful replica of the Cieszyn Ringhoffer. The summary underlines that both the history of the Cieszyn tram line and the process of its commemoration and restoration depended on the political and social events, which have been of international importance. It was also emphasized that the symbolism of the Cieszyn tram line has changed over the years – from a symbol of the Cieszyn and Czech Cieszyn unification and integration of the societies inhabiting them, to “a core metaphor of one city as it was before 1920”.
This article analyses the socio-emotional context of the award as a tool for motivating the individual, which at the same time influences the environmental relations. The author made a historical reconstruction based on an analysis of personal documentary literature by referring to Jarosław Iwaszkiewicz’s jubilee award, and the Nobel Prize in Literature awarded to three Polish writers: two women – Wisława Szymborska and Olga Tokarczuk – and one man: Czesław Miłosz. The author’s findings and conclusions are related to the research hypotheses of Daniel H. Pinek.
In the face of the unprecedented socio-environmental challenges of the Anthropocene, characterized by the interconnected crises of climate change, biodiversity loss, inequality, and more, the traditional approaches to culture management must evolve. Beginning with an analysis of the current state of polycrisis – including ecological boundaries breached and social inequalities exacerbated – this paper emphasizes the systemic nature of these challenges and argues for a redefinition of culture management that integrates both cultural and natural systems. It critiques the conventional understanding of culture management as limited to the administration of cultural institutions, advocating instead for a broader perspective that acknowledges culture’s integral role in shaping human-environment interactions. Drawing upon a variety of interpretations of culture, ranging from its broad anthropological functional conception as humanity’s adaptive mechanism to specific manifestations such as national, ethnic, religious, or organizational cultures, alongside sector-specific perspectives focusing on both cultural institutions and grassroots initiatives, as well as individual involvement in cultural practices, this paper argues for a paradigmatic shift towards nature-culture management. The purpose of this is to align human – and therefore cultural – activities with the environment on a global and local scale. An illustrative modelling exercise showcases the shift from traditional cultural management within a stable world towards a more conscientious and impactful approach that responds to the demands of the polycrisis, drawing upon the principles of Kate Raworth’s doughnut economics. The proposed “bucket wheel” model of culture management, which focuses on the value mining for sustainable well-being, highlights the circulation of values that promote positive social and environmental outcomes. This paper concludes by highlighting the pressing need to embrace this paradigm shift in culture management to effectively address the challenges of the Anthropocene. This finding underscores the necessity for cultural interventions that transcend existing paradigms, emphasizing the potential of culture management to drive socio-environmental change and contribute towards a sustainable future for people and the planet.
The subject matter of the article is in line with the humanistic perspective of management and deals with management as an area of knowledge, the teaching of management in academic centres, and management as a human activity. The aim is to find an answer to the question of whether there is still a place for humanistic management – that is – a management in which human values are at least as important as material ones, in a world in which measurable results count, in which goals determine the means of achieving them, and if so, what such management should be distinguished by. Following the idea contained in Emil Orzechowski’s paper Arte et Ratione, the author indicates that such management is possible, while at the same time broadening this concept with the element of sensitivity (sensibilitas), or more precisely, ethical sensitivity. After all, management without human sensitivity is a mere tool for making profits regardless of the cost.
The paper aims at diagnosing the underlying causes for the state of visual culture in Poland and indicating the directions of the new cultural policy for the country. The method applied is a combination of auto-ethnography with analytical development of several hypotheses based on the materials from the realm of cultural anthropology. Part of the reasoning conducted in the article is important methodologically and intended for practitioners. It is based on the comparison between today’s challenges facing the devisers of cultural policy and the challenges from 30 years ago, when the author was building a project of cultural policy for the government of those days. Due to the lack of decisive legitimisation of activities in the ideological sphere, the author defines cultural policy as enhancing the values and mitigating the flaws in the existing state of culture. The crucial thesis of the text positions the source of divisions in the contemporary Polish visual culture in the ideological sphere. The ideological division is discussed in the text in the categories of modernizers and conservatives. As a crucial part of symbolic culture connected with visual perception, the visual culture is divided according to beliefs which have either a radically discursive character (in the light of contemporary science one cannot unambiguously resolve their truthfulness) or they remain impossible to be captured rationally. They are a matter of faith and embedded in religious rituals. That is why, among others, we cannot ignore the philosophical foundations of cognition. Part of the article refers to the readiness of contemporary humanities to address the complicated issues of the cognitive theories in the light of such directions of thought as post-correlationism. As a result, a comparison between the resolutions enhancing the coexistence of the state and free market in the sphere of culture, postulated in the project of cultural policy from 1998, and the contemporary dysfunctional cohabitation of the camp of radical modernizers with the camp of conservatives, allows the author to formulate – in the form of a project – a number of proposals. They have character of philosophical and ideological theses as well as organizational and institutional proposals. Additionally, a question was posed about the need to establish a state institution monitoring the cases of ideological ‘corruption’ in the public institutions of culture. The conclusions are formulated in over a dozen points. What was found to be relevant is, among others, the emphasis of the significance of modernity as a modernizing option, supporting the local cultural potential and Christianity as a reservoir of idiomatic forms of intellectual speculation.
The concept of success is a subjective category, making it a challenging area for research. It was, therefore, intriguing to delve deeper into what artists themselves consider to be a success. This text has been crafted around this issue, presenting a qualitative review of the relevant literature. This includes shifts in responsibility for career management from organisations to individuals and the evolving job market for artists, where there is an increasing move away from traditional employment models towards self-management of careers. Research findings selected by the author have been presented, highlighting the diversity of approaches, challenges, and barriers to self-management as defined by the artists themselves.
In recent decades, the level of music education in Polish general schools has been systematically decreasing. This results both from the lowering of the importance of music as a school subject and from the common belief that teaching music is a waste of time. Meanwhile, both neuropsychological research and observations resulting from the analysis of American data on the skill growth depending on selected school subjects indicate that systematic and practical contact with music for a minimum of two years significantly increases the intellectual abilities of young people – especially in the field of science. The author suggests increasing the role of music as a subject in the Polish public education system.
Culture Management,
Volume 25, Issue 3,
Early View
This article explores the factors that contribute to men’s limited engagement in institutional reading culture and the impact of gender stereotypes on this issue. The study examines the three components of reading culture (motivational dispositions, reading behaviours, and instrumental dispositions) with a focus on the institutional perspective of libraries. This research is based on a mixed-methods study conducted in Pomeranian Voivodeship in 2022–2023, which included indepth interviews with active cultural participants (n = 20) and librarians (n = 15), as well as a questionnaire survey of active cultural participants (n = 569). The findings of this study indicate that gender stereotypes significantly influence men’s participation in the reading culture. Men tend to adhere to traditional gender roles and scripts, resulting in a lack of engagement with library programs designed to meet women’s needs. Men’s participation in all three dimensions of reading culture was lower than that of women’s. Therefore, libraries must develop programs to cater to the unique needs and expectations of male readers.
Culture Management,
Volume 25, Issue 3,
Early View
The article presents experiences from the “Copernicus Multisenses” project implemented by the Copernicus Science Center in 2023. Its goal was to increase accessibility for people with visual and hearing impairments. The article focuses on the research and participatory aspects of the project, paying attention to the challenges related to the stereotypical perception of disability in the context of cultural institutions. The article also analyzes the categories of scientific and cultural capital that influence the participation of people with disabilities in cultural institutions. The study accompanying the project was concerned with improving the accessibility of space and exhibits at the Copernicus Science Center for people with visual and hearing impairments, while including the active participation of these people in identifying accessibility barriers. The conducted study was based on the disability studies framework. The article poses a question of what the true accessibility is in a science center.
Culture Management,
Volume 25, Issue 3,
Early View
Currently, there is a lot of talk pertaining to the special needs of museum visitors, and the ways of building dedicated exhibition spaces as well as preparing sightseeing tours The lack of financial resources means that these accessibility tools cannot be fully created. Stereotypes of visitors with special needs then appear. Museum professionals try to eliminate them, which is why they increasingly include people with disabilities in the process of creating workshops, lessons, exhibitions and other museum projects. The article is an attempt at moving beyond the stereotype itself – through joint learning – to be open to others. It also provides a case study done on the example of the Museum of Engineering and Technology in Kraków that describes several years of activity and the steps taken by the museum towards improving its accessibility.
Culture Management,
Volume 25, Issue 3,
Early View
Stereotypes and prejudices are present both in social culture as well as in business. They are particularly visible in multicultural management situations. Therefore, overcoming barriers through a better understanding of the mechanisms that create stereotypes in the professional environment is an important element of modern managerial activity, without which companies cannot develop properly and successfully develop. In this article, the author attempts to contribute to the literature on cross-cultural management by drawing attention to the important aspects that affect the effectiveness of team work in an international work environment. He emphasizes the importance of recognizing and then eliminating stereotypes and prejudices that can lead to discrimination and limit the potential of companies operating in the global market. In his research, the author used the desk research method. A critical analysis of scientific literature was conducted, websites and forums of various companies, social media profiles and blogs were studied as well as the statements of experts and management practitioners were analyzed. In his research, the author adopted a theoretical cognitive perspective, viewing stereotypes as resistant to change and most often false beliefs about people from another group.
Culture Management,
Volume 25, Issue 3,
Early View
The aim of the study was to determine whether groups of respondents responsible for various departments in sport clubs evaluate their success as the most important or prioritize other types of achievements, in the context of the stereotype that only winning matters. The study surveyed 66 respondents representing 11 groups related to the achievements of a sport club (internal and external stakeholders). The results indicate diverse approaches to evaluating success, which challenges the stereotypes. Contrary to the expectations, journalists and marketers rated competition-related success as the most important (4.5 and 4.33, respectively), instead of marketing success. Scientists also prioritize competition-related one (4.5), with the least importance given to image success (1.5). The sports department rated social success as the most important (4.0), which may be related to their direct involvement in building relationships with fans. Non-sports departments, external entities, presidents, press officers, coaches, athletes, associations and leagues also rated competition-related success as the most important, though different groups prioritized other aspects like financial, social, and marketing success differently. For example, external entities rated both competition-related and financial success as equally important (4.0), and social success as the least important (1.67). The findings suggest that competition-related success is the top priority for most groups, but other aspects such as financial, social, and marketing success also play significant roles. Thus, the study challenges stereotypes by suggesting that even groups not directly responsible for outcomes of the competitions oftentimes consider them the most important.
Culture Management,
Volume 25, Issue 3,
Early View
The article analyzes the impact of stereotypes on organizational culture in educational institutions. The research – conducted in June 2024 in Poland, with 100 respondents including teachers, school directors, and parents – was aimed at addressing the research gap concerning the lack of literature linking stereotypes about students with the shaping of organizational culture among teachers. Online surveys were used to collect research material. The results showed a correlation between the stereotypical treatment of students and the shaping of organizational culture in educational institutions. The article suggests that managing organizational culture through training and policies promoting inclusivity can significantly reduce the negative effects of stereotypes in education.
Culture Management,
Volume 25, Issue 3,
Early View
The aim of this article is to thoroughly examine the impact of recruitment managementand selection processes in organizational culture and service standards of the local government units, with a particular focus on the county offices. These processes play a crucial role in shaping a strong organizational culture that supports achieving the organization’s mission and strategic goals. Studies on organizational culture in the county offices indicate that employees who are well-aligned with organizational values and norms exhibit higher levels of engagement, greater job satisfaction, and better performance in terms of customer service quality. Therefore, managing recruitment and selection processes in local government units should be considered a strategic element of human resource management. This article presents an analysis of the literature on management of organizational culture and the results of empirical research conducted in a selected local government unit. This research included analysis of the internal documents and surveys conducted among employees, aimed at assessing the impact of recruitment and selection processes on organizational culture and customer service quality. The research findings confirm that properly managed recruitment and selection processes are crucial for building a strong organizational culture and improving customer service standards. They also highlight the importance of investing in human resource development and the necessity of continuously monitoring and adapting management strategies to the changing conditions and needs of the organization.
The high degree of the environment instability generates the need to apply not only a strategy, but also a range of management practices as well as tools to the day-to-day operations of cultural institutions. Strategy can therefore be seen as a modern way for continuous adaptation to the environment. Having and implementing a strategy, including marketing strategies, is important not only from perspective of the declining participation and attendance in cultural events in the Polish society, but also because of the need to meet the requirements of effective operation. Hence the emerging question: how to manage a cultural institution whose survival nowadays is more than ever dictated by an unclear future scenario? This paper will present the strategic concepts of the Polish philharmonics and orchestras, which are a response to the challenges of the environment with different attitudes and activities.
Qualitative research in form of the individual in-depth interviews (IDI), which form the basis of the study, was conducted between May 2022 and May 2023. They were concerned with management tools currently used by managers and directors of public cultural institutions – in case of this study, these were philharmonics and orchestras. Transcripts of a total of 25 in-depth interviews were analysed, then categorised and compiled using qualitative research support software.
The conclusions that emerged from the literature review and qualitative research indicate a strong diversification in the attitudes of philharmonic managers. The hybridisation of artistic activities means that, as never before, philharmonics are diversifying not only their identity, but also the range of activities as well as their effect. The environment plays an increasingly important role in this process.
The article is concerned with professional marketing activities of cultural institutions and local governments. The article showcases the importance of local heritage and its influence on their distinctive and competitive character. The aim of the research is to attempt to complete the process of creating the cultural institution’s brand in the context of the city’s brand by the example of Poznań Heritage Centre. The background of the discussed issues is the presentation of the specificity of marketing activities in the culture industry and local government. The research conclusions show that the use of the brand model is an effective way to manage a cultural institution and provide effective support for the city’s image. The article was written using the method of analysing the literature and presenting a case study.
The research objective of this article is to present the way in which the Jewish Theater in Warsaw has been building its image. To achieve this goal, the case study method was used. The article takes a closer look at the history of the theatre itself, its founder, the legendary actress Ida Kamińska, the troubles with the seat, but most importantly it presents the image transformations that the theatre has been implementing systematically during the time it has been managed by Gołda Tencer. The article was based on the analysis of collected data, Internet searches and author’s observations. The research shows that thanks to the gradual introduction of the rebranding process, the Jewish Theater has gained new audiences, strengthened its image and managed to build a strong brand in the theatre sector.
Significant transformations are currently being observed in the field of culture, manifesting themselves through the search for and implementation of modern management strategies in this domain. With the incorporation of marketing practice and the perception of cultural institutions, events, and artists as brands, it becomes necessary to consider the specificity of culture, its mission as well as the needs of artists. The brand – in parallel with market relations and customer knowledge – represents a valuable resource that enables the attainment of substantial competitive advantage, in line with the resource-based theory.
This article focuses on the phenomenon of event marketing as a tool for creating value for customers in the fashion sector and presents four levels of event marketing maturity. The study confirms that event marketing – when reaching an appropriate level of maturity – creates value for the customer. Additionally, the article presents key factors influencing the creation of value for customers through event marketing. The proposed model and conditions for effective implementation can be used as practical guidelines for designing and implementing fashion events aimed at maximising customer value.
The conclusions drawn from this study are of significant importance for professionals in the fashion industry who seek to utilise event marketing as a tool for creating value for customers. Managing the brand in the context of fashion events as a culture-creating brand becomes a crucial element that enables the attainment of substantial competitive advantage in the fields of culture and fashion.
The paper addresses the issue of the potential impact of a university’s presence in the rankings of climate friendly HEIs on its brand and activities, filling a research gap in this area. It starts with a discussion of the concepts of a brand, its personality and strength, presenting selected brand rankings as well as criteria for rankings of climate friendly universities, having outlined the specificity of a climate responsible HEI brand. Afterwards it presents answers to the research questions which were obtained using the desk research method obtained using the desk research method: how the Jagiellonian University is currently performing in the rankings of climate friendly universities and what aspirational reference points can be identified for it. The subjects of the study were three leading rankings published in 2023, which assessed HEIs in terms of their climate actions and the position of the Jagiellonian University in them – both globally and in relation to groups of universities from Poland, Central Europe, European Union and the UNA Europa network. As a result of benchmarking, groups of HEIs brands were mapped as they could constitute reference points for the activities of the Jagiellonian University and other Polish universities. The impact of climate friendly HEIs rankings on the brand and activities of a university is based not only on the need to meet participation criteria, but also on creating social pressure related to comparing brands, and on the need to ensure the coherence of the brand of a climate friendly university on the principle of positive feedback loop.
The aim of this article is to characterize the process of personal brand management by the creators of four selected channels on the Polish BookTube. Interviews were conducted with both independent and collaborative booktubers, encompassing diverse subscriber counts and influencer types. The research period, from December 2021 to March 2022, focuses exclusively on the Polish Book-Tube community, providing a significant research context. In terms of subject matter, the analysis covers the genesis of personal brands, image management strategies, and the benefits of effective brand management. The use of partially structured free-form interviews with booktubers allowed for answering research questions that encompass the origins of their personal brands, their methods of managing their image, the benefits of effective brand management, personality traits that attract viewers, and who their target audience is and what relationships they have with their viewers. Conclusions regarding the actions taken in managing their image were also drawn from the analysis of materials posted by the creators on their YouTube channels. This article provides an in-depth analysis of the theoretically well-explored phenomenon of building and managing a personal brand, with a specific focus on the BookTube community, an underrepresented topic in academic discourse.
Capitalism in its contemporary, late form does not break away from its constitutive principles – that is the actions aimed at accumulating resources – but significantly changes nature of the key capital. No longer land or labour, but knowledge, information or technology become the elements determining the position of a person on the market. Under these circumstances, the notion of “non-work” emerges, which includes activities seemingly unrelated to capitalist priorities, but still not in the direct opposition to them. One of the areas of such non-work phenomena was the Polish cultural blogosphere. Its representatives are an example of how people operating in the field of culture – especially on the Internet – combined instrumental and existential values in their activities. For this combination to be effective, it requires the collection and interpretation of relevant data that enables us to measure the achievement level of the goals set. In the case of the surveyed bloggers – also due to the specificity of their work – these measures were often not used properly.
The article presents the results of carbon footprint measurements of a theatre project. For the purpose of the research, data from a survey and in-depth interviews with representatives of Polish theatres were used. Based on this data, a “model” was created, encompassing different variations of theatrical performances, including production, promotion, as well as online and on-site operations during guest performances. The analysis covers both direct emissions related to electricity consumption, transportation, and set design, as well as indirect emissions resulting from the supply chain and possible audience behaviour. The results clearly indicate that the greatest challenge in terms of the carbon footprint of a theatre project faced by cultural managers is mobility and the use of air travel for transporting theatre ensembles and set designs over long distances. Moreover, the transportation needs of the theatre ensembles and set designs for long distance travels pose a challenge. Additionally, the use of individual car transportation by audiences – even for short distances, is problematic – which could be addressed through the implementation of local partnerships. Getting familiar with this analysis can help producers, cultural managers, artists, and those responsible for shaping cultural policies to identify aspects with the greatest environmental impact and take appropriate adaptive actions. Although most of these actions will involve a profound change in traditional project management practices in the theatre, paying attention to relevant indicators, consciously developing new habits, and sharing resources provides an opportunity to expedite adaptation based on knowledge and organizational learning. These types of activities are necessary due to the unrelenting projectification of the field of culture and beyond, which causes organizations to operate in a kind of “projectocene”.
The article focuses on the issue of measuring the impact of cultural heritage on socio-economic development. The aim of the research, which this article was based on, was to develop proposals for statistical indicators to measure the impact of heritage on socio-economic development in Poland. In the course of the research, an attempt was made to answer the following research question: What statistical indicators can be used to measure the impact of heritage on the socio-economic development of Poland in the context of monument protection policy, society, economic situation and environmental aspects? The research was carried out using the analysis of existing data. The completed research allowed there author to establish the proposed set of statistic indicators that could be used to measure the impact of cultural heritage on socio-economic development in Poland in four areas: monument protection policy, society, economic situation and environment aspects.
The two years of the COVID-19 pandemic proved to be a great challenge for the managerial practices of the private and the public institutions alike. In the uncertain world affected by a global health crisis as well as other types of crises; humanistic and post-humanistic management methods appear to provide a kinder, gentler alternative for directors, employees, and users of cultural institutions. Implementation of such practices was attempted and tested in the Dąbrowa Tarnowska (Małopolska region) Municipal Public Library, with a survey conducted among its users. The following paper describes the functioning of the municipal library during the pandemic, in which the government restrictions on the use of public spaces were enforced. It also analyses the users’ acceptance (in numbers and percentages) of the measures applied in this cultural institution to minimise effects of the pandemic on the local community. The paper lists the managerial efforts to ensure safety of employees and patrons in unprecedented time of the pandemic using a humanistic and post-humanistic approach in the management of a public institution.
The article attempts to partake in the debate on methodological challenges related to conducting research in the field of cultural heritage. The authors – based on the conducted research – present case studies and analyze the encountered problems as well as limitations in methodology and implementation of this research. At the same time, they share the adapted solutions and recommend what should be taken into account while conducting research in this field.
The article focuses on participation in local culture from a lesser-studied perspective of foreign nationals residing in Polish cities, drawing on a case study of Kraków. In the first part of the article, the authors outline the context of the migration transition in Poland, meaning the passage between a country of net emigration towards a country of net immigration, which has dynamically changed the urban landscape. Next, the results of an exploratory study on foreign residents’ attitudes and experiences of culture in the public sphere in Kraków are presented, which are the testing ground for the analysis of the changing nature of engagement at the local level. This study points to several conclusions for further analysis, namely the overwhelmingly positive evaluation of the cultural sphere by foreign nationals, the potential for social anchoring through this sphere, and the new narratives of local identity that are emerging as a result.
The article’s aim is to describe and critically assess the cultural projects addressed to the international audience, which were prepared by the independent theatres in Poznań. The problem discussed in the text is analysed in the light of the current research from the fields of social studies, performance studies, culture studies or audience development studies. The article was divided into two parts. In the first part – the theoretical one – the most important notions, issues and definitions pertaining to the topic of this article were discussed. In the second one, listed, described and analysed were the specific and practical actions addressed towards the migrants and refugees, which were taken by the independent scene in Poznań. The statements of the leaders of Poznań’s independent theatre companies were included as well.
Knowledge of the language of the host country plays a strategical role in the integration process of migrant communities. Language as a component of the culture constitutes a natural acting space for the entities belonging to the cultural sector, in particular for those engaging in non-formal education. Teaching Polish as a second language has a relatively short history in terms of teaching methods as well as organisation of the teaching process itself. Taking into consideration the current migrant situation, the engagement of different organisations into the teaching process becomes of particular importance. The aim of the article is to discuss the role which can be played by the Polish cultural institutions in the integration process through establishing the language and communication accessibility as well as active linguistic and cultural support for children and teens with the migration background. The case study for this article is Poznań and Poznań Heritage Center, local cultural institution, whose main purpose is to popularise, interpret and protect the (cultural) heritage of Poznań through creating a (linguistically) accessible cultural programme and adjusting it to the current needs of the audience.
The humanitarian crisis that we have witnessed here in Poland since the Russian invasion of Ukraine in February 2022 has stirred up a discussion on how to reach out to people who have fled their homeland and how to provide assistance through cultural institutions. The phenomenon of migration is not new, but the recent conflict escalation in Ukraine and the resulting influx of vulnerable people in large numbers in a short period of time have been a catalyst for many initiatives. This is a new situation for Poland; as the country was not prepared for it on many levels, including competence training for the outreach workers. After the initial efforts of providing relief we are at the crossroads and we need to ask some fundamental questions. How can we, as a cultural institution contribute towards international audiences participating in our cultural scene and, ultimately, fostering their integration into our society? What do museums need to do in order for these processes to be initiated at all? How can museums and cultural institutions assist in initiating and supporting these processes? What experiences does the Museum of Warsaw have in working with an international audience?
The author of the text analyzes attitudes, programs and current initiatives based on her own experience of working in a cultural institution as well as looks at them from the perspective of initiators and partners of such processes at the Museum of Warsaw. The article will also address the course of such process. The author, looking for inspiration at the institutions with more experience in this type of activities, completed an internship at the Framer Framed organization in Amsterdam (as part of the Erasmus+ program). The Amsterdam perspective will also be discussed in the article.
The article presents a certain dialectic of art, the dialectic developed on the basis of such concepts as essence, potentiality, completeness, sense and phenomenon. The completeness of art is hereby understood as the maximum actualisation of its potential, the pretence of art would be therefore something, in which the potentiality of art isn’t elaborated on. What would be the sense of art then? It would be the process of certain actualisation of art potentiality. The history of art then presents itself as the amplitude whose extents are drawn by the level of the actualisation of that potentiality; from the pretence of art to the appearance of immanence, the epiphanic experience of the omni-completeness. This might have been the most maximalist vision of art, which can be found, for example, in Schiller, Schelling, Heidegger or Chögyam Trungpa.
We can also imagine a different variant of dialectic of art, in which its story would have unfolded in form of a spiral. The history of art would then have been driven by the need for the realisation of its telos. It would have been the achievement of complete sense of art inherent to its concept, which may be derived from Hegel’s aesthetics.
Can this spiral and this amplitude be intersecting? And if so, how could this affect understanding of art? It seems that the dialectic form of spiral provides art with the terminological integrity, the possibility of its nominal creation, whereas the form of amplitude reinforces art as the epiphany of omni-completeness. Finally, the art would be the form of energy flow on the certain horizon, horizon of art; the form of flow into its condensation points of completeness; and the moments of transparency of this eternal flow…
This article undertakes an attempt to prove validity of the claim that the play Kochana Wisełko, Najdroższy Zbyszku can be seen as an exemplification of feminist ethics of care, especially in reference to its interpretation by the theorist Nel Noddings. The methodological tools used, include the textual analysis of the script as well as the adaptation of phenomenological approach. The categories of a general assessment introduced alongside this reflection are as follows: relationality and receptivity, as well as the practice of empathy, care, understanding and attunement to other people’s needs. The article proved the adequacy of the assumption that the aforementioned categories had been expressed in the play and that they can be clearly ascertained in its reception by the viewers.
The aim of this article is to draw the attention to the formation process of the theatre history on the basis of the dominant perception of phenomena, relations between them and the oeuvre of the artists, which has been shaped by the selected research methods. The material, which constitutes the exemplification for the necessity of turning towards the unconventional readings of the sources seen as not so credible, is the autobiography, with the special focus on the anecdotes which are prevalent in it.
Laboratory still is a relatively new form of doing human sciences. One that is novel and somewhat foreign at its staring point. In the text the author discusses the intuitive associations – that are not always explicitly stated – hidden behind the idea of the laboratory, in particular this institution’s affinity with theatre, factory and workshop.
Part of enterprises that were active during the time of Polish People’s Republic was fulfilling the role of an industrial art patrons, sponsoring and organising different types of artistic projects. The factories were however first and foremost obliged to fulfil the national industrial plans and their production norms, both of which could be impeded by their cultural and artistic activities. In this article the author poses a following question: why was it that the enterprises were sponsoring artistic events and how were they benefitting from it? To provide an answer, the author focused on three events under the industrial patronage – Biennale of Spatial Forms in Elbląg, 1st Symposium of Fine Artists and Scientists in Puławy as well as 1st Biennale of Metal Sculptures in Warsaw – and conducted an analysis of scientific and specialist literature on their topic. On this basis, the author drew the conclusion that the advantages related to the patronage had mostly a social character and resulted from building positive relations with the authorities, local communities and employees.
The aim of the paper is to show that management and marketing, in terms of their interpretations dominating in the Polish higher education, are structurally unsustainable in a world that attempts to respond to the climatic and ecological challenges. The subject and starting point of the article is the critique of two popular definitions of management and marketing. The research problem relates to the incompatibility of social practices, such as contemporary management and marketing, with the scale of the challenges of the Anthropocene and the need to search for new, even utopian, ways of organizing reality. The main research questions are: are management and marketing practices in their current shape sustainable in a world that has decided to face the climatic and ecological challenges, and why is so.
* Recenzja powstała w wyniku realizacji projektu badawczego o numerze 2021/05/X/HS4/00317 (Testowanie metody dyfrakcyjnej w naukach o zarządzaniu), finansowanego ze środków Narodowego Centrum Nauki.
The goal of this article is to showcase the current state of research and the emerging tendencies in analyses concerning the staff of cultural institutions, while providing a systematical overview of the literature. Staff of cultural institutions was defined as persons employed in cultural organisations (of public, private and NGO character) whose work begins there where the predisposition of the employed artists ends and whose work plays a vital role in creation, distribution and protection of culture. Based on the previous research one can conclude that the topic of staff of cultural institutions is addressed by the authors, its analysis, however, proves to be fragmentary and oftentimes superficial.
Analysing the employees’ competencies is relevant both from the organisation’s and individuals’ perspective, because it allows – for example – to predict emerging competency gaps in organisations, design training offers tailored to the organisation’s needs and employees’ expectations, or to better match people’ professional tasks with organisational culture. One of the methods for obtaining information about competence requirements is the analyse of job advertisements published by the selected employers. This article focuses on the competence requirements set by employers representing cultural organisations. Its purpose is to showcase the competencies expected from the staff of cultural institutions in Poland from the perspective of job advertisements. The article presents the results of the analysis of 127 job advertisements published on the “Pracuj w Kulturze” webiste from the 31st of January to the 1st of February 2022. The analysis included the requirements regarding the following: knowledge (both formal and non-formal), skills and employee attitudes desired by the employers.
The purpose of this paper was to explore the organisation of a support system for the professional development of women in public cultural institutions. The deliberations in this paper are based on qualitative research. The research included biographical interviews with ten women who currently work in managerial positions in public cultural institutions in Poland. This research strategy made it possible to get to know the experiences of women who reached managerial positions in their professional career in culture and to attempt an explanation of the observed phenomena as they are seen by people who were part of the system. Research has shown that the support system for the professional development of women in public cultural institutions seems to be largely based on informal solutions initiated within the personal support networks of women who are part of the system, its foundation being interpersonal relations. The main contribution of the paper is the interesting dataset gathered. Moreover, the proposed rhizome metaphor enriches the field of organizational research by suggesting new ideas that contribute to expanding on how we can see and perceive the complexity and variation in organizational phenomena of women in leadership positions and therefore opening up new interpretations and directions.
Cultural institutions are exceptional spaces where time gains new meanings. By interacting with stakeholders, responding to the needs declared by potential recipients, and setting trends – they become active participants in the process of shaping and giving meaning to cultural heritage, of which one of the most important components is also time. Therefore, it turns out that employees of cultural institutions are responsible not only for managing themselves but for managing the processes taking place within an organization as well, moreover they are also obliged to closely observe the dynamically changing world.
This text aims to diagnose and describe the importance of time – according to employees – in working in cultural institutions. To prepare the article, the author used the research conducted for the purposes of her thesis entitled Time management – aporia or utopia? In line with the adopted methodological
strategy, the method of narrative collage was used, consisting of collecting fictional stories from employees of cultural organizations. The analysis of the obtained research material made it possible to diagnose the challenges faced by cultural institutions, related to, inter alia, inadequate financing, failure of taking into account the individual needs and expectations of employees and chaos in the working time organization.
The article deals with the topic of demotivation among the staff of Polish cultural centres. The aim of the paper is to explore the phenomenon from a humanist perspective. The first part describes the definitions of demotivation and the reasons it occurs. The research results were then presented. The answers obtained through an online questionnaire and interviews show that demotivation occurs in this group. The essential determinants of demotivation are elements of the internal environment of the organization.
The aim of the work is to analyse the motivational system used in one of the musical cultural institutions in Poland and to identify the motivating factors (motivators) for the work of the artists employed in it, representing the Generation Y. The first – theoretical – part contains selected motivational theories and the characteristics of Generation Y. The empirical part is a description of the results of the research carried out by the author.
A critical analysis of the literature and the results of surveys as well as interviews conducted in a cultural institution will allow the author to answer the following research questions: What are the current premises and needs of Generation Y when they start working in a public cultural institution? What are the motivating and demotivating factors for a Generation Y employee of a public cultural institution?
In order to research the topic, the author chose the case study method. A large (over 200 people) public institution promoting musical culture served as a model. Only a group of artistic creators (choir and orchestra with the decision-makers) from Generation Y (people born between 1980 and 2000) was subjected to the test.
The research showed the diversity of such occurring employee needs: stabilisation of employment, belonging to a team and the need for closer contact with art. The main motivating factors for work are also stable employment, but also finances, a friendly atmosphere and a possibility of professional development. Among the demotivators, the Millennials indicated the inadequacy of earnings in relation to work, lack of respect and poor working conditions.
Throughout this article, the role of myths as part of organizational culture is emphasized. Myths, similarly to cultures, diverge according to the type of organization. In the paper, opposing types of organizations are distinguished on the basis of their attitude to power and to environmental issues.
The objective of this article is to analyze the core myths exploited in organizations for motivational purposes in order to identify the conditions for their positive or negative impact on both organizational efficiency and employee wellbeing.
The aim of the article is to consider whether the mental mechanisms essential for the functioning of a myth, used effectively for many years in culture-creating activities (especially in the area of art and entertainment), can also be applied to the processes of cultural management. The hypothesis of such a possibility is based on the belief that the same properties of human cognitive architecture that account for the popularity of the form of myth are (or can be) used to shape specific attitudes and actions. In particular, this applies to such properties of myth as narrative communication, fiction, worldview referencing, concepts of agency, as well as counterintuitive imagery and primary metaphors. The article is a theoretical study based on a review of literature in the field of the theory of myth and cognitive science, discussing the perspective of the application of findings made at the intersection of these two domains in management theory and practice as well as potential empirical research in this area.
Nowadays, many marketing activities involve the implementation of modern solutions. One of these may be the use of social media. Concomitantly, marketing can also use well-known techniques that have been working for years in many different areas – such as those that refer to the attributes of myth.
The aim of this paper is to present the results of research on the use of myth strategy in social media marketing in the Polish film market. In order to achieve this goal, a literature review has been conducted and research of the best film-related Facebook profiles has been carried out. The study identified multiple ways to implement the myth strategy using the strategies of monomyth, bricolage, and counter-intuitiveness.
A hundred years ago, Hollywood became the cradle of the American film industry. It soon began to dictate standards and canons, including the shaping of actors’ personal brands. Back in that time, their profession was the exclusive domain of a ‘selected’ few who were granted the status of goddesses and heroes, with the fans idolizing their cinematic and private image. With the passage of time and the concomitant social and legal changes, the brand strategy of screen celebrities has evolved. The moral revolution in the second half of the twentieth century brought the trend of displaying one’s sexuality, generating new myths of the sex bomb and the playboy. These, in turn, were refuted with an appeal to the archetype of professionalism by inscribing mastery of the craft in the core brand message and significantly reducing non-professional content.
The purpose of the article is to present the evolutionary direction of a Hollywood actor’s mythbased personal brand strategy. By demonstrating the process of altering the strategies of image creation, the paper draws conclusions regarding the identity change of Hollywood actors. It shows their path of gradually freeing themselves from the constraints imposed by their idealization and simultaneously emphasizing the work put into improving their vocational skills, which allows them to strengthen their professional position.
The research carried out in the article is based on secondary sources (books, articles, films, thematic websites) dealing with the subject of American cinema and covering the biographies of Hollywood actors.
The article deals with the phenomenon of mythologizing the activity of buskers. The purpose of the paper is to demonstrate that street performers, despite their rich and varied history, both diachronically and synchronically, continue to be represented in a simplistic, stereotypical way. The intention of the authors was to show the real, more complex image and identity of buskers. The research problem concerns the mythologization of street performances in terms of discourse, self-narration, and self-creation. The article relates to three research questions: (1) How are the activity of buskers and the performers themselves being described? (2) How do buskers create and explain their own stories in terms of performing in the street? (3) How do they create and interpret their image? The article is the result of a joint analysis of the outcomes of ethnographic fieldworks conducted independently by two researchers in 2011–2019 in various cities, mainly in Poland but also abroad. The results show that the activity of buskers is subject to mythologization, which impacts the discourse on their activity as well as the formation of their identity and image.
Myths are messages that shape people’s imaginations, determine how they perceive the world, and shape their attitudes and behaviors. Monuments are an important source of myths. In communist-era Poland, they gave enterprises a special social status. The aim of this paper is to identify the myths hidden behind such monuments and to point to the ideas about workplaces which they fostered. Appropriate research has been carried out to achieve this goal, identifying monuments to enterprises erected in communist-era Poland, collecting stories related to them, and carrying out an analysis of the assembled data. Thanks to the analysis, it has been possible to distinguish five categories of myths: 1) greatness and perfection, 2) breaking down barriers, 3) heroism and tragedy, 4) inspiration and afflation, and 5) social mission. It has also been found that these myths created the image of an ideal socialist organization in people’s imaginations.
The foundations of the culture as well as of the current climate and ecological crisis rely on two paradigms that require deconstruction in context of the anthropocene, namely the capitalistic and anthropocentric paradigms. The author not only criticizes them, but also looks for alternatives among the post-humanistic philosophies and post-artistic practises that exceed modernistic traditions as well as autonomous and representative art. New tools for describing and changing reality can be provided by post-artistic practices which focus on action, social use, communities and immaterial benefits. This situates post-art in contraposition to institutionalized overproduction, anthropocentric individualism and market-based rules.
The subject of the article is the issue of subjective inclusion of other-than-human beings in management processes. Due to the association of participation with human cognitive tools in management theory, consequent exclusion of other-than-human beings occurs. The aim of the research is to find perspectives in the sources of post-humanist philosophy that make it possible to transcend the anthropocentric barriers. Based on a review of selected literature – Actor-Network Theory, Object-Oriented Ontology, Dark Ecology, and Kinship – the research shows that subjective inclusion of other-than-human beings in management processes is possible. It requires abandonment of the judgement of non-human agency measured by humanly perceived consciousness in favour of a vision of symbiotic co-creation. The article also derives the category of radical inclusivity as a process of changing the perception of the role of other-than-human beings within management, with a particular emphasis on the practice of inclusive management.
The article presents the current state of development of the Natural Language Processing (NLP) technology, in particular the GPT-3 language model, and presents its consequences for understanding the phenomenon of knowledge. The NLP technology has been experiencing remarkable development recently. The GPT-3 language model presents a level of advancement that allows it to generate texts as answers to general questions, as summaries of the presented text, etc., which reach the level surpassing the analogous level of human texts. These algorithmic operations lead to the determination of the probability distribution of its components. Texts generated by such a model should be considered as autonomous texts, using immanent, implicit knowledge embedded in language. This conclusion raises questions about the status of such knowledge. Help in the analysis is provided also by the theory of discourse, as well as the theory of discursive space based on it, that proposes the interpretation of knowledge as a trajectory of discourses in a dynamical space. Recognizing that knowledge may also be autonomous, and in particular not be at the exclusive disposal of humans, leads to the question of the status of artificial cognitive agents, such as the GPT-3 language model.
Źródła finansowania publikacji: Artykuł powstał w wyniku realizacji projektu badawczego o numerze
2018/29/B/HS1/01882, finansowanego ze środków Narodowego Centrum Nauki.
Comic books are an undeniable part of the modern culture, gaining more popularity every year. Reading comics influences the perception of communing with other products of culture, which results in the transformation of reading into new cultural practices. They may be the result of individual participation, however, the effectiveness of undertakings may often depend on the results of teamwork and collective participation practices. Initially, the grassroots movements of comic book enthusiasts are transformed with time into forms of structured activity. Such an organized community has the potential to implement the assumptions of critical post-humanism, according to which man is not hyper-causative and should participate with actors other than human. This work outlines the historical background of the comic book fandom, considers the idea of participation in culture, analyzes the initiatives taken with particular emphasis on socially engaged activities and content, characterizes the problems faced by the community and relates individual aspects of its functioning to critical post-humanism. The research methodology was based on the analysis of the literature on the subject, virtual ethnology and interviews. The obtained results showed the comic book community as a heterogeneous community that grew out of the need for change. This fandom is involved in initiatives related to diversity, ecology, emancipation and equality, at the same time trying to popularize the comic culture medium.
The article in the form of organizational ethnography explores managing feline-human team, and this way becomes part of animal turn in social sciences, especially management. Research problem is managing the team built with various actors, in management studies known as resources, which is placed in the space of Cat Cafe „Kociarnia”. Objects of research are the employees of the cafe, and purpose is exploring the principles of animal participation in the team under the hypothesis that animals are workers of the cafe. The research checks in which way and to what extent are animals part of the team, what roles are they performing, what relationship is occurring between them and other teams members – both human and non-human (for example cats but also the place) – and how their membership is perceived by human coworkers. Getting to know cats as the group of workers is only possible by looking at them (with interviews) through the eyes of their human coworkers. The research discovers ways of cats participation in the work team and demonstrates the importance of creating the team along the (non-essentialistically understood) cats nature. There seem to be just one main rule of cats participation in the researched team: to be a cat and to feel good in cat cafe.
The paper attempts to contribute to the debate on the possibility of using tangible and intangible traces of scientific and cultural activity of universities in the implementation of sustainable development tasks, especially of utilising the cultural capital of museums and academic collections for building an engaged academic community. These objectives become both a need and an obligation, next to sustainability and accountability in the field of research, heritage protection, and popularisation. The aim of the paper is to discuss how the principles of sustainable development in the area of culture can be linked to the cultural heritage of universities, and how to inscribe the implementation of these principles in the university’s activity.
The aim of the paper is to present how Polish theatres implement the principles of sustainable development in practice in their day-to-day operations. The background for the considerations involves the evolution of the approach to sustainable development observed from the perspective of international documents discussing this concept. The author’s own empirical research consisted of the preliminary survey of the information available on the websites and social media of selected Polish theatres and the questionnaire sent to the theatres in the first half of 2021. The research has made it possible to distinguish four main types of activities undertaken in this respect by the theatres: 1) the content of performances and other artistic endeavours; 2) the day-to-day functioning of the institution; 3) the theatre building and its surroundings, and 4) co-creation and participation in broader initiatives for sustainable development. The questionnaire results indicate that the dynamics of activities in this domain has nothing to do with the size of the urban area in which a given theatre operates, but it is more associated with the fact that the theatres align themselves with the environmental policy of their local governments, and with the possibility of obtaining funds for such initiatives. Furthermore, and perhaps above all, it depends on the theatre’s strategy determining how it operates in the local milieu. Building upgrades involve savings and help theatres build an image of an environmentally-friendly organisation.
The aim of the text is to show the role of culture in sustainable development as a process in which the values, that define work, are transferred and consolidated. The example is the prestige of artistic work in the theatre in Varmia and Masuria region. The cultural function of work is expressed here in the values that determine the prestige of workplaces and professions. Prestige is a concept that specializes and prioritizes the perception of work. It means public respect which is expressed by at least two participants of communication. The theatre is the object of expressing prestige in the performance of work. The subject of the analysis are congratulatory diplomas given to a well known actress of the Olsztyn theatre from the 1940s to 1980. The topics analysed include the reasons for expressing prestige, ways of determining merit, phrases emphasizing prestige and its non-verbal forms. The prestige of the theatre institution and prestige of persons who work there is not directly a result of their professional activities but is determined by other, external factors. The ‘subordinate’, service and non-profit character of cultural institutions and their workers is emphasized. Moreover, the prestige is expressed in a specific cultural context of a region which suffered from significant population changes resulting from the change of Polish borders after 1945.
One of the key tasks of the UN’s 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development is to strengthen gender equality and the position of women around the world. Unfortunately, the artistic milieu is still far from reaching the goal set by the United Nations. When analysing the history and literature on ballet and looking at the contemporary repertoires of leading ensembles, it is easy to observe that women outnumber men, which, however, does not translate into the leading role of women in the sphere of management and creation in this artistic field (choreography). The paper is aimed at discussing the circumstances of women in the Polish labour market of choreographers in the context of the above-mentioned goal of sustainable development. The analysis is focused on the occupational situation of Polish female choreographers working in leading ballet ensembles and unravels the prevailing inequalities between women and men as well as the potential solutions to overcome them.
Sport and sports organisations are often some of the most important aspects of local culture and identity. As in the case of cultural institutions, recent years have seen numerous interesting initiatives for sustainable development undertaken by athletes and sports clubs. The paper explores the implementation and social reception of the sustainable development strategy adopted in 2010 by the professional football club called Forest Green Rovers FC in Great Britain. Using the method of content analysis, the author attempts to analyse the critical reflection on the strategy presented in the national opinion-forming press and to show how the club’s environmentally-friendly actions are perceived by the community of its fans.
A positive assessment of changes from the point of view of a specific axiological system is a constitutive attribute of the definition of development which determines the relativism or unconditional nature of the development category and its new paradigms. In creating this system, an inspiring – although not always unambiguous – role is or should be played by culture. Culture also plays such a role in creating the quality of life. The article presents the main channels of the axiological impulses of culture as a carrier and creator of value systems. The identification of these channels is the main goal of this work. It shows the process of extending the dimensions of the new development paradigm and the role of culture in this process. The final part of the article illustrates this issue with the example of public policies and organisational culture. Furthermore, the author identifies axiologically diverse choices relating to the basic attributes of this culture, which are illustrated in the approach of an organisation (an enterprise or a public institution) to the category of responsibility, fairness or trust, and management systems, including the style of personnel management in the context of the leadership empowered in the organisation.
The concept of sustainable development is widely declared and used in contemporary scientific discourse. Sustainability also refers to cultural and archaeological heritage. What is an important element of the contemporary conservation doctrine is a departure from the idea of protection of archaeological heritage in favour of the rational management of such heritage, in accordance with the sustainable development rationale. It follows from the premise that, on the one hand, heritage is a subject of protection, but, on the other hand, it constitutes potential that should be adapted to new conditions and used for cultural, social, and economic development. With the above-mentioned concept as a starting point, the paper is aimed at analysing the role that archaeological heritage resources can play in the context of sustainable development. As an example of good practices implementing the idea of sustainable development based on archaeological resources, I take and discuss archaeological tourism, because it aims to promote public interest in archaeology and the protection of archaeological sites.
Building new venues for cultural activity involves a shift in the balance of power in the entire system of relations in the local communities of authors and organisers. This is a matter of budget and, very often, also of cultural policy priorities. Furthermore, it entails a significant change in the long-term funding of cultural initiatives and cultural entities in each region. The phenomenon of the emergence of many new cultural facilities has inspired a few fundamental questions about their attitudes to selected values in the field of sustainable development goals, particularly in the social and economic dimensions, but ultimately also of the impact of new cultural venues on the natural environment. Are the new investments in culture opportunities, challenges, or perhaps threats resulting from the rescaled or disturbed balance in local cultural ecosystems? The theoretical perspective, which organises the debate on these areas, takes the cultural ecosystem as a key concept, using it as a basis for the description of phenomena in local urban communities. The observations presented are based on the qualitative and quantitative research conducted in eight cultural institutions in eight Polish cities. The results reveal the importance of between ten and twenty fundamental dimensions of the activity of cultural institutions and their local government organisers which allow them to put down their roots more deeply in the city’s cultural ecosystem. A new building opens completely new possibilities, but it is extremely important to tailor the institution to the real, sagaciously assessed, and well-balanced possibilities of the local ecosystem.
The article presents the results of research on the promotion of the sustainable fashion concept by Polish post-secondary and higher education institutions that offer fashion majors. The analysis included information on all institutions active in fashion design education in the 2019/2020 academic year and aimed to assess their involvement in education on sustainable fashion by examining the content of their official internet and social media sites. Universities and schools undertake diverse activities which may significantly contribute to the development of ecological awareness of future fashion designers and the general public. Factors that determine the practical possibilities of such schools to exert impact on attitudes to sustainable fashion include both their human resources and the presence of relevant supporting partners in the schools’ surroundings.
The 21st century has seen a growing awareness of the serious impact of film and television production on the natural environment. The film industry pollutes our environment in many ways, including carbon dioxide emissions, waste production, and energy and water consumption. The initiatives for sustainable development undertaken in many sectors of the economy have also reached the film industry. In Europe and the United States, various organisations and institutions have developed a number of recommendations in the field of sustainable film production. This paper, set in the film studies trend known as production culture, presents the global context as well as the nascent Polish practices of green filming. These initiatives, based on European examples, have so far been mainly bottom-up and dispersed or in the form of non-binding recommendations. The handful of producers and authors who have undertaken them are not in any way encouraged to be eco-friendly. Driven by their concern for the environment, however, they show the forward-looking way of thinking that should be followed by the entire industry.
Experiencing Generosity: An Autoethnographic Sketch from the Process of Coordinating the Research on Theatrical Life in the Pandemic
The publication is the result of the autoethnographic research covering a year-long process of coordinating the implementation of seven sociological studies on theatrical life in the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020 by two theatre pedagogists – a manager and an employee of the Department of Theatre Pedagogy of the Zbigniew Raszewski Theatre Institute. The authors try to answer the following research question: What does the autoethnographic analysis of the experience of people responsible for project management bring to the cultural sector, and how? Thus, they attempt to strengthen the project management discourse with the perspective of those whose work is not visible. As a result of the analyses, they have identified and described two subconscious coordination strategies: playing the speed game and playing the sense game. In order to draw the attention of cultural workers to the influence of private life on professional life and to the value of support received from a co-worker, the authors introduce the details of the experience by describing collaboration in a duet. The answer to the research question is enriched with the reflection that the project coordination methodology adopted by the authors has its source in the values of theatre pedagogy. The text is divided into four parts. The first one is a description of the method of autoethnography. The second one presents the dynamics of actions in a changing reality of pandemic. The third one is focused on cooperation in a duet. Finally, the fourth one presents the authors’ conversation summarising their autoethnographic analyses and showing the influence of the authors’ roots in the theatre pedagogy on the project management.
The aim of the paper is to discuss the Cultural Support Fund (CSF) as an example of a reactive financing scheme. In order to understand the implemented compensation mechanism for entities operating in the creative sector, a broader context is also explored, which, on the one hand, shows the general message of the Fund, and on the other hand, the lack of efficient management of the CSF. The research is based on the analysis of the existing data outlining the operation of private enterprises in the creative sector, with the emphasis on the performing arts backstage industry. The drama of the situation is accentuated in the individual in-depth interviews with four beneficiaries of the Culture Support Fund, which presents the perspective of the CSF recipients. In order to stress the multidimensionality of the CSF structure, the conclusions are built according to the three dimensions of the analysis: procedural, substantive, and contextual.
Bartek Lis and Jakub Walczyk discuss the phenomenon of omni-work and overproduction in the field of culture, taking into account the changes brought about by the SARS-CoV-2 pandemic. Omni-work, i.e. being constantly at work and involved in many parallel initiatives using mobile media, is a phenomenon common to various types of activity. On the other hand, overproduction in culture involves preparation of events, implementation of activities, and creation of programmes to an outsized extent. Although both concepts have existed for a long time, they have particularly intensified during the pandemic and acquired new, clear exemplifications. The authors explore them in a section affecting individuals and groups engaged in organisational, curatorial, artistic, and social activities in the area of culture. It is the specific nature of employment typical for culture professionals that particularly often evokes the terms discussed in this work. Among other things, by drawing on the analysis of identified data, the authors describe the notions of omni-work and overproduction and the context in which the new ‘pandemic’ reality affects the specificity of the field, reinforcing and exacerbating the long-standing problems, divisions, and disparities.
* Badania „Przyszłość kultury. Badanie poznańskiego sektora” realizowane pod kierownictwem Katarzyny Chajbos oraz Bartka Lisa przez Centrum Praktyk Edukacyjnych w Centrum Kultury ZAMEK na zlecenie Wydziału Kultury Urzędu Miasta Poznania w okresie pierwszego lockdownu (maj–czerwiec 2020). Raport jest dostępny na stronie www.cpe.poznan.pl [odczyt: 15.12.2020].
Paris is a city filled with art and home to some of the world’s most famous institutions offering unique cultural events, including exhibitions of priceless works of art and ephemeral performative phenomena such as performances and concerts. Due to the closure of cultural institutions during the COVID-19 pandemic, the situation has completely changed. The city is deserted, while cultural institutions are focused on using the Internet to run their affairs and forge/maintain relationships with the audience without the possibility of meeting them face-to-face. Based on the author’s own research conducted in Paris in December 2020, the paper presents the analysis of public space in terms of the presence of traces of culture. For this purpose, a flexible methodological approach was designed, covering both the city space and the Internet, also understood as part of the public domain. Additionally, the author’s own research experience is taken into account, depending on the epidemiological situation and the ability to move around the city. The factors discussed in the paper have provoked a multifaceted reflection – starting from the privileges of researchers, through the sense of online culture, and ending with the future of cultural institutions. The aim of the paper is to document the situation of cultural institutions in Paris during the pandemic, with an emphasis on their presence, visibility, and accessibility in the city and the Internet.
The paper deals with the topic of culture organisation/coordination during the COVID-19 pandemic. The proposed perspective is related to the recognition of the activities of cultural animators and presents the individual experiences of people involved in project implementation. The text presents the results of an empirical study based on interviews with culture animators. The topics discussed include: ways of adapting to the situation, challenges and barriers to implementing projects on-line, forecasting the use of new tools and acquired skills in the future, building a physical and mental work space, acquiring new competences, personal reflections about oneself, and, finally, relationships with recipients and in work environments.
Since March 2020, managers of cultural institutions have had to dynamically adapt their methodologies for teamwork, project management, and ongoing institutional tasks to the COVID-19 restrictions and guidelines handed down by public authorities. Following the initial downtime in the spring season and the reopening in June 2020, the Pod Atlantami Municipal Library in Wałbrzych took vigorous measures to adapt its cultural project management to the new conditions, drawing on the experience of the broadly understood business sector. These measures included the implementation of certain elements of Scrum as an agile framework for project management. The goal of the paper is to showcase the pilot implementation of Scrum elements in project management in the selected cultural institution. The analysis relied on structured questionnaires and open questions, visualisation meetings, and semi-structured interviews. Data analysis showed the applicability of backlog management, iterative planning, and iterative task execution to projects pursued by cultural institutions, along with potential for winning the employees’ approval. However, a properly executed implementation is necessary, in which regard this paper offers a set of recommendations arising from the analysis.
The main aim of the paper is to describe the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the project management process and on projectification. Two research questions are posed: How does the COVID-19 pandemic affect the project management process and projectification? and What are the implications of projectification for the individuals? For this purpose, the author uses autoethnography, which is a research method based on the researcher’s personal experience. The subject of the study covered the project of an open fashion design studio launched as part of the Creative Scholarships of the City of Cracow 2020 in the period from July to December 2020. On the one hand, the pandemic was an impediment to the project, which is why it was necessary to adjust the planned activities to the imposed restrictions; on the other hand, the pandemic inspired certain project events, i.e. organisation of the masquerade ball.
Since March 2020, cultural institutions have become a field of social, economic, and legal experiment in terms of content, management strategies, and ways to implement a new work model. The governmental regulations have put the flexibility and strength of so-far firm public sector structures, with its resources and finances, to the test. The wide scale of positive and negative consequences of the limited operations of cultural institutions during the COVID-19 pandemic shows well the complexity of managing change during uncertain times. The change has also become synonymous with moving activities to the Internet, which often is an ad hoc and last-resort measure. The scope of dilemmas and adaptations introduced in the economic and financial repertoire as well as the legal department of the Philharmonic Orchestra of Lodz may constitute an interesting case study of a cultural institution operating in an existing and much disintegrated economic and financial ecosystem. The aim of the work is to analyse the situation in the Philharmonic Orchestra of Lodz divided into three dimensions: legal, financial, and accounting. Each of them have generated new problem areas. The material for the study consists of interviews with the Philharmonic’s heads of departments (interview disposition). In the interviews, both detrimental and valuable effects of the pandemic are presented, and a new approach to the problems described.
The aim of the article is to study how organizers of three Krakow festivals managed to adapt the new formula of the event – an online festival due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The research identifies the way of managing the organizational resources and discusses adopted tactics, changes in the use of resources, and supplementing their deficits. The results indicate the key importance of human resources and shortage in technical skills. The action taken by the organizers has been evaluated.
The mechanism of co-management of cultural institutions by the Ministry of Culture and local government units has been functioning in the Polish practice since 2005–2006. Since 2015, the Prawo i Sprawiedliwość government has taken steps to double the number of co-management institutions up to 66 entities by the end of 2019. The cultural milieu generally welcomes these actions, seeing them as an opportunity to improve the budget of cultural institutions. However, when evaluating this process from a national perspective, as well as considering its political consequences, one can also notice certain threats resulting from the expansion of the co-management system. The perspective of the last 15 years shows that the issue is associated with many problems characteristic for contemporary Poland.
The article deals with selected issues associated with cost accounting of cultural institutions in view of literature research. The authors describe and analyse available national monographs as well as scientific and specialist articles. In principle, the analysis reveals a poor state of research on the issues related to the cost of cultural institutions. The deficiencies in literature, combined with the necessity to propose scientific and practical solutions to meet the management needs of cultural institutions, makes it necessary to expand the study of cost accounting in such entities. The aim of the article is to assess the existing acquis in the area of cost accounting in cultural institutions as well as to provide a starting point for discussing the issues associated with the subject.
* Artykuł jest częścią projektu finansowanego w ramach programu Ministra Nauki i Szkolnictwa Wyższego pod nazwą „Regionalna Inicjatywa Doskonałości” w latach 2019–2022, nr projektu 015/RID/2018/19, kwota finansowania 10 721 040,00 zł, który realizowany jest przez Uniwersytet Ekonomiczny we Wrocławiu.
Through the last three decades, cultural workers have developed a growing belief in the importance of the so called ‘participative turn.’ The aim of the article is to scrutinize the changes accompanying the culture sector in Poland after 1989 and to identify the challenges which constitute what one could call a ‘fertile ground’ for the popularization of the idea of Audience Development. The concept in question refers to a strategic and holistic approach to the issue of building relations between cultural organizations and their audiences. The article is based on literature studies. The presented analysis focuses mostly on organisations and cultural policies in larger cities in Poland.
How to thoroughly improve the process of organizing exhibitions in a cultural institution? Is project management in a museum possible? How to implement new tools? What to do after initiating a change? This article provides answers to these questions through a case study prepared by the Head of the Exhibition Organization Department and the Head of the Coordinators Section of the National Museum in Krakow, directly responsible for the exhibition organization process. The article describes the events from 2016 to 2019. This includes an audit of the existing process of exhibition organization, implementation of corrective measures, introduction of new tools, their updating and verification, taking into account such solutions as treating the exhibition as a project, PRINCE2 and Scrum methods, a detailed description of the process, and creating standardized templates of project documents, i.e. a list of objects, project charter, project schedule, partial schedule, project budget, evaluation. These activities resulted in the improvement of team cooperation, the elimination of avoidable delays, the automation and acceleration of the process of preparing project documentation, making the obligations of individual team members public, submitting project data to the stakeholders of a given project on an ongoing basis, reducing the amount of manual work, and reducing the cost of the implementation of individual projects.
The article presents the process of organizational and financial changes taking place in the Polish Radio Choir since 2012. The author is looking for an answer to the following question: can the Polish system of public support for culture accommodate regular activities of an artistic team as part of an NGO? For the purposes of the article, a SWOT analysis has been carried out among the current staff of the team, which has made it possible to understand the effects of the changes. The outcome of the analysis (along with the author’s commentary) is presented in the summary of the article.
The article deals with the topic of leadership in a public cultural institution – a musical theater. The pandemic has highlighted the weakness or strength of such organizations, their passivity or proactivity. The strength of an institution lies in a team built by a reliable leader. The point of reference for the author are the leadership concepts formulated by prominent experts in management, such as Ken Blanchard or Jim Collins. A good leader creates a space for good communication, which then gives rise to an organizational culture that fosters creativity and shared responsibility. The article contains a summary of the research on organizational culture in the selected theater carried out using the Cameron and Quinn method and discusses the impact of their implementation on the development of the organization. Public cultural institutions can benefit greatly from business achievements in this area.
This article is dedicated to the category of pride, which I treat much more widely than a trait of an individual. In my article, I try to determine how specific representations of pride in the scientific community are manifested, what they result from, but I also explain what types of pride can be distinguished in science and what consequences it has for the entire scholarship.
The article concerns the shadow phenomenon understood as the state of anxiety of people who create the social environment of an organization. This phenomenon was discussed on the example of Zakłady Azotowe in Mościce and the Wilhelm Sasnal monument, using research material from indepth interviews with the creator of the monument and with Dawid Radziszewski, artistic curator. Information from existing sources and the results of the visual analysis of the monument were also used. The result of the analysis is that: (1) shadow is a kind of social fear of threats from the organization (e.g., failures); (2) its source is the organization itself; (3) shadow is rooted in the past (4) and projected for the future; (5) shadow organizes social life in the environment of the organization and manifests itself in stories, myths and art.
Children-artists participating in film, show and media projects are, just like adult artists, participants in human resource management processes (e.g., recruitment, evaluation, training or derecruitment). However, children do not have professional competences similar to those of adult members of an organization, and their professional development is determined by the decisions of managers of arts organizations. The aim of the article is to deepen the reflection on the situation of children working in arts organizations in the context of the relationship “a child in the shadow of an adult”.
In this article the shadow is the domination of adults, and the darkened space is the childhood of underage artists. The considerations lead to the conclusion that the work of children in arts organizations is a kind of challenge for adult members of the organizations.
Contemporary socio-economic changes affect organizations and management. Management processes more and more often concern spheres and groups that go beyond the “traditional”understanding of the organization. Among them are online communities such as fandoms. Along with the process of organizing, the organizational shadow is emerging. Organizational shadow is defined as “a set of unacceptable features, tendencies, aspirations rejected in the process of socialization” (Kostera 2014, s. 23), the appearance and functioning of which is negated or hidden within the organization. Fandoms are governed by slightly different rules, often more variable and more difficult to identify than in formal organizations. That does not make them free from “shady”elements such as certain people, activities, features and values that do not match the current shape of the community. The article describes fandoms as new, informal organizational forms and subjects of management processes, and then identifies examples of the emergence of organizational shadow within them. These are three main causes of such a shadow manifestation –excessive control (e.g., of the forum moderator), undisclosed actions of administrators of the internet platform used by the group, as well as negligence (e.g., forgetting someone’s contribution to the project). The conclusions indicate the need for a further, in-depth identification of the elements influencing the development of the shadow in non-standard organizational forms.
The aim of the article is to explore and describe the organizational shadow in relation to the commercial media institution. The concept of shadow was introduced by Jung, who described it as the negative side of the human soul. As Bowles noted in 1991, this phenomenon can be applied to management sciences. The organizational shadow is created as a result of rejecting difficult, defective and uncomfortable elements of the institution’s identity, which can lead to the development of management pathologies. Interviews, which are the domain of qualitative methodology, allowed to distinguish organizational shadows in the commercial radio station, taking into account the causes and effects of their development as well as awareness of their existence among employees. The shadows include: unequal treatment of volunteer workers, giving up the development of young radio broadcasters, as well as a unjust remuneration policy. The conclusion of the article is indication the brand myth as the main reason for allowing the development of shadows.
Projekt dofinansowany przez Uniwersytet Jagielloński ze środków Wydziału Zarządzania i Komunikacji Społecznej, Instytutu Kultury oraz Instytutu Przedsiębiorczości.
The main purpose of this article is the presentation of the relationships of coopetition among the internal stakeholders of a cluster that could contribute to the development of tourism in its area of operation. This analysis is based on the case study of the Historical Tourism Cluster, which operates on the Polish-German border. This article is theoretical and conceptual in nature. In it, the following research methods have been used: a critical analysis of the literature, logical inference, and observation. Currently, clusters are considered to be among the organizations with promising perspectives for development. The EU has decided to support transnational clusters in its latest strategy (after 2020). In this case, the specialization of the cluster (historical tourism) could be an obstacle. However, this article indicates how the cluster described here could make use of the existing development opportunities.
In this article, I analyze the factors influencing the motivation of tourists for purchasing regional and traditional products, which are a significant element of the tourist culture of a given region. According to a poll, tourists visiting West Pomerania are interested in such products, although their knowledge of local specialties is limited. The market is characterized by an increasing demand for local products related to local traditions and culture.
The aim of the study is the presentation of organizational culture and its importance in the management of an enterprise in the tourism industry. Specialist literature as well as the method of observation and induction and deduction have been used in writing it.
Employees are the basis for the functioning of each enterprise and the achievement of its goals. It is they who shape its image, create the organizational culture, and reputation in the environment. Their competences, knowledge, and skills determine the effectiveness and efficiency of each enterprise. Thanks to their work, products and services that meet social needs and thus create organizational progress are created.
Organizational culture consists of a system of values, norms, principles, and methods of thinking and acting that has been accepted and adopted by a group of people. This phenomenon can be seen in organized social systems such as companies, schools, and others. It is a social phenomenon because it can be discussed and noticed only if it is accepted and practiced by a group of people. The notion of organization culture entered the theory of organization of management in the 1980s and 1990s on a wider scale, and studies on the topic flourished in the 1970s, when they were at the forefront of anthropological research. Organizational culture is an important basis for the effective functioning of each tourist enterprise and influences the effectiveness of its management. The importance of organizational culture is significant because it influences the work results of individuals, efficiency, job satisfaction and involvement, planning strategy, task execution, and recruitment and selection of employees, as well as their acceptance by the business entity.
The aim of this article is the presentation of the results of an evaluation of the postgraduate program in Cultural Management at the Jagiellonian University in 2010–2019. The introductory part of the text presents the circumstances of the emergence of the program and its later development. The evaluation itself is based on three elements: an analysis of the students’ profile, an alumni career survey, and an analysis of the environment. The collected data have been supplemented with information obtained from interviews with students.
The article discusses the results of the research carried out in theatres in the Silesian Region of Poland among the technical and administrative staff. The research concerned a crisis situation of director change, often a turning point in the life of each theatre. We examined the employees’ attitudes, emotions, and opinions associated with the change. We selected teams that were lower in the theatre hierarchy than the artistic team. It turned out that, contrary to popular opinion, the change in the directorial seat has a certain impact on these employees, who are extremely aware of the processes taking place in the organization. The empowerment of theatre employees postulated in discussions about culture coincides with the results of our research. It creates an opportunity for the traditionally-managed theatres to transform themselves into so-called learning organizations.
The article is an attempt to look at the principles of operation and the resulting organizational practices characteristic of the Cricot and Cricot 2 Theatres. By recalling the work of the pre-war Cricot Theatre, the author puts forward a thesis that the theatre had developed practices and modes of action typical of the contemporary artistic collective. The cooperating group of artists, with Józef Jarema as an undoubted leader, was quite a flexible constellation, re-established in different configurations with each subsequent undertaking. This mode of operation strongly influenced the aesthetics of particular performances and artistic evenings. The further part of the article raises the issue of the impact of Jarema’s theatre on its post-war successor, the Cricot 2 Theatre. It turns out that the initial Cricot 2 performances stemmed from similar concepts of theatre group organization. When describing also Tadeusz Kantor’s later work in this context, the author emphasizes the artist’s perverse takeover of the collective modus operandi, which he consciously utilized in the realization of his own authorial vision of theatre. The disputes which emerged over the artistic heritage of the Cricot 2 Theatre immediately after Kantor’s death are also discussed. By raising questions about the status of creators and co-creators of the Cricot and Cricot 2 Theatres, and thus about the type and distribution of power in these organizations, the author observes certain organizational mechanisms which, in these cases, took or could have taken place.
In 2019, a call for a new director for Nordisk Teaterlaboratorium – Odin Teatret was published. This, however, did not mean that the artistic leader of the group theatre Odin Teatret, Eugenio Barba, was to be replaced completely – there is a distinction between the laboratory and the theatre. In this article, we explore the problem of the passing on legacy and tradition from one generation to another in group theatres such as Odin Teatret. We ask: (1) How would it have been possible to continue after such a visionary director retired? (2) Would the next step be continuation or something new? In search for the answers we discuss the history, method, and dramaturgy of Odin Teatret and Barba, as well as the process of generational change in the laboratory, using documents which assess the situation of the organization and analyzing Barba’s theoretical writings. We consider them in terms of transformational leadership theory. In conclusion, we deliberate on possible scenarios of the generational change in group theatres that could provide a balance between keeping the tradition and implementing the new vision.
The position (today the profession) of a puppet theatre director appeared on a large scale after the WWII and, with the development of institutional state puppet theatres, to a large extent determined the artistic shape of theatres. From the very beginning, this position generated considerable tensions in the milieu. The author discusses the main conflicts around the puppet theatre directorial positions in the Polish post-war period and analyses the reasons behind personnel shuffles. Because he was the head of two different puppet theatres in the 21st century, the author also shares his personal experience and reflections.
Models of theatre management in Poland are a widely discussed issue, given the fact that no satisfactory role model of a theatre leader and manager has yet been developed. This paper proposes a critical view of one of the most famous directorial tenures in Polish theatre, i.e. the management of Maciej Nowak at the Wybrzeże Theatre in Gdańsk (2000–2006). In this context, it aims to identify the most urgent problems related to theatre management and to answer the question of how they can be prevented. Maciej Nowak’s managerial practices are analysed in the context of the management paradigms developed by Peter Bendixen [2008] and in relation to the three-part (artist–priest–manager) leadership model proposed by Mary Jo Hatch, Monika Kostera, and Andrzej K. Koźmiński [2010].
The article focuses on the presentation of the circumstances under which Izabella Cywińska resigned as the Artistic Director of the Ateneum Theatre. The author tries to discover the roots of this notorious failure by comparing Cywińska’s activities with those implemented by Stefan Jaracz. The comparative analysis of the two management strategies covers the managers’ previous experience, repertoire and personnel policies, and internal and external conflicts. Cywińska’s turbulent three-year tenure provides a good opportunity to take a look at the situation when new repertoire and personnel changes argue with the expectations of actors accustomed to different methods and embodying different values. The paper attempts to answer the question of why the changes described by Cywińska as evolution could have been perceived by the artists as revolution. The confrontation of the two management styles gives one a chance to look at her tenure from a broader and less obvious perspective. Moreover, it shows that the intention of carrying out Jaracz’s last will and testament was doomed to fail.
A theatre is where the audience meets the art, a place of culture, but also an organisation typically managed by a strong artist-leader. This organisation, along with its management, have already been examined and discussed from many different angles. In their book The Three Faces of Leadership: Manager, Artist, Priest, Mary Jo Hatch, Monika Kostera, and Andrzej K. Koźmiński deliberate management from the perspective of a theatrical metaphor. By analysing reality through a theatrical interpretation, it is possible to look at the life of the organisation as a closed system with its elements closely intertwined and participating in various types of interactions. In this paper, the observations made by the three researchers will be used to analyse the management tenure of Jacek Głomb at the Helena Modrzejewska Theatre in Legnica.
The main goal of the article is to present the first comprehensive and universal mechanism of financing of culture in Poland – state-earmarked fund, the Culture Development Fund. I present the circumstances of the birth of the idea, the creation and functioning of the Fund. This is one of the most interesting examples of cultural policy reforms in Poland – in the article I present the pros and cons of this solution. This text is part of institutional research on the organization and financing of theater in the People’s Republic of Poland.
The publication deals with the topic of raising funds from public and private sources by organizers of classical music festivals in Poland. It presents the results of own research in which an attempt was made to find an answer to the question from what sources how and with what result do the organizers of classical music festivals obtain funds for their implementation? The research was conducted in the field of obtaining funds for the implementation of the Festival “Music in Old Krakow” in the years 2011–2020. Nowadays, one of the most valued competences of people involved in organizing festivals is the ability to raise funds, as financing festivals from various sources is not only an art but it has become a necessity.
The literary prize is one of the basic categories of the literary field. According to the latest research, the institution of an award is also the most effective capital conversion tool. It broadens the understanding of the term economics by its non-intuitive scope – the economy of culture. Thanks to the existence of prizes, economic capital turns out to be only one of the variants of capital, and the field of culture reveals the principle of transaction that guides it. The literary award is not only a tool for the exchange of capital, but also allows to see the dimension of social mission, tasks of governments, negotiating relationships between the public and private sectors. Prizes as well align the story of literary life, axiology and social reception of works by drawing an alternative history of Polish and world literature of late modernity, marked by awards themselves.
Difficulties with financing cultural activities are a subject of many analysis throughout the years as well as many attempts of finding a way to construct a balanced cultural policy at both the state and local government level. Facing those, culture is a sector that is at the forefront of attempts to raise funds for independent initiatives in a non-standard way. The article presents the analysis of three cases of cultural projects of a fundamentally non-institutional and bottom-up nature, as well as crossing sector boundaries. It points to the difficulties that such activities face, while identifying the existing potential and willingness to undertake non-financially motivated cultural actions. In connection with development of the phenomenon of self-organization in culture, as well as the privatization and deinstitutionalisation of cultural participation, there is a need to change the approach of financing cultural activities and actively going beyond the existing framework of cooperation in this field.
This article deals with issues of cultural management, and in particular the acquisition of financial resources from European Union funds. It analyzes the possibilities of financing the development of culture with funds allocated to innovation, research and development. Its purpose is to diagnose the barriers encountered by Polish enterprises conducting research and development activity in the area of KIS 13 “Intelligent creative technologies” when designing and obtaining funding. The article is based on evaluation studies of national and regional intelligent specializations, materials related to the assessment procedure and evaluation of projects, observations of the author assessing projects submitted for co-financing, and thus new scientific sources.
The paper deals how to define relations between guests and organizational culture in museum. Guest books are lectured at temporary exhibitions presented at the Museum of Warmia and Mazury in Olsztyn, from the half of 20th Century up today. They are the source of analysis of the characteristics of the relationship between the museum and visitors as well as the review of opinions and assessments when receiving the exhibition. The exhibition is a product of the museum’s organizational culture. The culture is the process and state that determines the hierarchy of values and activities, it decides about the identity of employees, as well as about the convictions the institution about itself. Statements about the museum and exhibitions, recorded in guest books, reflect the characteristics of organizational culture and they signal various ways of self-identification of the recipients of the exhibition. Contact is understood here as a state of compliance of the museum’s mission and strategy as well as the intentions and goals of the visitor. Analysis of entries due to content will allow to find answers to the following questions: What are the symptoms of connecting the visitor to the museum? Which elements of the museum’s organizational culture are distinguished by the visitor? What are the characteristics of the space of “contact”?
The interdisciplinary study bordering communication management and media psychology aims to present the possibility of using the “affordance” concept in the cultural institutions study, and more precisely in the organization’s museum research. It may be particularly useful to extend the theoretical apparatus to describe the phenomena of the organizational iconosphere, where behavioural models seem to be insufficient to analyse the relationship between the designed institutional environment and its ability to influence the visiting audience. The author has conducted qualitative research on visual messages in the newly created Polish Vodka Museum in Warsaw. The theoretical foundation was the model proposed by Meyer et al. [2018], which synthesizes the functions of visual messages in the organization’s space. The article, referring to the theory of affordances, presents a new application of this concept in the analysis of the communication potential of an organization’s museum. The assessment of the offer of cultural institutions may begin with the analysis of affordances of the main objects exhibited. This is a complementary approach to studying the preferences and experiences of visitors.
The aim of the article is to present the results of qualitative and quantitative research of the museum audience on the subject of marketing communication implemented by these institutions. The research was carried out using the focus group interview method (FGI) and the online direct interview method (CAWI). As part of the research, it was determined, among others, what are the main sources of information about the museum’s offer, what marketing communication activities of these institutions can be considered the most effective and what communication channels are preferred by the public. It was also determined what factors have the greatest impact on the audience’s loyalty towards the museum.
* Niniejszy artykuł stanowi poprawiony fragment niepublikowanej rozprawy doktorskiej autorki, pt. Zintegrowana komunikacja marketingowa w działalności muzeów (promotor: prof. dr hab. Mirosława Pluta-Olearnik, promotor pomocniczy: dr Anetta Pukas), obronionej w czerwcu 2018 roku na Uniwersytecie Ekonomicznym we Wrocławiu [Macalik 2018]. Rękopis dostępny jest w Bibliotece Głównej Uniwersytetu.
Many Polish museums have yet to discover and claim their position in the broader social context. All too often, their activity is in no way related to the needs, expectations, and aspirations of the visitors. This state of affairs is caused first and foremost by the attitude of suspicious aversion towards marketing strategies, with the latter being perceived as an element of a market-driven game characteristic to the business sector which, in turn, is commonly associated with dishonesty and objectives standing in stark contrast to public cultural institutions’ mission. This article delineates the actual significance of marketing strategy in museums by presenting the effects of their lacking in interest in own auditoriums’ needs.
*Niniejszy artykuł jest rozszerzoną i uzupełnioną wersją tekstu drukowanego w: Ł. Gaweł, F. Skowron, A. Szostak, Raport z projektu badawczego „Krakowski Odbiorca Kultury”, Wydawnictwo Attyka, Kraków 2019.
In the face of changes that take place in socio-economic aspects of reality, particularly in the field of culture, it is worth looking at the previously rarely considered in analysis social actors such as cultural bloggers. Their influence on attitudes and decisions regarding the participation in the culture of their readers remains unknown to the broader research perspective. Among them anonymous online surveys have been made that allowed for cautious drawing of several conclusions: regular blog readers passively read subsequent entries, but actively search for them, moving the discussion to social media; blogs about culture are trusted sources of opinion and knowledge among the readers; readers also admit that blogger entries and opinions have had an impact on their decisions in the area of cultural participation, but at the same time they have been selectively approaching the content offered to them. The research was of quantitative and preliminary nature, therefore it does not give the right to formulate more in-depth and general conclusions – they point, however, to the interesting, and usually omitted in the analysis links of modern education and cultural discussion.
The aim of the article is to focus on, connected with democratization, culture’ s changes. These changes entail modification of culture research. On that theoretical base the Teens Love Design and Iconic Things projects conduct by National Ethnographic Museum are presented. The research in these projects help to work out the shape of the temporary exhibitions.
The author presents a model of the research approach that increases our freedom. What issues should a researcher consider if he/she wants to study culture in the 21st Century technological, social and economic circumstances? The author distinguishes seven issues that a researcher guided by the broader concept of culture, one that defines culture according to Raymond Williams as a “specific way of life” should consider. These issues are: (1) research is an interaction between scientists and study participants; (2) research can democratize the culture field; (3) research can be a cultural animation; (4) cooperation with artists, activists, educators, etc. is important; (5) there are many regulators of human behavior; (6) researcher has to answer a question what important social goals the study supports; (7) ethical aspects of social phenomena have to be taken into consideration. The article is a voice in a discussion of whether research methods only describe social reality or help to create it.
* Tekst powstał w ramach grantu Narodowego Centrum Nauki nr 2015/19/N/ HS6/01682.
The aim of this paper is to point out the directions of beacon technology use in marketing communications of museums with people with disabilities. At the outset, the museum is presented as an open institution. Then, beacon functionality is discussed that can be used in marketing communication with persons with disabilities. In the following part of the discussion, results of qualitative research are presented. To this end, interviews were conducted in selected museums that use beacon technology, followed by an analysis of applications deployed in these museums in order to adapt them to the needs of people with disabilities. On the basis of the research, the article outlines the level of utilization of the potential of applications used in marketing communication with people with disabilities and analyses the technology development trends. The presented results can be a contribution to further research and a starting point for other research topics depicting the marketing activities of museums, including those aimed at persons with disabilities.
The article presents the most important conclusions from different surveys aimed at studying the search models, motivation and needs of search the archives service users. The UX survey used only the qualitative research methods and was conducted in two steps. First step consisted in individual in-depth interviews with surveyed persons and usability test on existing version of search the archives service. We surveyed a group of 15 persons. We met the same amount of surveyed persons during the second step consisting in creative workshops aimed at generating ideas on new ver sion of the service. The survey showed that service users can be divided into three groups: Viewers, searchers and specialists. Those groups differ in the way they use the service and the reason they use it, and the knowledge they have on the start. The conclusions from the survey where used during the service modernization process.
* Artykuł jest kontynuacją, swoistym rozwinięciem, wystąpienia autorek, które miało miejsce podczas konferencji naukowej „Badania publiczności w instytucjach kultury” zorganizowanej w Krakowie przez Zakład Zarządzania Kulturą w Instytucie Kultury Polskiej Uniwersytetu Jagiellońskiego w dniach 11–12 kwietnia 2019 roku.
Referring to the role of institutions in the field of culture and concepts of participation and (un)participation in culture, we sought to answer the question of who can be defined as a potential audience of cultural, above all musical, institutions. In the text we justify why it is worth to use survey and segmentation studies to identify and describe cultural (un)participants, despite the limitations of both methods. We present the segmentation prepared by the National Centre of Culture which was developed based on a nationwide survey carried out for the purposes of the Moniuszko Year. We refer to the motivation and barriers to participation characteristic of each of the five distinguished segments, that is: distanced pragmatists, connected omnivores, those remaining in the comfort zone, visitors of aesthetes, immersed in culture. In the conclusion part we present which of distinguished segments, in the first place, could be effectively encouraged to participate in the culture by institutions such as operas and philharmonics.
Research indicates that German theater is struggling with an audience crisis demonstrated by a decrease in audience attendance. The aim of the article is to present various positions indicating an audience crisis in German theaters and their analysis in the context of the latest concepts of audience research. In modern German theater, two orientations clash, one focusing on the art itself, the other leaning towards the audience and its development. Can you find a compromise between such extreme positions? Does the crisis of the public in German theaters refer only to economic factors? Or it is worth, as I indicate in this text, to analyze the situation of the progressive development and responsibility of the audience of some German theaters, examples are theaters in Halle, Weimar and Berlin.
Project „Audience research in Polish museums” was started in March 2017 as a multi-annual project of the research and educational shape. The starting point was our belief that recognition of your own audience is the first step for each museum to frame the methods of performing your mission, creating educational programmes and offer for visitors. Regularly repeated, it helps museums to follow changes in the structure of the audience and in its intents, and to find common ground to form and maintain the cooperation with the public. Hitherto, NIMOZ completed two annual editions of the project: the pilot one in 2017 committed to the general overview of the Polish museums’ audience and the second one in 2018 entitled „Museum in the local society”. The project is now being continued in the contexts of the elderly people as recipients of the museums’ offer. To achieve the educational aims of the project we facilitate our studies to the museums, organize trainings for the museums’ staff and publish the handbooks.
The article is based on the results of a questionnaire survey of visitors to two major aristocratic residences in Poland (Castle Museum in Łańcut and Castle Museum in Pszczyna). Sketching the specificity of this type of museums and heritage sites as the background for further analysis, in the text several key issues important from the perspective of management of such institutions and getting financial support for them are discussed. These include: an up to date socio-demographic profile of visitors (direct users of the museums’ offer), their motivations to visit, local spending patterns linked with the visitors’ stay in a given town, the level of satisfaction with the visit, shortcomings of the museums or their surroundings from the perspective of tourists. Undertaking this sort of audience studies might also, as shown by research results, provide a broader perspective on the social perception of museums, supplying them with evidence on the complexity of values that might be linked with such heritage institutions by society in general.
The Museum of King Jan III’s Palace in Wilanów is one of the biggest and most-visited cultural institutions in our contry. As a protector of the cultural and natural heritage, museum runs its own programs of historical and environmental education, reenactment of old crafts and also conducts large-scale events for mass audience (exhibitions, concerts, performances, festivals). It addresses its offer to children, adolescents, adults, recipients from the senior group, school groups, individual tourists as well as organized groups of foreign tourists. Such a large diversity of the offer has a significant impact on the structure of the audience, which we have started to examine a few years ago.
The text is a first attempt to formulate a synthetic summary of the activities of the Museum of King Jan III’s Palace at Wilanów in the field of the audience research, taking into account the context of contemporary reflection on the borderline of sociology, anthropology, museology and culture marketing. The elaboration presents selected topics from surveys conducted by the museum in recent years (evaluation of the educational offer, examination of a new audience, foreign tourist profile, brand and image study, auditing the quality of service for visitors, product turnout statistics), and tools located on the periphery of audience surveys, which enable in-depth and multidimensional analysis of the obtained data. The time perspective of the conducted research (about 10 years) allowed for a better understanding of the results obtained and the relations between them.
Visitors in a museum are also people who live nearby. Keeping in mind the all-over-Poland research conducted by NIMOZ. The research done in Sulejówek is the example of widening the social range of influence of Polish museums and creation of new actions. Why did these aspects become a part of the creation process of the museum? For which reasons did the relation between the museum and the local community become a part of work of the museum employees and the team responsible for generating the strategy of the new institution? Was it because of the specific features of a given museum or was there a different ground? Putting together the results of two different research processes allowed to identify a number of reasons that determined the creation of a bond between the local community and the museum. It became the subject of a Poland-wide research and the experiment conducted by the Jozef Piłsudski Museum in Sulejówek.
In the article, I presented the results of the study of the social impact of Mazovian public libraries, focusing on groups of users coming from disadvantaged backgrounds – older people, people in the worse financial situation and residents of villages and small towns. Surveys were carried out in 2017 on 1098 users of 38 Mazovian public libraries (rural and urban). Based on the data I concluded that there are some differences both in the models of public libraries’ use in the analyzed groups, as well as in the range of the benefits of contact with libraries.
Theatre Talks emerged as an audience reception research method in Sweden. In this article I describe the evolution of the method and put it into practical perspectives. At first, Theatre Talks provided extensive insights into the experiences of Stockholm theatre audiences in the 1980s. Those results inspired the inventor of the method, Willmar Sauter, to develop a theatre communications model, which changed the academic discourse on the theatrical communication process. In Australia, Rebecca Scollen successfully applied the method for an audience development projects aimed at non-attenders. In Denmark, Louise Ejgod Hansen noticed that Theatre Talks might access a democratic potential of theatre. All of these effective applications of the method inspired me to look at Theatre Talks as an audience development tool from three combinatory perspectives: (1) marketing – its potential for increased ticket sales and changing the behaviour of the customers, (2) cultural policy – for higher diversity and participation in theatre, and (3) theatrical communication – for improved understanding and better satisfaction from participation in the performance.
The Aleksander Wegierko Drama Theater in Bialystok is one of the oldest and largest cultural institutions in Bialystok. The offer of local institutions allows theater enthusiasts to choose from a variety of proposals. How to reach viewers? How to encourage them to come exactly to the Drama Theater? Until 2012, the research on consumer preferences was not conducted in this institution. Almost seven years ago, in cooperation with the Institute of Sociology of the University of Bialystok and the “SocLab” Foundation, the study was carried out and the report “Diagnosis of participation in culture in the Podlasie Voivodship” was create. The aim of the whole project was to learn about the cultural needs of the inhabitants of the Podlasie region, as well as their opinions on artistic activity and the image of cultural institutions.
After six years – in 2018 – the theater staff decided to ask the viewers again to share their opinions about the institution. In May last year, a study entitled “Theater in the opinions of theviewers” was conducted. Thanks to all the information, the institution managed to find out how audience rate it’s offer, what are the expectations regarding future repertoire proposals, as well as from what communication channels viewers obtain information about the operations of the institution. The article aims to describe the most important research results also it presents the distribution channels used to inform about the offer of the Drama Theater.
Together with the development of market orientation in the sphere of culture, the questions concerning the strategy and instruments of creation of the image of cultural institutions and artists, as well as their effectiveness are more and more frequently formulated in the discourse on art. This also has impact on development of new media that on the one hand expand the possibilities of artists’ communication with culture recipients, and on the other hand make the artist’s image increasingly more shaped by the users of new media. Furthermore, it must be emphasised that on the grounds of marketing, the image is perceived in terms of a resource. The goal of the paper is to show the multitude of factors that shape the artist’s image. The considerations in the paper are conducted while taking into consideration the dimensions of identities, as well as myths associated with artists’ work shaped in recipients’ awareness. A model of determinants shaping the artist’s image is the result of the considerations and analyses. The paper is based on literature studies and semiotic approach contained in the stream of qualitative research.
The aim of the paper was to examine and analyze the context of activity of street performers, presented by the mass media in Poland. The research question was: How the image of street performer in media looks like? Who creates this image? The intention was to describe the way the street performers are being shown by: the media representatives, their own customers and also by themselves. Moreover, the paper highlights the aspect of social role of presenting this kind of human activity in media discourse. This text is a result of ethnography conducted among the street performers in the biggest Polish cities from 2012 to 2016. The ethnography was broadened with the analysis of various examples from media discourse: internet, television, radio, press, film and literature. The analysis includes three different meanings of media discourse: (1) as a communication occurrence, (2) as a compilation of values and (3) as an interaction. The results of the article show the media influence on contemporary meaning and shape of street performances. Moreover, the paper reveals a present social knowledge concerning the street shows.
The article concerns the phenomenon of artists coming out on mass media. Their decisions to make the information about one’s homosexuality public, form parts of their image-building strategies. A sociocultural context of those decisions and ways of their realizations are presented in this article. Basing on press interviews in which four selected Polish artists have made identity declarations there has been made an attempt to picture the character and types of coming out statements.
Many monuments that exist in the social space were erected on the initiative of enterprises. Monuments contain a symbolic message referring to various aspects of this type of organization, for example to their creation, to their achievements and successes, to what they do, to people who co-create them, to patrons and many others, sometimes less clear issues. Thus, monuments show enterprises from a chosen, specific point of view - they also create their images. This article presents which images of enterprises are produced by monuments and how this is done. Nine separate categories are listed: 1) images based on difficult experiences of enterprises; 2) images based on remembrances of enterprises; 3) images based on outstanding persons of enterprises; 4) images based on human work; 5) images based on the achievements of enterprises; 6) images based on the company’s trademarks; 7) images based on the social involvement of enterprises; 8) images based on political involvement of enterprises; 9) images based on the metaphysical values of enterprises.
The article is of the theoretical and empirical character. In the first part, the definitions, types, components and the process of shaping the image of cultural institutions are discussed. The second part presents research hypotheses, methodology, results, conclusions and the implications for management. The results of the research presented in the article prove that the online activity of social media users stimulates the image of cultural institutions. Statistically significant relationships were observed for the components of the image related to awareness/associations of cultural institution and for the relationship related to the perception of quality its offer.
The paper presents current trends in the operation of cultural institutions owned by the local government. They often become similar to enterprises and implement market solutions applied by the latter. The conducted analysis has revealed modern changes in the institutions functioning in the sphere of culture, which – besides cultural and artistic activities to which they are obliged by their statutes – are also involved in undertaking educational, trading or promotional measures. Typically, cultural institutions, while operating within the framework of the state’s cultural policy as entities autonomous in terms of their legal status, organisation and finance, are subject to a dynamic transformation, ever more often extending the offer addressed to their target groups and redefining the way of their participation in culture. The activities are closely related to the definition of image identification, requiring coherence and consistency. This translates into problems with image communication, resulting from the dispersed offer, but also typical of the operation of the signs performing the functions of identification, information and utility meaning.
This document presents the results of research on the perception of the museum by younger children (aged 5 to 7 years). The research was carried out in a group of 250 children attending kindergartens in the Silesian Voivodship. The results of the research served to get to know how children perceive the museum as an institution, its tasks and functions. This knowledge should be preceded by all educational activities of museums.
The qualitative strategy with the methodology associated with the interpretive paradigm was chosen for the implementation of the research. Assuming that children are not able to accurately answer questions related to defining concepts and phenomena, research should be based on such methods of expression that would reproduce the image of the analyzed phenomenon in the most readable manner possible. One of the most frequently used forms of observation of children’s ideas about the world are children’s drawings. Hence drawing as a research technique, in the case of children’s questions about phenomena and definitions, it proved to be the most appropriate research tool, allowing to reproduce these fragments of knowledge, experiences, insights and opinions of children who can’t be verbalized. This did not mean giving up verbal statements. From the research experience it is clear that these two methods of data acquisition, in the case of younger children, should occur together, eliminating any possible understatements resulting from the use of any of the methods separately. Their simultaneous use eliminated possible false ways of reading data. That is why, apart from the drawing (as projection techniques), the method of focused group interviews was used. Interviews were conducted with children in groups (8 groups in total), the number of which ranged from 5 to 8 people.
As a result of the research, a rich research material was obtained, including 250 drawings and over a two-hour collection of verbal statements. Detailed analysis with conclusions is the content of this article.
In publications of recent years, embedded in the discipline of management studies and regarding the issue of image, it is pointed out that one of the most frequent mistakes of modern organizations is the lack of coherence between communicated values and everyday practice. In the article, I propose to look at image crises in polish institutional theatres (those caused by phenomenon mentioned above), in a way that recognizes and appreciates their positive aspects. They can be treated as „tools” that inspire system change. On the examples from recent years, I argue that the vast majority of image crises in art institutions are caused by the lack of coherence between the declarative sphere (mainly shaped by artistic program of institution) and intra-institutional practice. I also show that thought on the discussed subject matter has developed in art thanks to the evolution of the concept of criticism and critical attitude, and not, as one would suppose, in relation to the achievements of management studies. I will also discuss the determinants of contemporary institutional critique, in which the thought on relations between the declarative sphere and practice develops, and which affects the perception of the crisis itself.
This paper addresses the issue of participatory culture from the perspective of new media, which are typically associated with the advancement of information and communications technologies (ICTs) and information technology (IT). These technologies (co-)create the foundation of the network society, also referred to as the information society, and influence the economy and, naturally, the realm of culture. The fundamental research question raised in this paper concerns the reflection upon the participation patterns mediated by new media in the context of mental well-being and its opposite – the state of ill-being. This task requires a redefinition of the concepts of participatory culture and new media, and also the adoption of certain determinants of well-being and ill- -being, which – unlike the psychology of happiness – will be specified through the category of redistribution and recognition.
This paper describes crowdsourcing as a concept of using the knowledge and skills of virtual communities. The analysis focuses on the case study of the polish, cultural Open Monuments Project. The Open Monuments project was initiated in 2012 by Centrum Cyfrowe Projekt: Polska. Its main goal was to encourage Poles to verify and add information on the monuments featured in the Polish national monument register, which often lacks current addresses, exact dates when particular monuments were constructed, or data which was not required in previous years (e.g. GPS coordinates). The effect of the community work became a springboard for the development of a nationwide website. Today, each monument featured on the website has its own separate page, and Internet users can add information, upload photos and documents, and submit “non-encyclopedia” content, i.e. trivia, legends, or anecdotes. The overriding goal of the paper is to shed some light on the factors that motivate Internet users to engage in social crowdsourcing.
Although crowdsourcing is no longer a new phenomenon, it is constantly evolving and influencing the formation of exchange mechanisms and relations between their participants. To the advertising and marketing industries, which need the perpetual influx of fresh and unconventional ideas, it has become one of the ways to acquire innovative solutions and (often) the content produced at costs below the market price level. Crowdsourcing has also become a tool to get consumers involved and build their brand loyalty. This paper analyses how brands use crowdsourcing platforms to acquire advertising content and sheds light on some of the associated problems.
This article was prepared on the basis of parts of the unpublished doctoral dissertation entitled Advertisement at the Dawn of the Post‑network Era. Branded Content, a Case Study. SWPS University of Social Sciences and Humanities 2017
For the last decades, public management has recorded a dynamic growth, which is manifested by the concepts of new public management and public governance. As part of these concepts, there emerge tools to support the process of public sector management, including a participatory budget – a tool that allows local communities to decide on the allocation of budget resources in their local government units. The aim of the paper is to try to answer the question of whether the participatory budget is an effective instrument of social participation in the culture sector. In order to investigate this issue, the author describes the idea of participatory budget and presents the analysis results on how this tool is applied in public management in the capital cities of 18 Polish provinces. The results show that that the participatory budget is rarely used to its fullest potential.
The aim of the paper is to present the issue of crowdfunding in relation to urban projects, with particular emphasis on the participation in its latest media dimension. Combined with a critical approach to urban creativity policies, this perspective broadens the scope of the debate on urban communities and the involvement of city dwellers in the bottom-up modification of these policies.
The paper constitutes a commentary on the current state of research on crowdfunding and proposes a holistic approach towards it which is based on the concepts stemming from cultural studies, media studies, and urban cultural studies.
Culture is an important determinant in assessing the development and growth of the individual economies and societies. The culture sector is financed from public and private (patrons of art, sponsors) sources. However the funds for this sector are not enough to cover all the needs. Finding new possibilities of funding culture becomes particularly important. One of the possibilities is to encourage the society to co-finance cultural initiatives that are important and valuable for them. This kind of crowd wisdom can be implemented through crowdfunding. Crowdfunding has enabled large crowds to fund innovative cultural projects. This type of support might tap into the wisdom of crowds who were previously disconnected from the funding process. The aim of this article is to analyze the idea of crowdfunding in the cultural projects. Some successful examples of crowd wisdom in financing cultural projects in Europe are discussed in the article.
Crowdfunding of cultural projects based on small but numerous amounts of money paid to the initiator via dedicated Internet platforms is an increasingly common phenomenon. The purpose of this paper is to describe the mechanisms of supporting cultural projects on Polish crowdfunding websites and to determine the nature of this type of fundraising. The text presents the results of the preliminary study, which involved the weekly monitoring of 84 projects launched on PolakPotrafi.pl and OdpalProjekt pl. The collected data was analysed quantitatively and qualitatively. The authors arrive at numerous conclusions, including that the success of crowdfunding for cultural projects to a large extent depends on the relatively high donations of more than a dozen funders than on the power of the “crowd” supporting projects with symbolic payments. It was also determined that what is the most crucial to the ultimate success of the collection is the first three days from the project launch on the website. The dynamic increase in contributions during this period significantly boosts the chances of success. According to the authors, the factors with an indirect impact on the success of crowdfunding initiatives include the donors’ need of being a patron and maintaining social bonds.
In the paper, I pose the question about the type of communities with which we are dealing in the case of historical crowdfunding. The subject of research includes the crowdfunding projects whose goals are related to the past and have been published on the PolakPotrafi.pl platform. I place the answer to the above question in the context of the socialisation of individuals and in the context of the change that takes place in this field in a postmodern society. I arrive at the conclusion that there are new online tribes forming around the registered historical crowdfunding projects. These tribes are always temporary, short-lived communities of supporters. The bond that ties the group together is immediate and intense but precarious.
The article discusses selected examples of artistic projects and scientific papers in the field of management sciences from 2008-2018 in which the authors strived to outline the possible shape of the future. Two methodologies were used in order to show what visions of the world that is yet to come are veiled in the statements being analysed. The first one, the narrative collage, was applied at the stage of selecting the examples, while the second one, the discourse analysis, allowed to penetrate the content of the statements. At the same time, every effort was made to pinpoint the key theme of "relations" in which individuals and groups would be involved. Furthermore, the author factors in the organisational phenomena, and also the interactions within private relationships or communing with nature. The research part is complemented with a review of the literature on management and art, as well as with a comparison of the ways in which scientists and artists formulate their thoughts about the future. The focus on these two fields of activity, science and art, stems from the conviction that they are highly projectified. On the one hand, this justifies the choice of the future-related topic, because projects can be construed as tools that co-shape the future; on the other hand, it is a logical starting point for the research process combining these two perspectives.
The paper discusses the concept of digital heritage, which is becoming increasingly popular in the scientific discourse, but still leaves many questions unanswered and problems unsolved. The first part of the article constitutes an introduction based on the authors’ own deliberations and the definition proposed in the UNESCO documents. On this basis, the paper outlines the risks associated with the lack of appropriate security tools and methods. The second part of the article describes the duality of digital heritage based on specific examples. The final part – the research – shows the results of the questionnaire conducted in Polish museums.
The paper discusses the phenomenon of theatre performances as well as the curator practices focussed on the organisational/production/administrative dimension of a theatre which is reserved for theatre employees or experts with specialist knowledge and thus usually unavailable to a wide audience. We will treat the selected practices as a tool shaping the future of the institution (and the people employed in it). The most important questions which we will try to answer include: To whom and what do these practices give the floor? On what problems do they shed light? Are they a self-diagnostic tool, and if so, to what extent? How do they deal with the subject of the future? The first part is devoted to the phenomenon of institutional critique. It examines its specific nature and development in the activities of Polish directors and curators. In the second part, we show the most salient examples of the Polish “self-diagnostic” theatre. In part three, we are deliberating on the four problematic areas in which theatre institutions are to operate (hierarchisation, precarity of working conditions, capitalist model of “production,” and illusions that support the status quo) and the possible scenarios indicated by the theatre performances and curator practices described in the article.
Due to the profound changes in the modern world, the role of a contemporary library is also not what it used to be. The paper presents new various roles fulfilled by libraries in the 21st century, showing that, in the current reality, measuring the effectiveness of a library only quantitatively oversimplifies the issue and does not do justice to the socially complex function of this cultural institution. Based on the quantitative and qualitative research, the author attempts to specify certain elements of the future role of a library, indicate how the library performance evaluation systems should be improved, and suggest his own original method of measuring the library total value and performance.
The goal of the paper is to describe the process of a team-based (participatory) strategic diagnosis and planning in a local cultural organisation. The team-based method involves the participation of as many organisation’s staff members and stakeholders as possible in strategic diagnosis and planning. The scope of such participation principally covers the management; however, it can be expanded to include a workgroup of selected employees, all the employees, and representatives of the organisation’s environment. The selection of the scope of participation in strategic diagnosis and planning is conditioned by the objectives set by the entity responsible for the organisation (e.g. the management or a supervisory body), the effectiveness of the planning process (decision-making dilemmas: participation – effectiveness), the needs of the local environment, and the selected model of the organisation. A crucial role in supporting the team-based (participatory) process of strategic diagnosis and planning is played by a facilitator. The facilitator’s task is to create optimal teamwork conditions, so as to reveal various perspectives and use the participants’ experiences, knowledge, and ideas in diagnostic and planning work. Preparing the organisation for change, so the process of strategic diagnosis and planning, should factor in the key forces in the organisation and the environment, as presented in the Kurt Lewin’s field theory. These forces have an inhibiting or supporting impact on the strategic management process in the organisation. The paper presents a preliminary analysis of these forces based on the perspectives of the organisation’s management, local self-government (the most common supervisory body of a local cultural organisation), and the organisation’s staff.
The paper presents how the effectuation model, which stems from the business studies, can be applied as a tool for analysing the activities undertaken as part of culture organisation. The key element of this model involves the control-based approach to the future instead of making predictions about the future. The outline of the theoretical background is followed by the results of the qualitative research, where the answers were provided by the founder of the foundation organising a cultural event. The elicited answers were analysed in terms of their compliance with the effectuation model and the causal model contrasted with it. The analysis demonstrated the legitimacy of using the models to describe the ways of organising cultural events. Furthermore, the conclusions drawn could be food for thought for people who manage such undertakings and face the necessity of dealing with the precarious future
The paper explains the concept of diversity management and answers the questions of whether, and if so – why, diversity management should be part of the cultural organisations’ strategy of preparing for the future. The article is an attempt to look at the phenomenon of diversity management in the cultural sector from the perspective of the challenges and benefits it brings to cultural organisations and managers. In this respect, the paper presents a fragment of a broader research project which discusses the five most-repeated arguments justifying a diversity-based approach: demographic changes, desire to reach the so-far-excluded groups of people and provide wider access, increasing innovation and adaptability, reducing risk, implementation of internal policies and/or legal requirements, and caring for a “better” work environment and commitment.
W tym co robię najbardziej wciąga mnie, spotykanie ze sobą różnych światów i ludzi, którzy kierują się różnymi wartościami. Jak stworzyć sytuację bezpiecznej niezgody? Jak wyjść z bańki, w której każdy z nas mieszka i pobyć z innymi ludźmi? Jak zbudować nowe formy dialogu? – z kuratorką i opiekunką Generatora Malta Joanną Pańczak rozmawia Waldemar Rapior.
Anders Fogh Jensen states that projects seem to have no value other than bringing forward change, regardless of the ethical dimension of that change. However, when living in a project and being part of the process of projectification of such institutions as universities, flesh-and-blood individuals are caught in various and often moral dilemmas. In the paper, I attempt to answer the question of how to include moral values in the analysis of project life. Do we know how to present in detail the dilemmas of a life in projects? What causes these dilemmas? I answer these questions in the autoethnographic account. In August 2015, I started a three-year scientific project entitled “Tacit morality.” At the same time, I began keeping a field diary and describing my experience within the project. Autoethnography of science, which I present here, can be run by every scientist; after all, each of us carries projects. On the basis of my field notes, I have managed to identify controversies and dilemmas which appear in projects. Having analysed them, I have come to the conclusion that the relation between a (scientific) project and a stable institution (university) should be based on values, e.g. solidarity, and institutional facilitation. I start the article with the question of how to criticize the disadvantages of projectification and at the same time notice its advantages.
The paper discusses the issues of the so-called projectification of reality from the perspective of the praxis philosophy. This point of view triggers the reflection upon the profound transformations of social reality resulting from the proliferation of “projects” as methods of operation and organizational forms. However, due to such transformations, it is necessary to move on from the deliberations inaugurated predominantly based on management sciences to a more humanistic (philosophical) reflection and the associated ontological issues. As a consequence, a “project” is understood not only as an educational method, a method of (e.g. creative) work in general, or an organizational form (e.g. in business) but, above all, as a property of social reality. Due to the projectification processes of the modern world, such fundamental variables of our functioning in reality in general as time, space, and social relations are evolving. This approach, proposed by Anders Fogh Jensen, for instance, records the fundamental transformation of modern disciplinary societies into contemporary project societies. Nevertheless, it prompts the following query in a critical plan: What are the consequences of this process? What is the post-project reality like? What are the effects of such temporary activities: flexible tools for the transformation of the world, emergent interventions into social reality? These questions are raised in relation to a specific case: the Oasis Little India project implemented in the historical Indian district of Singapore. This case perfectly fits into one of the most “projectified” ideologies of urban development—the notion of smart city.
Projects have a widespread presence in the non-governmental sector. Sometimes, they make it possible to perform tasks which would otherwise remain uncompleted due to insufficient funds, for instance. At the same time, however, the increasingly common phenomenon in smaller NGOs is when one large project swallows the organization along with its more modest initiatives. With time, the Cracow’s foundation under scrutiny, which operates in the cultural sector, has evolved from a self-help organization engaged in a number of minor activities, often completely devoid of external funding, into an entity focusing all its strength and resources on one large annual project funded from grants. In her autoethnography combined with the material from individual in-depth interviews, the author, who is both a participant of and a witness to these changes, describes the process of the main project having supplanted the grassroots initiatives, which has resulted, inter alia, in the disintegration within the foundation. Simultaneously, she provides at least a partial solution to this problem in the form of organizational imagination understood as a management style oriented towards people with all their needs and capabilities as well as towards taking action based on far-reaching trust in people.
Community archives are grassroots documentative initiatives including the collection, storage, development, and sharing of archival materials. The paper contains a description of the project-based activities of six community archives. The data was obtained through interviews, observation, and analysis of secondary sources. The issue of the projectification of the work of community archives was included in the research project as a by-product, when it emerged while the author was exploring the research questions concerning the employees of community archives as well as how such initiatives are funded and what challenges they have to face. In the archives under examination, the issue of projectification appears in the context of how it impacts employment and archivist works and what problems are generated by project management.
The text attempts to reflect on the project management practices from the humanistic perspective. The subject of consideration involved the World Youth Day (WYD) project, which took place in Cracow in July 2016. In the paper, the World Youth Day is shown as an example of a mass-scale organizational event, which required the people involved to have advanced management skills and the knowledge of methodologies and various tools necessary to manage large projects. Attention, however, was focused on the role that these people and their related values such as faith, emotions, pride, hopes, and dreams played in the management of this project. Thus, the research problem formulated in the paper investigated how the values of the people co-creating the WYD events impacted the effective and timely implementation of the project and its goals.
The chapter is a kind of scientific essay investigating the consequences of the ancient principle do ut des (“I give, so that you may give”). Referring to various studies carried out over the centuries, the author does not solve the dilemma: is the opening up of the wealth scissors (especially in the modern world) beneficial or not? Perhaps, the humanity is approaching a new revolution which, in the opinion of its advocates, will restore the “natural order of things,” i.e. the “justice” that every poor person thinks about, whereas what they really mean is for the rich not to get “too rich.” Or, maybe it is exactly the opposite. Perhaps, the rich getting richer is in the interest of the poor, because it is the rich who come up with something that is in everyone’s interest.
The paper analyses the ways in which people use the Internet. The author shows how dynamically these ways have changed in the last ten years as well as how the expectations and tastes of Internet users have evolved. The paper also paints the profile of a contemporary Polish Internet user.
The Spanish Constitution of 1978 has not only created a parliamentary government under a constitutional monarchy, but also enabled a decentralized structure which opened the way for developing co-existence mechanisms for different nationalities and ethnic groups, inhabiting 17 autonomous communities and 2 autonomous cities, varying in their degree of identification with the vision of one common Spanish state. It seems that it has not been expected, that at least one of these regions will demonstrate such strong sense of identity that it will not only demand broader autonomy, but also full independence.
Can social media and Google tools help in achieving this goal? Will it be possible to use them to build support for Catalan activities among the international community? And finally – will data obtained thanks to Google enable to forecast future political events? The Author is looking for answers to these questions by analyzing data obtained during research conducted in the network, as well as information gathered while conducting interviews with Catalan politicians in the moment of region’s fight for independence.
A blog as a tool of broadly understood electronic social communication is already a relatively mass and mature phenomenon; nevertheless, it is constantly absorbing the new capabilities and opportunities for development that appear in the environment. A similar phenomenon is observed on the Polish market, as the nature and profile of the Polish blogosphere is evolving due to the permanent development of new social media tools. New trends are emerging, and great emphasis is placed on the importance of selected aspects of blogging and online presence.
This study discusses the validity of the thesis on the vital role of Google in communicating blog content despite the rising significance of social channels in this field.
Based on the literature analysis in the introductory part of the study, the theoretical aspects of communication in social media are discussed, in particular the specific nature of blogging and blogosphere. The communication and social profile of the Y generation as the most populous segment in the community of Polish bloggers is also presented. In the discussion on trends in the Polish blogosphere, desk research is used in the form of reports and other industry studies analyses. In addition, the paper provides observations and conclusions from the author’s experiment which involved the young millennial generation representatives running non-commercial private blogs on any topic they chose.
Due to the possibility of transmitting information with high speed and precision and acquiring a wider audience, the marketing communication of contemporary Polish cultural institutions should, to a large extent, take place with the help of online tools. A wide array of such tools dedicated to Polish cultural institutions is offered by Google. Therefore, this article aims to identify and analyse selected Google tools used by Polish cultural institutions for marketing communication and to assess the suitability of such tools.
This article deals with Google’s ZMOT model and its potential use in cultural entities. The article analyses the application of the model, using one particular culture unit as a study case.
The author tries to explore the real degree of popularity and utility of the Google Search Engine among people searching for information about current events in Poland and worldwide. The paper is the result of the analysis of the online questionnaire filled by Polish Internet users. The aim of the research is to answer the question whether Polish Internet users really start searching for information by typing keywords into Google. The author also asks the respondents about how using Google
has changed the way they collect information from the Internet.
The paper discusses the problem of the policy of remembrance in the context of modern and contemporary art museums. The main focus of the research includes the collections which each museum institution gathers and displays as part of their basic activity. The shape of the collected works of arts is influenced by the collection policy of a given institution. Not only does such a policy determine the profile of the collection, but it also defines the research area in which the museum’s narrative is constructed. The aim of this thesis is to monitor, based on the art collections of the above-mentioned institutions, the dependence between the museum’s discourse and the policy of remembrance.
The culture of algorithms in which we live is a culture based on reduction, simplification, and model-building. We are overwhelmed by the data fetish, with the imperative of computability and the quantifiability of the world. We do not wonder why, because the only thing that has a value is the thing that is or can be measurable. The reduction to the digit format becomes necessary in order to generate profits. This compulsion to calculate appropriates everything, even the spheres where countability becomes not so much possible as irrational. In this way, a human being, who cannot be counted in many dimensions, becomes—as Foucault said—a “countable person” fitting perfectly
The aim of the article is to identify the power of algorithms interpreted as mythologized and reified culture machines which establish relations in the new media cyberspace of the algorithm culture.From the humanistic point of view, algorithms are understood as a relation between a code, project assumptions, the institutional and cultural context, and a user.
In digital media ecosystems, we consider the presence of algorithms to be indispensable, and we attribute them with the redemptive potential of compensating for human limitations—they are supposed to restrict the bias of media, to perform browsing tasks, to recognise patterns, and to provide data compression and automatic correction. All of this is done better, faster, and more accurately than if performed by people.
The analysis of the significance of media algorithms, and of the digital media technologies in general, scarcely goes beyond the simple schemes according to which they come across as ultra-modern, neutral (although not easy to be recognised) elements of IT infrastructure and management in the eco-systems of new media. Usually, the role of algorithms in media is perceived in the way the management of Google, Facebook, Twitter, and other organisations would like to perceive it. Such organisations call themselves technological companies (not media organisations) without any influence on social attitudes and hence without any responsibility for them.
When viewed in the context of the discussion about responsibility of new media (technological) organisations in the post-truth environment, the interpretation of algorithmic solutions in the category of power becomes not only legitimized but also indispensable.
In 2017, the Google company was recognized as the most valuable brand in the world. It is primarily a technologycorporationthat aims toearnprofits and become a leader in the global market of Internet products and services. In its strategy, Google also refers to the idea of a public mission, whichis to consolidate the image of a company that serves the users by fulfilling their needs. As part of the mission, Google uses free educational applications designed to modernize and improve the education process. Google offers students and teachers tools to bridge the social differences and democratize the school. The educational practice in many countries points to the advantages and serious threats associated with the implementation of Google’s educational applications. Violation of students’ privacy, treating them as potential customers of the advertised products, or using student profiles to collect data—all this castsdoubt on Google’s intentions. It is also a challenge for traditional educational systems.
These companies operate in such a way that they monopolize, algorithmize, and monetize all the good things like the searching and collecting of user data, and then they earn money from selling this data to others.
They are the giants of money, coverage, social media use, digital economy, and market capitalization, because they capitalize not only data and information but also the value of their shares. They are the grand masters of tax optimization and the profitability of their staff’s work.
For this reason, the title of the paper mentions the Horsmen of the Apocalypse. Certainly, it is hidden in the excess of information offered to the limited capacity of the human brain. The economist and the Nobel Prize winner Herbert Simon pointed out that a wealth of information is the cause of attention poverty (deficit). What about their political power and its effects? Through social media algorithms, you can influence the public opinion, which could be observed during the so-
-called Arab Spring or the Cambridge Analytica gate.
Google has a wide range of services and products that provide nearly end-user service. In addition, Google’s multi-year experience and the ever-growing number of its users is likely to lead to the successful launch of another social networking product. In the meantime, it turns out that it is quite the opposite.
This paper is an attempt at answering the question about the reasons why the Google Plus social site has failed. To that end, an analysis of the tools offered by Google Plus and the leading social networking site Facebook will be conducted.
Although the Google search engine is considered as the nervous sytem of the Internet, its role in the new media universe is still undetermined. The search engine, placed between the Web 2.0 medium and the mechanism of content selection, is ambigous, and its website can be easily distinguished from social media news feeds. As for the domination of visual content, SERP can be considered as the last stand of the words in the Iconosphere. In the context of the digital content and its representation, the borders between verbal and visual communication are fluid and mistakable, while the relations between them can be discussed in a wider cultural context.
The aim of this article is to analyse how Europeanisation top-down process affects the EU cultural policy. Europeanisation, as an academic concept in political sciences and European studies, became popular if not fashionable in other disciplines during the last two decades, creating new perspectives of scientific discourse. In the case of cultural policy of the UE it influences mechanism of integration in cultural sector as well as process of identification with European community’s values, axiological standards and beliefs. It is also affecting management areas, project management especially, as well as leadership, standardisation, democratisation of political decisions, and methods of administrative governance of the European cities. All those instruments used in Europeanisation processes might help in deeper integration between European nations and make people’s Europe far more aware of a need to participate in cultural transition in Europe.
The article discusses the process of Europeanization of Polish cities. This process is analysed from two perspectives: top-down and bottom-up. In the first case the author analyses the urban policy in EU and the way it is implemented to National Urban Policy in Poland. This process is illustrated by three of twelve priority themes initialled in Urban Agenda for UE “Pact of Amsterdam”: air quality, inclusion of imigrants and refugees, housing policies. In the second case the author analyses bottom-up processes of Europeanization in Polish cites stimiulated by civic movements.
The paper focuses on the cultural policy of the City of Cracow, including its premises and priorities, in the light of the incentives and support provided by the EU programs. Using Cracow as a case study, I make an attempt to show to what extent the European Community has contributed to the Europeanisation of Polish cities by triggering changes in the perception of the role of culture in the development of regions, including changes in the aesthetics of public space, human capital development (talent support, development of the cultural sector staff, development of civil society), quality of infrastructure, and support for creativity and innovation, including the use of new media and new technologies in culture.
This article attempts to describe the reciprocal relationship between the stages of European integration, with its acceleration and crises since the 1990’s, and the manner of building transnational historical narratives and exploiting the notion of European heritage. The authors show the cultural dimension of Europeanization which, by enriching something that was originally of a purely political and institutional nature, is seen in the subsequent scientific and political paradigms of the construction of a common European past and culture.
Europeanisation understood as a process of assimilation of old and creation of new tasks and standards/rules by the nation states under the influence of European integration affects many areas of our lives. Nor culture or theatre remain indifferent. The possible and existing processes of communitarisation were presented in a wide context showing the distinction of polish theatrical scene to: art and organisation, funding model, international cooperation. The main purpose of the analysis was to present the Polish theatre as an particular model within the European perspective. Its originality is defined by a deep politicization that characterize both artistic project and the practical aspect of management, regulated by legal framework of Polish cultural sphere.
When we analyse some products, we could take into consideration not only their physical side. What is more, we could reach their incorporeal level, in other words the subjective value that is born in the consciousness and unconsciousness of customers. In this article, we take into account the cultural products and indicate what symbolic values are responsible for the fact that these products are appreciated by customers. To do this, we create and use an analytical tool: fields of the product value. Moreover, the tool could be also useful when it comes to conducting marketing research, both by researchers and manufacturers, who are trying to understand hidden mechanisms, which are responsible for choices not only of cultural market participants, but also other markets.
The concept of sustainable development and the strategies of implementing sustainable development at the country, region and city level are not just empty words commonly used by politicians, public administration, or the media. The paper presents a long-standing global discussion on the concept itself and its main components. It also unfolds the increasingly intense attempts to devise strategies premised on sustainable development and to consider culture (in the very broad sense of the word) as the key determinant of development. This is illustrated by the description of the use of one of the tools of social participation – participatory engagement – based on case studies from the domain of culture.
The problem of fees that are collected in museums is multidimensional. It is essential to analyze a lot of acts in order to entirely understand this issue. Some regulations that are important as far as this theme is concerned may be found even in the Constitution, but study of other legal acts including museum act, consumer rights act or intellectual property act together with some executive acts is a base. Not only an issue of entrance fees and allowances or exemptions was presented, but also an interpretation of regulations related to collecting fees for e.g. lending, copying or photographing museum pieces was shown. This problem is important also in the context of museum management – owing to sensible configuration of fees policy it is possible to make a museum more attractive for visitors.
The Polish Sinfonia Iuventus Orchestra (POSI) is a unique artistic music institution with an educational profile. Its main goal is to prepare young musicians – graduates of master studies – to enter the labour market well-geared both artistically and organizationally. This paper describes the specific nature of working at POSI, highlights its main objectives and tasks, illustrates difficulties that arise in fulfilling the facility’s mission with the project-based work style (prevailing in such institutions), and portrays a profile of an artist/musician educated at POSI, based on the conducted quantitative and qualitative research.
The purpose of this paper is to present a musical institution in which the organization of artistic work should be carried out at the highest possible level, being a source of great satisfaction to all external and internal stakeholders. Unfortunately, as it turns out, concentrating solely on projects and forgetting about the reasons why the institution was established in the first place can be a major threat. Constant care for the implementation of the adopted strategies with the focus only on individual projects and their goals is the challenge the musical institutions of culture are facing now. As indicated by Heraclitus of Ephesus, the only constant thing in life is change.
This article focuses on selected aspects of entrepreneurial intentions in the arts entrepreneurship. Referring to the specifics of cultural industries seen from the point of view of the cultural ecology rather than the cultural economy, some views on value in culture are presented, complemented by opinions of professional musicians active as entrepreneurs. The co-existence of the economic and cultural values is seen as an advantage enriching the context in which entrepreneurial intentions appear and develop.
In Europe, the role of artists in the process of developing culture and creative industries was recognized as early as the 1970s, as evidenced by different resolutions of international organizations or later the European Parliament. These documents stated that art can be a profession. In order to practice art at the highest level, it is important to develop an interest in art in childhood. The profession of an artist is a continuous one, and covers not only the time of presenting the final effect but also the time of preparation for work, which should be factored in when calculating retirement benefits. The most urgent issues artists have to deal with include: protecting the profession of an artist/performer with social security (health and pension benefits); uncertain and unsteady employment; and low and irregular income dependent on the repertoire and staffing policy established by institution management.
In the case of freelancers: long periods without any income, tax regulations related to the work performed by artists, copyright revenue, irregular working hours, lack of incentives for producers to hire professional artists and creators instead of cheaper amateurs. Lack of systematic solutions which would guarantee at least minimal social security.
The above-mentioned documents were not followed up by any changes in Poland to expand the tools which secure artists’ social rights. Neither the status of artists has been clarified nor has their social and financial situation improved.
Out of the few studies on the economic condition of an artist/performer, my paper quotes the one endorsed by ZASP (Association of Polish Stage Artists) entitled “Artysto scen polskich, powiedz nam, za co żyjesz?” (“Polish Stage Artists, Tell Us How You Make a Living”), which
The system of theatre organization in Poland should have basically changed after the political transformation in 1989. This year marked the break up with the central leadership of the Communist Party, followed by introduction of the Act on organizing and conducting cultural activities in 1991. Although the new system of public theatres attributed to appropriate levels of local government seemed fair, it was also deemed quite rigid. After more than twenty-five years, there are several elements that are more changeable than sustainable.
According to many researchers, the cultural policy model based on the arm’s length principle gives public institutions more autonomy than the so-called bureaucratic model. In line with the typology by Hillman-Chartrand and McCaughey (1989), the former is called the “patron model” and implemented in the Anglo-Saxon countries. The latter, dubbed the “architect model,” prevails in continental Europe, including Poland. The aim of this paper is to question the popular belief that the continental model, by definition, has a greater bureaucratic and political influence than the Anglo-Saxon model. For this purpose, the author has analyzed the literature describing the British practice and conducted empirical research in Poland among officials responsible for theaters and directors of public theaters. The results suggest that the difference between the two models in terms of institutional autonomy is not as clear as one could infer from the typology contained in the literature.
In journalistic publications about cultural policy, there is a prevailing conviction that the system change of 1989 put an end to the prosperity and carefreeness of Polish theaters and made managers of these institutions face many new problems, unknown in the days of communism. In this paper, based on the study of community efforts to strengthen the position of theater managers in relations with authorities, I argue that this view is overly simplistic and idealizes the situation of culture in the communist Poland.
The prolonged and complex efforts to determine the rules of theater manager’s work – which took more than fifty years (1958–2011) – are like a television “soap opera.” Hence the paper’s title (loosely) alluding to the Polish TV show Dyrektorzy, popular in 1970s, which portrays managers of the socialist industry, although the paper does not contain as many dramatic turns of events.
The analysis of the sources shows the unchanging ills of the Polish theatre life, which moved from socialism to capitalism, from dictatorship to democracy. Theatre managers are still forced to negotiate with authorities.
Usually when we talk about culture management, whether in the context of the object (reflection on what we manage in the sphere of culture: the definition of culture or/and culture goods), as well as in the context of the subject (reflection on the actors involved in this process, i.e. artists, intermediating institutions and receivers), we should be prepare for a certain ambivalence of contrasting discourses or narrations, both within theoretical scientific discourses (discrepancies between the humanities and economic) as well as pragmatic approach resulting from the individual experience of management in culture. Presented case study of the conflict in Studio Theatre in Warsaw is the perfect example, that illustrates in practice this collision (short circuit in refers to S. Žižek’ favourite metaphor) of completely different paradigms, narration, or discourses, as well as individual values, expectations and experiences, which regardless of the attempts of exit from the impasse or negotiations on both side, is still escalating and rising in power.
Evoked conflict, referring both to ideological issues (different values), as well as political (different interests), is at the same time personal conflict as well as substantive one: collision between artistic vision or management strategy for the artistic theatre (repertory’s theatre) and economic vision or management strategy of project theatre (event’s theatre). In refers to difference in epistemological and axiological assumptions, creation of a common space (conceptual, analytical and research) is of the particular importance, this requires a multidisciplinary approach/discourse (scientific, public, environmental), which takes into account relationships of both sides/disciplines/ environments, while assuming both: the critical approach or competition as well as common space and cooperation, underlying their mutual diffusion within the contemporary world of „liquid modernity”.
The article is dedicated to the problems of historical drama, one of the ways of interpreting the past. The study is placed in the context of the sociology of culture and the historical memory of society, with a focus on the transposition and the symbolical representation of the history of Byzantium and the Second Bulgarian Kingdom (1181–1396) in literature. The subject of the analysis are the works of the Bulgarian poet and playwright Radko Radkov (1940–2009), above all his play Theophano, written in the convention of classical drama in verse and the so-called ritual drama, according to the title of the author, a synthesis of text borrowed from Old Bulgarian Literature, and Byzantine hymnography, inspired visually by the images of the Middle Age Miniatures included in Manassij’s Chronicle (Codex Vaticanus Slav II) – Praise of Turnovgrad and In Praise of the Word. The historical theme in the work of Radko Radkov is substantially different from the interpretation of the Bulgarian history of other Bulgarian writers of the second half of the 20th Century, by which the author is opposing the ideological constructs of the official authorities during this period. Within the discourse of the relations between creator and authorities, attention is paid to some events surrounding the 1300 anniversary of the creation of the Bulgarian state (celebrated in 1981), when, thanks to the benevolence of Lyudmila Zhivkova and the open culture policy that she, as Chairperson of the Committee of Arts and Culture, had introduced, the plays of Radko Radkov were allowed to be staged in the theatres. The playwright has found semiotic and stylistic devices that recreate the classical past of the people, the orthodox Christianity and culture in the universal perspective of the Byzantine Commonwealth, and artistically voice his historiosophic views concerning Bulgarian national history and the Byzantine-Bulgarian cultural community. The paper analyses the tribulations of the performance of Theophano, staged in Bulgaria by the French Director Pierre Della Torre, who sees in the poetic world of Radko Radkov “the monumental force of the masters of French theatre, Racine and Corneille”.
In the last decade, Turkey has experienced drastic changes in the area of culture and cultural heritage. A vivid revivial in the discourse and practices related to culture can be observed at the national as well as local level. The paper presents an analysis of the role culture plays in urban development as exemplified by one of the Turkish cities, which, due to an engaged mayor and his widely promoted vision of development based on culture, has been undergoing significant transformation. Eskişehir – a city associated in the 20th century primarily with industry – is nowadays aiming at becoming one of the leading places in art and culture in the country. The main goal of the article is to analyze the ways in which local authorities in Eskişehir relate to culture and take advantage of the cultural heritage of the city and its province (both tangible and intangible). Moreover, the paper discusses various determinants both conduicive and obstructive to the particular development pattern of the city.
At present, still over 7000 languages are in use all over the world, however, this number is systematically declining from year to year. With the death of languages, an important part of human heritage is being lost. For this reason, saving endangered languages from a complete oblivion is a an urgent task that linguists try to cope with. The attempts undertaken so far have mainly concentrated on a passive recording of lexical resources of endangered languages, which, however, fails to be a successful method of keeping such languages alive. The authors of the article have proposed an innovative approach based on the application of an IT related concept of a controlled language, which allows for recording not only vocabulary of an endangered language, but its syntactic structures as well. The controlled languages along with electronic tools in form of syntactic structures generators and e-translators that the authors work on will equip future learners of endangered languages with a helpful and innovative instrument to enhance the learning process.
The paper aims to present the history of the Orthodox parish founded on the orders of the Tsarist authorities in the 1930s for the settlers specially brought from Russia to Warsaw. The parish, together with the monumental Orthodox Church of Saint Alexandra the Martyr, flourished until the outbreak of World War I, when the army and the Russian administration were evacuated from the Kingdom of
Poland and the Church was destroyed. After Poland had regained its independence, the Church lost its former privileges and started to attract the hostility and unwillingness on the part of the Polish authorities. Despite this, thanks to the efforts of the remaining faithful, the Church was rebuilt (although in a much more modest form), and the faithful were given an Orthodox priest. Today, the Church, being the only rural Orthodox temple in Mazovia, is covered by conservator’s protection and is considered a symbol of multiculturalism.
Using the Orthodox Church of Saint Alexandra as an example, the paper is an attempt to illustrate how Poland manages the unwanted, “inconvenient” heritage which over time is integrated into the Polish cultural landscape and becomes devoid of negative evaluation.
The deliberations are based primarily on the archival administrative and parish records kept
in the Central Archives of Modern Records (AAN) and on the iconographic materials from the Central Archives of Historical Records (AGAD).
Cultural heritage, whether tangible or intangible, occupies a superior position in every social group. This legacy is not only comprised of physical and spiritual artefacts but also attitudes towards them or the ability to live through artefact-related experiences. The broad spectrum of phenomena covered by the term ‘heritage’ makes it examinable through many aspects – historical, social, or psychological. Tracking the continuity of individual phenomena makes it possible to build a narrative that constitutes a tale about people and their history. What is a particularly intriguing area for this type of research is the borderland, usually marked by ethnic diversity and complex political history.
The upper part of Polish Orawa is one of the least studied regions. The wooden church in Orawka, founded in the second half of the 17th century, is the oldest preserved manifestation of the cultural heritage there. Owing to this building, along with its impressive painting decoration and fittings, it is possible to paint the picture of the community which has been gathered around it for almost four centuries. The paper aims not only to introduce the value of this unique temple but also to answer the questions about the factors which influenced the shape of the region’s heritage and how this heritage is nurtured today.
In the 1960s, researchers began their quest for a new role and development path of museums. At present, numerous theories and concepts, particularly from the New Museology trend, refer to the issues of identification, management, and protection of intangible cultural heritage in compliance with the provisions of the 2003 UNESCO Convention. This article aims to contextualize the intangible cultural heritage within the interdisciplinary studies on cultural heritage and to determine the models of presenting and interpreting such heritage in cultural institutions and other dedicated facilities. The analysis was premised on the comparative museology studies and the latest comparative techniques (Legrand 1999) as part of critical cultural & heritage studies. The paper also presents the preliminary results of the qualitative studies carried out in selected cultural institutions in Poland, Bulgaria, and Austria. Final deliberations point out the potential of the intangible cultural heritage as a way of interpreting tangible artifacts in the practice of museums and cultural institutions and show the legal and administrative ways of including the heritage into such institutions’ activities. They also serve as a basis for further queries about the mission of museums and the new role of cultural institution personnel.
Based on the case study of the Archive of Science of the Polish Academy of Sciences (PAN) and the Polish Academy of Arts and Sciences (PAU) in Cracow, hereinafter referred to as the PAN and PAU Archive of Science, the paper deals with an archive as a place of remembrance about scholars and remembrance management. The article discusses the concept of remembrance in culture and the humanities as well as the concept of a remembrance site in the context of archival studies. The PAN and PAU Archive of Science is presented as a place of remembrance about the people of science and culture on the Cracow’s archival and cultural map. In addition, the paper touches upon the subject of scholar’s legacy as a means of cherishing their memory based on selected examples from the Archive of Science. The final section presents various forms of activities performed by archivists who manage the memory of the people of science and culture, using the employees of the Archive of Science as an example.
The aim of this paper is to illustrate the European Community decision making processes regarding culture and cultural policy in the Seventies, as well as their evolution over the years. The discussion is based on the analysis of EC documents and political declarations, which created the foundation for the ‘European Identity’ phenomenon. The Identity proved to be a crucial factor in all of following cultural policy initiatives and undertakings. It also played a role in definition of ‘cultural belonging’ and ‘European common values’. The political summits, meetings, and discussions organised within EC affected documents and statements of the European Council and the European Commission, which in turn generated multilevel, processual and democracy-based ‘European identity’. Since that initial period, it morphed into far more complex, transcultural, and heterogenic form.
Cross-border co-operation is a vital element of the cooperation between Ukraine and Poland in the institutional sphere, where priority directions of growth are determined mostly by social, cultural, and educational co-operation and the development of infrastructure. The objective of this paper is to present the cross-border cooperation between Poland and Ukraine in the structure of international relations. I discuss the cooperation of Euroregions located on the Polish-Ukrainian border (including Bug, Superior Prut and Lower Danube, Carpathian, Dnepr, and Slobozhanschina) on the cross-border and regional levels. The paper is based on the qualitative methods of field research (including in six Ukrainian oblasts: Volyn, Zakarpattia, Ivano-Frankivsk, Lviv, Odesa, Chernivtsi, and Chernihiv.) Furthermore, I have analysed secondary sources and the principles of cross-border cooperation between Poland and Ukraine available on the Internet. The research has demonstrated a dynamic and progressive development of cross-border cooperation as a bilateral dialogue at local and regional levels, which leads to intensified interinstitutional contacts and cross-border movement. Additionally, the research has revealed key problems in this domain that could be overcome following a thorough diagnosis based on scientific research.
The essay is centered around the political and historical interpretation of Franz Kafka’s short story In the Penal Colony. The theoretical context includes Claude Levi-Strauss’s comments on “cold” societies (trying to deny history) and “hot” societies (trying to internalize the history). The aim of the interpretation is to create a simplified model of the shifts taking place in European culture in terms of the relations between myth, law, and (a specific kind of) messianism and to capture the differences between the pre-modern and the modern approach to the myth as a kind of fabricated imitation of eternity. The methodological tool used to this end includes a critical and hermeneutical interpretation involving reading literature in the light of historical processes, and historical processes in the light of literature. The disintegration of the torture apparatus in the Kafka’s story can be decoded as the transition from “cold” to “hot” society, i.e. as an entry into enlightened modernity, where the awareness of the fact that transcendence is something fabricated becomes universal. This reduces the politics practised in modern, illuminated, and liberal societies (which conceal their own mythical nature under a veneer of science and democracy) to the need to choose between cynicism and fanaticism: between the cynical politics of ressentiment, which involves fabrication of emotions that drive the social machine, and the politics of virtue revived by desperate messianism that can no longer believe in its own truth.
Recenzja książki Adelaidy Chiroşca, Icoane mariale din patrimonial Muzeul Naţional de Istorie a Moldovei (secolele XVII–XX). Catalog, Wydawnictwo: Muzeul Naţional de Istorie a Moldovei, Chişinău 2014, ss. 200, fot. 172
DOM, czyli dziedzictwo obok mnie – dajmy się zainspirować Narodowemu Instytutowi Dziedzictwa – recenzja książek
Dziedzictwo obok mnie – poradnik zarządzania dziedzictwem w gminach, zespół redakcyjny: Aleksandra Chabiera, Anna Kozioł, Bartosz Skaldawski, Narodowy Instytut Dziedzictwa, Warszawa 2016.
DoM. Dziedzictwo obok mnie – inspiracje do działań lokalnych, zespół redakcyjny: Aleksandra Chabiera, Anna Kozioł, Bartosz Skaldawski, Warszawa [2016].
In order to understand the specificity of the European model of cultural heritage policy, we shall first take account of the main changes in the late modern world which pre-determined the repositioning of culture and cultural heritage in the world economy; then we shall trace the reasons leading to the current reappraisal of cultural heritage in European public policies, and finally we shall reveal the main trends in the European policies for cultural heritage, which form a distinguishable, coherent long-term approach that presumably can be qualified as ‘the European model’.
This study is set in the French institutional and cultural context where the State and local authorities have strong and multiple roles and missions in the cultural field. Despite the declined Welfare State, France has experienced an important evolution of the legal and fiscal framework concerning patronage and non-profit organizations, giving a new role to citizens. We question the place and role of private sponsors in territorial management of cultural heritage. To do so, we analyze two cases: the project of the François Pinault Foundation to build a museum of contemporary art on Seguin Island, near Paris, and the project of the Louis Vuitton Foundation to launch a museum of contemporary art in The Bois de Boulogne inside Paris. The failure of the first project and the success of the second one will allow us to draw lessons for this kind of public-private initiatives.
This paper focuses on the role of cultural societies in the establishment of regional museums in Greece. It uses as a case study the Museum of Refugee Memory on the island of Lesvos, a small local institution, created and supported entirely by a local cultural society; the museum, despite its size and professional shortcomings, has become a vehicle of social cohesion and an expression of a distinct local identity. This paper argues that this museum forms an example of a grass-roots museum initiative that deserves to be studied and even copied, since its operation provides an alternative model of cultural heritage and museum management that reaches to the local communities and resources instead of national or top-down ones. First, it presents in brief the development of the local cultural institutions policy in Greece and then it turns its attention to the case study and presents the information gathered through in situ research, multiple visits and interviews, in order to argue, in the final part, about the importance and role of such institutions.
In Europe an increasing shift towards participatory cultural heritage governance is observed, opening the way to the meaningful inclusion of grassroots stakeholders in sharing heritage ownership and administration. In Greece, history politics and current cultural policies underline the symbolic and instrumental value of heritage, reinforcing a state-centric governance model, particularly concerning antiquities. By analysing state policies, rhetoric and projects on heritage between 1994‒2013, we purport that state-centrism in antiquity governance is perpetuated, despite the constitutionally provided “complementarity of duties” between the State and citizens. Nonetheless, participatory practices concerning antiquities and contested heritage are growing. The paper explores some prominent cases in Greece, highlighting the expanding role of decentralised authorities and citizen associations. Concluding, it formulates explorative empirical propositions on the factors enabling or impeding participatory heritage governance, in order to serve as basis for the much needed in-depth, long-term research that is presently lacking.
The article presents the results of a research on Icelandic museums and their specifics. The analysis is based on the traditional concept of ‘land, nation and language,’ which form the core of the Icelandic culture and national identity. The first section of the paper describes the definitional problems which occurred during the research. Then the methodology is explained, also taking into consideration the difficulties in examining Icelandic museums using standard tools and guidelines. The last section is devoted to the results of the research, presenting a few examples of different Icelandic museums and their approach to heritage through the prism of the abovementioned trinity.
The aim of this article is to reflect on the new position of the audience in museums which has been evolving from a passive to a more active role. The context for this reflection is Nina Simon’s concept of the participatory museum. I discuss the issue using the examples of four museums in Poland where the changing attitude towards the visitor is a part of the general transformation of museums after the political transition of 1989. Selected case studies are: the project “Anything Goes” (2016) realised by the National Museum in Warsaw, the “Selfservice Museum” (since 2012) realised by the Contemporary Museum Wrocław, the “ms3 Re:action” (2009) conducted by the Museum of Art in Łódź, and the “Free Museum in Wolnica Square. Kazimierz Collective” (since 2013) realised by the Ethnographic Museum in Kraków. My thesis is that although visitors are encouraged to engage
and participate in museum programmes, they are involved or seemingly involved to a limited extent.
The participatory approach towards management seems to be adopted, to a certain extent, in different spheres of public space, including heritage management. The experts seem to believe that the participation of stakeholders in each phase of a proposed project’s development will assist in building trust and confidence between the affected community and local government authority and will encourage community participation in future phases of the project. As a consequence, it will also help to satisfy the expectations of different groups of interest and in a longer perspective facilitate the sustainable development of a region. The aim of this article is to provide a critical reflection on the contemporary Polish cultural heritage management system as seen from the perspective of active citizens as well as on the role of local communities in this system. Attention is also paid to the relationships that exist between the social and public sector in heritage management processes.
The dynamics of socio-economic changes has brought a number of changes and significantly influenced space in recent times. Cities are growing and occupying new areas. Spontaneous and unplanned urbanization is often the sign of our times. Chaotic appropriation of space has become a problem both in Poland and in the world. Therefore, in space management it is important to pay attention to areas that can be reused in the process of revitalization. The purpose of this article is to analyze the concept of revitalization in the context of the functional changes that took place in cities in the past centuries, with a particular emphasis on postindustrial areas in Poland. Additionally, the question of whether revitalization is an opportunity to preserve and protect cultural heritage is discussed.
This article is an attempt to locate the anniversary resolutions, adopted by the Sejm and Senate of Poland and dedicated to outstanding Polish artists, in the context of the memory management processes. The considerations, for which the starting point is the 200th anniversary of Cyprian Kamil Norwid’s birth, falling in 2021, particularly refer to the mechanisms allowing for the adoption of the resolutions and their effects in the form of cultural projects and the financial resources designated for their implementation.
Grodno as a city in the Republic of Belarus, with its rich and diverse culture, is almost 1000 years old. It arose as one of the political and administrative centers of ancient Rus. In the middle of the thirteenth century it stood at the beginning of the Grand Duchy of Lithuania, which formed in the Neman region. The Grand Duke of Lithuania Vytautas received the city from his father Kęstutis and from that moment on Grodno became the residence of the great dukes of Lithuania, and later Polish kings. At the end of the eighteenth century, after the partition of Poland, Grodno was seized by the Russian authorities. As a provincial town of the Russian empire it suffered a violent Russification, which was continued in the times of the Soviet Union. On receiving independence in 1991, the Republic of Belarus began an independent political life. However, the election in 1994 of A. Lukashenko for President shattered the independent Belarusian state development trend and started a restoration of Soviet institutions of power and traditions. Instead of Belarusian national symbols in public life, Soviet symbols reappeared, which blurred the traces of the rich and varied history of the country. Grodno is perhaps the most interesting city of Belarus because of its multiculturalism.
In the field of the humanities there has appeared a recently popular trend called digital humanities. This begs the question: is it only the result of a temporary fashion or rather a requirement of technological times that demand a new category name. Scientists are more and more often convinced that the existing analytical tools and dominant paradigms are no longer sufficient for illustrating the increasingly complex social structures. The article is an attempt to answer the question of what digital sociology and its object of interest are.
This article is based on empirical data gathered during the research on Polish recording industry conducted in 2013. The paper concentrates on a part of the recording industry which specializes in classical and electronic music. The authors analyze the mission and organizational structures of labels which specialize in the aforementioned music genres. The empirical data suggest that these labels, despite operating on competitive markets, are not driven by purely market orientation. The discussion conducted in the paper suggests that these labels unwittingly contribute to the cultural policy of the state, even though most of them are not supported by the government. Consequently, the results of this study can be used to improve this policy.
Projekt dofinansowany przez Uniwersytet Jagielloński ze środków Wydziału Zarządzania i Komunikacji Społecznej, a także Instytutu Kultury, we współpracy z Małopolskim Towarzystwem Doradczym – Stowarzyszeniem Konsultantów na rzecz Rozwoju Lokalnego i Przedsiębiorczości Społecznej, oraz współfinansowany ze środków Gminy Miejskiej Kraków.
Cultural heritage management is perceived today as a modern system for the protection of historical monuments. However, the original meaning of heritage is intangible: with the emphasis shifted from the object (monuments) to the subject (recipients). Therefore, not only objects but also people become the area of interest.
The aim of this article is to present the concept of heritage management based on values. Literature analysis indicates that numerous values are attributed to historical monuments; the article enumerates almost 130 of them. Drawing upon the experience of axiology, the values should be divided into objective (belonging to the object) and subjective (belonging to the recipient). It will allow for an even better identification of heritage resources, and for adjusting the methods of heritage protection, education and promotion. The presented concept is a starting point for the elaboration of modern methods of preserving the relicts of our past and making use of them by contemporary generations.
The UNESCO Convention for the Safeguarding of Intangible Cultural Heritage of 2003 has established a new, holistic approach to cultural heritage and a new set of administrative and legal instruments and strategies of identifying, preserving, managing and promoting intangible cultural heritage. The policy of intangible culture entails the conceptualisation of the elements of intangible heritage in the national cultural policy framework. Administration strategies and methods are often confronted with scientific contextualisation and various policies of representation and identification. Thus, while articulating the idea of the growing importance of intangible cultural heritage, national authorities increasingly construct national inventories through processes of worldwide networking and positioning through symbolic meanings such as “national issues” and “national
culture”. The paper presents a brief review of administrative and legal measures and policies concerning the intangible cultural heritage of selected countries with a special emphasis on the community-based approach in the identification and safeguarding processes.
The paper focuses on the protection of the material cultural heritage of national minorities and ethnic minorities in the Constitution of the Republic of Poland. Heritage protection is a responsibility imposed on public authorities. It should be noted that it is an obligation of general application and refers to the whole inheritance. The Constitution regulates the issues of protection of national minorities and ethnic minorities in very general terms, so general rules are applied.
The sacral architecture of the interwar Volyn was one of the realizations of the national idea and reflected the nation-building processes in the interwar Poland, which were visualized on the levels of both space and objects. The formation of a new architectural layer became a symbol of socio-cultural and civilizational transformations, which took place in the region in 1920-30s. The integration of stylistically new objects into the existing urban environment meant transferring new social ideologemes and spiritual values and, as a result, creating a new symbolic system. At the same time, preserving old temples (as well as defensive buildings) in this environment made use of the past for the purpose of the present. Political changes in the second half of the 20th century concluded into a dual attitude to the sacral heritage of the interwar period in Volyn, which reflected the ideo-logical motivation of the “memory-oblivion” paradigm formation. On the one hand, the existence of this monument group was denied (they didn’t match the socialistic cultural model). On the other hand, the artistic value and esthetic potential criteria dominated in evaluation of certain buildings. The problem of the temple construction and heritage preservation in Volyn arises because of the essentiality of this process not only to regional history, but to the history of Poland, Ukraine and Europe in general.
Since the beginning of the 21st century, we have been witnessing an increasing number of entries on the UNESCO list of intangible cultural heritage. With them, critical scientific trends describing its positive and negative effects began to emerge. In this article, I discuss the sense of such entries, showing their evaluative dimension as well as the difficulties of recognizing the areas of minority cultures as heritage – the areas which despite meeting all the entry criteria are in conflict with the modern ideas of European culture. I analyze these issues, using the Gypsy/Romani culture as an example – and more specifically the profession of bear handlers in Romania, which, due to its numerous similarities in history, training methods and folklore, I treat as representative of other European regions too. The text discusses the possible origins of this occupation, the place of the Ursari in the Romanian social structure together with their financial situation, and the attitude of the Church and State to bear handlers. It also presents the methods of animal training the Gypsies have used and passed on through the centuries, as well as the reasons why this profession has been disappearing in Romania. In the final (second) part of the article, I will discuss whether there is such a thing as the management of Ursari heritage (versus the management of inconvenient heritage), and if there is – what it entails.
The article uses qualitative research methods, including the analysis of historical sources (docu-ments from the offices of Moldovan, Wallachian and Transylvanian rulers and descriptions written by people travelling across former Romanian territories dated 14th–19th centuries) and ethnographic sources. In addition, the analysis also focuses on visual sources from Romanian territories associated with the Ursari as well as on the sources used during my own pilot ethnographic study on the cultural memory among the Roma from Romania.
In the 20th century, in the Czechoslovak territory the Orthodox constituted a variously numerous minority. The number of adherents depended, among others, on the shifting state borders. However, the geopolitical changes were not the only factor of influence, both in the identity construction and the way of its presentation. As for historical factors, there were also population flows (different types of migration), as for canonical factors, the changes in jurisdiction, and as for theological ones, mainly the bonds with particular centres of the Orthodox Church worldwide, the relation to the past and self-demarcation vis-à-vis the majority Catholic Church. The aim of this article is to attempt to systematize these factors.
Projekt dofinansowany przez Uniwersytet Jagielloński ze środków Wydziału Zarządzania i Komunikacji Społecznej, a także Instytutu Kultury, we współpracy z Małopolskim Towarzystwem Doradczym – Stowarzyszeniem Konsultantów na rzecz Rozwoju Lokalnego i Przedsiębiorczości Społecznej, oraz współfinansowany ze środków Gminy Miejskiej Kraków.
The article refers to the development of cultural policies in Poland after the collapse of Communism in 1989. The text offers a critical approach to the succeeding ministerial concepts of cultural changes planned for the transition period. The author explores various documents and the governmental papers published by the Polish Ministry of Culture as well as some national programmes, actions and declarations. The article presents a broad overview of the nature of changes in Polish culture since 1989 until 2014. It was a specially troublesome time. The Polish artists, activists and operators moved from a centrally organised political and cultural system to a decentralised liberal
democratic country, in which the freedom of expression was guaranteed and a new management system was introduced and adopted.
Setting aside the fact that the lack of a policy is also some kind of policy, while analyzing the events of the last 25 years in cultural policy, from the perspective of the year 2014, can we really say that there is no cultural policy in Poland? The author describes and analyzes the changes in culture management and cultural policy in Poland from the last quarter of a century. The responsibility for cultural policy rests not only with the central authorities, the Ministry of Culture, but also with local governments, which more and more frequently include citizens in the decision-making process. The citizens themselves are becoming more and more aware of their rights. Apart from cultural institutions, non-governmental organizations more and more often become the contractors of public tasks. They co-create and enrich the cultural offer of cities and regions significantly. Not only the number of non-governmental organizations but also their creativity and the professional level of their actions are increasing. Cultural activity is more and more often undertaken by private economic operators (not only art galleries, but also artistic agencies and impresarios). They cannot count on subsidies from local governments any more, but they can become contractors of services at their request under the Public Procurement Law, which, thanks to the last amendment (raising the threshold for public procurement to more than 30,000 EUR), will become a bit easier from the procedural
point of view. The role of public cultural institutions is changing. Many of them have redefined their mission and have been successively building new relations with the audience, taking into consideration the changing needs of the consumers and new economic conditions. Despite the underdeveloped sponsorship in Poland, many of them use the conceptions of CSR and CCR, while others diversify their offer, in terms of both the merits and the price, often introducing a commercial offer as a complementary one. The new infrastructure in Poland, in case of many cultural institutions, contributed to a substantial change and improvement of their conditions. After many years of a total investment stagnation in this sphere, together with Poland’s accession to EU, the Polish state and local governments started to undertake tasks in this area more bravely. New infrastructure naturally generates the need for innovation. Cultural institutions more willingly and effectively make use of the new media today (communication with the audience, mailing, FB, promotion, marketing, crowdfunding, crowdsourcing). They more often see the importance of spending money on marketing activities, which they used to economize on in case of a shortfall of funds for substantive activities.
The structural and cohesion funds play a very significant role in financing investments in the cultural sector in Poland. The eligibility of expenditure under the European Structural and Investment Funds is determined on the basis of national legislation, with the exception of cases in which specific provisions were laid down in the EU Regulations or under them. This means that the detailed requirements and rules for incurring costs, documenting them, as well as settling them are practically determined on the level of the EU Member States. Therefore, the national regulations largely determine the degree of difficulty in correctly settling the costs of a project, which in turn affects the absorption capacity of EU funds. Most frequent errors in spending the EU money concern the eligibility of expenditures. To attract a structural fund support, expenditure by projects must be eligible in terms of the Operational Programme, the relevant EC Regulations and the national eligibility rules. Based on the author’s practical experience and the content analysis of formal documents as regards the European cohesion policy, this paper presents problems of determining the eligibility of expenditure in the case of cultural projects. Irregularities in the disbursement of funds may lead to the imposition of financial corrections onto beneficiaries, or to deeming the whole or part of the expenditure as non-eligible. The author suggests how to avoid irregularities as regards personnel costs and public procurement rules on the national and European Union level in projects co-funded by the European Regional Development Fund and the Cohesion Fund.
The purpose of this paper is to demonstrate the role of theatre education in creating a coherent and well-thought repertoire policy of an institution. In this context, questions arise about the role of culture in education and in shaping social attitudes as well as critical thinking skills. The author analyzed the research problem on the basis of selected educational activities (aimed at different audiences) carried out at the Polish Theatre in Bydgoszcz. The use of theatrical and quasi-theatrical forms in education/pedagogy implies not only the development of sensitivity to art, but above all, breaking down communication barriers and gaining new experience and knowledge.
The author refers to the experience of the “Borderland of Arts, Cultures and Nations” Centre in Sejny, active on the Polish-Lithuanian border, and illustrates how the animation of culture can deal with the “difficult memory” present in Central and Eastern Europe, as well as how this kind of involvement can support people in developing their identity. In this sense, the animator becomes a humanist: comprehensively educated and conscious of the intellectual and personal development of both him/herself and others. Having in mind the uniqueness of such an undertaking, it is also important to notice that the original formula of such a centre – developed according to its leaders’ personal ideas – may become a genuine brand of Polish culture.
Nowadays, consumers needs force media to behave so they can survive in a competitive market. Publishers functioning on the daily press market take actions related to the diversification of its media investing in the Internet. With such solutions not only includes electronic edNowadays, the needs of the consumer force the media to behave in a way that will enable them to survive on the competitive market. Publishers functioning on the daily press market take actions aimed at the diversification of their medium, investing in the Internet. Such actions include creating not only an online edition of the newspaper, but also multimedia portals, new services and the use of the network dialogism considering its current and future potential. It is impossible not to notice the increasingly powerful connection between the printed press and Internet projects. It is caused by economic aspects, as publishers rarely count on revenues solely from the sale of information and advertising. Intense competition forces them to change the characteristics of their products and expand ways to reach both readers and advertisers. One example of the above phenomenon isDziennik Zachodni – the winner of the Grand Press Digital award granted by Press editors for its innovative approach to the use of modern technologies in journalistic work.
ition newspapers, but also multimedia portals, new services, use the network dialogism considering its current – and future potential. It is impossible not to notice the increasingly powerful connection between the written press issued and Internet projects. It is caused by economic aspects, as publishers rarely count on revenues solely from the sale of information and advertising. Intense competition forces them to change the characteristics of our products and expanding ways to reach both readers and advertisers. Exemplification of the above considerations is the “Dziennik Zachodni.” – Winner of the Grand Press Digital granted by the editors of “Press” for its innovative approach in the use of modern technologies in journalistic work.
Projekt dofinansowany przez Uniwersytet Jagielloński ze środków Wydziału Zarządzania i Komunikacji Społecznej, a także Instytutu Kultury, we współpracy z Małopolskim Towarzystwem Doradczym – Stowarzyszeniem Konsultantów na rzecz Rozwoju Lokalnego i Przedsiębiorczości Społecznej, oraz współfinansowany ze środków Gminy Miejskiej Kraków.
The article presents a concise overview of arguments for and ways of formulating the mission statement of a culture institution on the example of a museum. The issue is described on the basis of existing literature. The article provides an explanation of the notion of the mission statement, a justification for its creation and a description of its form. There is also a description of the mission statement preparation process, including a short analysis of the Ashridge Model. The author suggests that a well-formed mission statement which is implemented in specific actions contributes to the effective management of an organization. The advice which the article offers can be used by culture managers in the process of creating mission statements for museums or other non-profit institutions and organizations operating in the cultural sector.
Since the 1990s Central Europe has been making up for the time lost in different spheres of life. The new century marked the beginning of the development process of museum infrastructure – a process that despite the economic crisis of the end of 2010s has been going on. Every year new museums openin in both the historical and art sector, and especially those dealing with contemporary art. Nonexistent before 1989, museums of contemporary art constitute a new type of institution in the region. Their role is not only to collect the latest art and performance, but also to make connections between art and life. Considering the low regard of contemporary art in public life, the museum boom in the field of contemporary art is indeed a phenomenon. In every larger city in Poland, as well as in the Czech Republic, Hungary and Slovakia, attempts are being made towards the creation of a museum or centre of contemporary art.
The aim of this article is to present and discuss the phenomenon of building new art museums in Central Europe, with emphasis on the mechanisms of their creation and local specificities. This museum-building frenzy that started in Central Europe at the beginning of the 21st century should be considered as part of the worldwide museum building boom. Various aspects of the museum boom are discussed in several points: 1) the grand vision for Warsaw – the desire to become an icon,
2) the political vision for museums, 3) contemporary art in the regions, 4) new spaces for old museums, 5) private patronage and non-governmental organisations.
Central European institutions that were established during this period meet the expectations of cultural circles, politicians and patrons. In most cases, the stories of building the museums echo the Western fashion for icons and the tendency to adapt post-industrial architecture for the purposes of art.
Martyrological museums form a specific group within Polish historical museums. These museums not only collect historical artefacts specific for them but also deal with important and hard to understand matters of human beings, such as death, genocide, Holocaust, and the dark part of human nature. This article presents aspects of these difficult matters and their influence on the marketing activities of these institutions. For this purpose, the condition of Polish museums with emphasis on martyrological museums is described, as well as the history of Polish museology before, during and after World War II. The article presents the technical and ideological development of martyrological museums, with regard to the relevant legislation. It shows the difficult situation of Polish museums after WWII and its great influence on Polish culture and civilisation. Taking into account the present-day development of technology and the needs of modern society, it describes the most popular forms of marketing in cultural institutions. On this basis, the marketing strategies of martyrological museums are analysed. The analysis shows that the life and emotional testimonies of former victims and torturers make these marketing forms inappropriate and – in fact – useless.
A solution could be to present these difficult issues through art, both in traditional forms, e.g. by presenting drawings made in camps by former victims, and in modern ways, such as movies or comics.
The article presents the problem of unwanted memory based on the analysis of narrative exhibitions, conducted in two Kraków museums – the Oskar Schindlerʼs Enamel Factory, which is a branch of The Historical Museum of the City of Kraków, and the Home Army Museum. The Schindler’s Factory permanent exhibition Kraków under Nazi Occupation 1939−1945 presents the fate of Kraków Jews and Poles under Nazi occupation during World War II, as well as the history of the manager and employees of the factory (during WWII bearing the name of Deutsche Emailwarenfabrik). The exhibition in the Home Army Museum presents the history of the Polish Underground State as an armed and ideological formation, and also the history of the Home Army and its named and unnamed soldiers. Both permanent exhibitions are part of a research area of unwanted memory, touching upon a subject which is very difficult for many types of customers, both individual and collective. This issue is still subject to analysis and has no precise definition or clearly defined research methodology. The recurring attempts to define the unwanted memory, in the opinion of the author of the article, are a great chance to create a dialogue between the parties in many current problematic discussions.
In pre-1939 Poland, there existed the biggest Jewish diaspora in the world (numbered 3.5 million people). It was also the most important centre of Jewish culture. Unfortunately, as a result of the Holocaust, only a small part of the Jewish cultural heritage survived until nowadays. Only about 400 thousand of Jews survived. Despite this fact, in the years 1946–1950 Jewish institutions – the Central Committee of Jews in Poland and The Jewish Society of Promoting of Fine Arts among others – were engaged in gathering and saving objects of Jewish religious art, fine arts and crafts, books, documents and others. They were gathered mostly at the Jewish Historical Institute in Warsaw and also as museum collections. Unfortunately, the origins of these objects haven’t been sufficiently investigated.
The accession to the European Union obligated the Polish government to adopt the international agreements connected with the Jewish heritage in Poland: Washington Conference 1998, Resolution of the Council of Europe no. 1205, 1999 as well as Vilnius Declaration 2000 and Terezin Declaration 2009. According to those agreements, in the years 2009–2011 the Ministry of Cultural and National Heritage took efforts to prepare museums to lead provenance research, however unsuccessfully.
Nowadays, according to my research, a large number of Polish museums does not carry out any provenance research of objects of unknown origin which may have belong to the Jewish heritage. The main reasons for that are: weak interest in provenance problems and their relation to the Polish and Jewish cultural heritage, too many demands and aims to achieve by museums, luck of funds, fear of restitution, and, last but not least, a weak support of the Ministry of Cultural and National Heritage. Nevertheless, it appears that benefits of the provenance research are more important than the fear of it. First of all, such research contributes to the development of the humanities in Poland, especially art history. Further, it increases trust of Polish and non-Polish citizens in cultural institutions and the government. The fulfillment of the international resolutions mentioned above would improve the image of Poland in the European Union.
The heritage of Auschwitz from the local perspective of Oświęcim appears differently − personally. It is a stigma the town residents have to face every day when fulfilling their own needs and life aspirations, both in the semantic sense (a stigmatising name) and in the material sense (the remains of the camp in the city space). Comments, opinions and criticism concerning the city’s development are received from all over the world. The former camp conservation requirements impose development restrictions for the protection of the place which was created without the participation and consent of the local community. The question asked many times in Oświęcim: “Where does the former camp end and normal life begin?” may be incomprehensible from outside, but is painfully valid here. Highly publicised conflicts, unsolved for years, in which the local heritage becomes meaningless, are caused by the coexistence of the memorial place and urban space. The population of Oświęcim living “in the shadow of Auschwitz” become a social minority for the world, marginalised in the face of the atrocities of the genocide committed here. On the other hand – the moral dimension of Auschwitz either paralyses local initiatives or supports extreme attitudes. The worldwide debate about Auschwitz lacks the local perspective, whereas the local community lacks the historiosophical view and the understanding that today you can reach Oświęcim only through Auschwitz.
Borrowing tools from Pierre Bourdieu's theory of class struggle, the authors of the article analyze strategies of declassation on the example of the biography of the writer Jan Krasnowolski, and study the effects of this decision on both his texts and the construction of his image. The process of class change, of going from the privileged position of intelligentsia to the position of the working class, is presented as a kind of conscious (in a way also esthetic) choice, motivated by factors like the will to acquire new experience that is inaccessible to the higher classes. The authors of the article analyze literary texts by Krasnowolski (consistent minimalism as opposed to sublime excess; masculine, stereotypically presented topics), their adherence to genres (lad lit, a kind of literature for men), as well as the author's interviews and statements, and paratexts like biographical notes on the covers of books. Other tools used for the analysis of the phenomenon of declassation include the findings of the empirical research on classes in Polish society after 1989 conducted by Maciej Gdula.
This article presents the memory management of the poet from the perspective of the category of “unwanted memory”—a new and potentially promising research field. The “unwanted memory,”which followed the development of intensive studies of individual, collective and historical memory initiated at the beginning of the 20th century, is a concept needed in public and scientific discourse. The analysis of examples of hard, painful events in the history of independent Poland (1stand 2ndWorld War, brutal attacks against Jews, Lemko and Boyko; Communist occupation after WW II) proved the deep need for the “unwanted memory,”which would allow for substantive classification and interpretation of historical events. The article focuses on discussing the category of “unwanted memory”on a particular example —the poet RafałWojaczek (1945-1971), who is considered among the controversial “accursed poets”in Polish literature of the 20thcentury. The memory of this eccentric character is ambiguous among the many categories of recipients (or “carriers of memory”) —family, friends, acquaintances and readers, which shows the difficulty of a clear reception of the artist. An important point of consideration of this paper are the reflections of the “unwanted memory”in the context of management as a process that can be implemented by individuals (e.g. by family, friends, historians, writers), associations, foundations and public institutions. In the case of Wojaczek, the main guardian of the memory is the Mikołowski Institute, located in the poet’s hometown, which takes large-scale actions to protect the tangible and intangible heritage of the artist and promote his work nationwide.
The article addresses the issue of innovative activities in the cultural sector as a key driver of change. This article examines how innovation can be defined and categorized in the cultural sector. It focuses on innovation typologies giving special attention to the existing statistical framework of cultural activities and to guidelines for innovation data collection in their interconnection, as well as to the phenomena of ‘soft’ and ‘hidden’ innovation. An attempt is also made to extend the term ‘innovation’ beyond the traditional understanding in a way that it reflects the specificity of the cultural sector.
The article focuses on the issue of thematisation of revitalized space. This phenomenon is increasingly visible in Poland, a country where urban renewal and post-industrial space were not considered on a large scale until the early twenty-first century. The issue will be illustrated by a few examples - Gdansk Shipyard, Kazimierz and Nowa Huta in Krakow, and the Nikiszowiec estate in Katowice.
The studies of present religious situation in Eastern Europe based mainly on quantitative surveys show differencesfrom the Western Europe secularization process and detect more contradictory changes here, but they only draw inferences on the religious past about the post-Soviet situation in different Middle and Eastern European countries. The novelty of this study is to analyze how former social experiences have influenced the social life of present formal believers and the religious indifferent in Lithuania, who are representedby numerous vague Catholics as well as an indefinite group of religious indifferent formed during the Soviet regime and due to the peculiarities of their social and personal experiences. Two types of empirical research methods (quantitative and qualitative) are used for the research question,applying the development principlein a sequence with the ‘quantitative preliminary’ and ‘qualitative follow-up’ for elaboration, enhancement, illustration, and clarification of the results from one method with the results from the other one. This yieldsa better understanding of the religious attitudes and social behavior of this group. Meanwhile the complementarity principle,where two methods of empirical research are used to assess different aspects in forming a new social group of vague Catholics and religious indifferent,gives possibility to analyze how the experiences of the Soviet regime manifestthemselvesin their personal lives of the post-Soviet situation with forming a specific phenomenon in the direction of religious identity and general social orientations. On the basisof oral life histories three types of religious indifference are distinguished.
The Development of Cultural Policies in Poland after 1989. Ministerial Concepts.
The article refers to the development of cultural policies in Poland after the collapse of the Communist era in 1989. The main topic of the text is a critical approach to the succeeding ministerial concepts of cultural changes planned for the transition period. The author explores various documents and governmental papers published by the Polish Ministry of Culture as well as some national programmes, actions and declarations. The article presents a broad overview of the nature of changes in Polish culture since 1989 until 2014. This was an especially troublesome period. The Polish artists, activists and operators moved from the centrally-organised political and cultural system to the decentralised liberal democratic country, in which the freedom of expression was guaranteed and a new management system was introduced and adopted.
Setting aside the fact that lack of policy is also a policy, while analyzing the events of the last 25 years in cultural policy, from the perspective of the year 2014, I wonder whether we can really say that there is no cultural policy in Poland? The author describes and analysis the changes in the sphere of culture management and the cultural policy in Poland during the last quarter of the century. The responsibility for cultural policy rests not only with the central authorities, Ministry of Culture but also local governments, which are more including into the decision-making process the citizens. Citizens are becoming more aware of their rights. Apart from cultural institutions, nongovernmental organizations are more and more often the contractors of public tasks. They co-create and enrich the cultural offer of cities and regions signifi cantly. Not only the number of non-governmental organizations is increasing but also their creativity and the level of the professionalization of their actions. The cultural activity is more and more often undertaken by private economic operators (not only art galleries, but also artistic agencies and impresarios). They cannot count on subsidies from local governments’ budget any more, but they can become contractors of the services at their request under the Public Procurement Law, what, thanks to the last amendment (raising the threshold for public procurement to more than 30 000 Euro) will become a bit easier from the procedural point of view. The role of public cultural institutions is changing. Many of them redefi ned their mission and have been successively building new relations with the audience, taking into consideration the changing needs of the consumers, new economic conditions. Despite the underdeveloped sponsoring in Poland, many of them use the conceptions of CSR and CCR, others diversify their offer, both in terms of the merits and the price, often introducing commercial offer as a complementary one. The new infrastructure in Poland, in case of many cultural institutions, contributed to a substantial change and to the improvement of their conditions. After many years of total investment stagnation in this sphere, together with Poland’s accession into the EU, the Polish state and local governments started to undertake the tasks in this area more bravely. New infrastructure naturally generates the need of innovation. Cultural institutions more willingly and effectively make use of new media today (communication with the audience, mailing, FB, promotion, marketing, crowdfunding, crowdsourcing). They more often see the importance of spending money on marketing activities, which they used to economize on, in case of a shortfall of funds for substantive activities.
Competing institutional logics and the management of culture
The methods and tools borrowed from the private sector, such as planning, cost-benefit analysis, quality management, and many others, seem to be indispensable in the management of art organizations such as museums, galleries, and theatres. However, the use of such methods increases the legitimization of business logic within the realm of culture and may bring on detrimental consequences. In this paper the competing logics perspective is employed to analyze this problem by showing the main tension lines between the institutional logics present in the sphere of culture. Specifically, the tensions between the bureaucratic, cultural, and market logics are analyzed. The paper ends with a number of suggestions regarding the future of institutional logics conflict in the realm of culture.
Assessment of Informal Sources of Information on The Internet When Making Purchasing Decisions by Young Consumers
The study presents the results of a research aimed to determine the assessment of informal sources of information on the Internet by young consumers (aged 15 to 24 years). The swomystematization of literature regarding the search for information made it possible to identify the variables which were used as evaluation factors. The research shows that gender, the extent of the use of the Internet to search for information in the process of purchasing, and the prior use of informal sources diversify this assessment. This, however, is connected with the impact of a particular source on purchasing decisions.
Fashionable, but dangerous nonsense. Management gurus from a critical perspective
The objective of the article is a critical diagnosis of the hazards which may result from being deluded by universal prescriptions for success which are smuggled by management gurus. ‘Corporate culturism’ as an example of a management panacea and corporatization of higher education as a main power for guru’s industry were analysed in detail.
The mediatisation of science. The role of scientists in the era of paleo- and neo-television
The changes in the mechanisms of mass media functioning led by television forced a transformation within the relations between the media and the science. The article addresses issues related to the change in the status and role of scientists in the era of mass media dominance.
The journalistic autopoiesis. Journalistic self-regulation and self-esteem in discourse
This article examines journalism considered as a profession, an attitude towards the world, and a public and ethical duty requiring charisma and leadership. Through analyzing the media system the author concludes that the journalistic identity currently undergoes a crisis. This paper sketches out the assumptions on which a theory of self-definition, self-regulation and self-esteem in journalism is based, as well as the kind of insights it promises, and how it can be applied in journalism research and practice. The paper is an attempt to consider and compare the contemporary issues of professional identity based on the crisis of leadership in journalism and media.
Heritage management must begin by defining what is “heritage”. In this paper the author tries to find the best way to understand this term. The heritage is presented in relationship with culture. After analyzing the most popular culture definition and referring to the achievements of Polish theorists in this field, the author presents this problem as a process. The idea or value changes its character from the intangible form to become materialized in nature. Culture is the process of broadcasting. Heritage is the reverse of this process, and it uses the material elements (e.g. buildings, pictures) and forms of transmission (e.g. profession, works, painting, playing music) to find ideas or values. This perspective changes the image of heritage to portray it only as management of historic preservation. Heritage management in this approach needs to shift focus from the material to the intangible – to the spiritual and social dimensions.
The article Between Ownness and Alienness: Towards the Dialectic of Cultural Heritage is an attempt to present cultural heritage, or cultural identity, as an effect of two basic factors: that which is one’s own, and that which is alien. “Ownness” and “alienness” are the most general categories of our interpretation of the world, one of the most important categories that enable us to perceive, describe, and organize reality. The dividing line between the two would define the area of cultural heritage.
Drawing on the thought of Heraclitus (especially fragments B 8 and B 122) the author first discusses the dialectic of the oppositional categories of “ownness” and “alienness”, proceeding to describe the immanently cultural occasion of an “encounter with the alien”, drawing on the ideas of Kant, Scheler, Heidegger, Gadamer, Lacan and Waldenfels, to round up his argument by linking his reflection to the question of cultural heritage, which – in view of the whole reasoning – appears as a historical record of the encounter with alienness. The author refers to the literary oeuvre of Gombrowicz and the paintings of Nowosielski as examples of creative output linked to the question of ownness and alienness.
The revival of topics concerning the UNESCO cultural heritage, which emerged at the end of the 20th century, poses many questions with reference to the need, essence, and discourse on the subject as well as areas beyond it. One of these questions seems to concern the cultural heritage of the nationless communities in Europe, which were doomed to assimilation, persecution or even oblivion in the second part of the 20th century. In recent times, the critical research trend on cultural heritage has pointed out that the essence of heritage is a choice which transforms cultural achievements into “our heritage” – the areas of culture that we choose and often protect and pass on to next generations. However, beyond “our protection,” there is a realm of “oblivion” which may include “alien” tangible and intangible objects about which we do not care, which do not matter to us and which we do not want to pass on to our heirs. It is a space of all forms of “our” degradation and marginalization of “alien legacy,” a space where we often let this legacy to become forgotten. It can be stated that the example of Vlachs perfectly illustrates the complex processes related to cultures which were overwhelmingly subjugated by their neighbors and lost the fight. A neighbor, usually representing the culture of the majority, was stronger culturally, economically, politically and often militarily, too. The following article focuses on the phenomena which classical anthropology used to inspect, claiming that its role is to protect what is fading into oblivion. Thus, the analysis of the Vlach culture presented herein refers to a much wider reflection, which is a synergy of ethnography, ethnology and cultural anthropology, and to the critical studies on heritage which are emerging in Poland.
This presentation will analyze the principal problems concerning the research on the cultural heritage of displaced communities in Europe from the perspective of the Vlach minority. Based on the field research conducted in several countries of Europe (e.g. Greece, Macedonia, Romania, Ukraine, Slovakia and Poland), I will present the main classification of the Vlach tangible heritage with special attention paid to the most important cultural monuments, including religious building developments (churches, icons, small religious architecture). I will portray difficulties found in protecting this heritage and the role of cultural institutions in its preservation and exposition.
The article attempts to explain the urban exploring movement, which is considered to be controversial, but is constantly gaining more and more popularity, Poland included. It is an urban cultural movement operating on the margin of the law, which makes it often misunderstood as vandalism. From the culture science point of view, urban exploring has to be analyzed from a broader perspective and taking into account its positive aspects. The explorers document their work using photographs, historical descriptions and maps of places which are usually omitted by people responsible for heritage. Thanks to the explorers’ activity it is possible to preserve the memory and popularize a given object of heritage which is usually not accessible for tourists, but which tells a lot about people and their civilization as well as its own history.
The issue addressed in the following text has been the subject of research for a long time now, but it has only relatively recently become an element of practical management, as local and regional cuisine is increasingly often used for marketing, tourism product development and for supporting regional and local entrepreneurship.
The text is divided into two parts: in the first part, the author presents a brief history of Polish cuisine. The second part focuses on the contemporary usage of culinary heritage in many contexts, including regional policy.
The Foundation for Support of Helena Modjeska’s Life and Art, established in 2009 in Krakow, is an organization whose principal purpose is to preserve and disseminate the memory of the great artist. This article is a presentation of the Foundation’s structure, its way of functioning, and the most important tasks until now, as well as an attempt to place the organization in the context of memory management processes. The authors try to point out the need to remember about artists as those who build cultural identity, to highlight the role of the past as a tool for the interpretation of the present, and to find the standards that define the ethics of social behavior for generations, the existence of which is made known by the ideas represented by outstanding Polish artists.
Entrepreneurship belongs to the most popular research areas in Poland as well as in other countries. The article presents an analysis of selected relations between culture and entrepreneurship.
The author discusses selected trends in entrepreneurship research and claims that the researches focused on interconnections between culture and entrepreneurship address the most vital problems. In this text the author points out two key issues: the cultural context of entrepreneurship and the images of entrepreneurship (or entrepreneurs) as presented in different texts of culture (e.g. media, novels etc.). Connections between these two areas are described, as well as their influence on entrepreneurial processes, actions undertaken by entrepreneurs, and entrepreneurs’ identities.
The links between culture and entrepreneurship are still not sufficiently well-established or explored. They started just a half of a century ago, even though the links between culture and capitalism are much older (more than 100 years old). Culture is one of the main determinants for the various entrepreneurial activities undertaken in different countries, nevertheless, it needs further exploring to yield a wider understanding of the role of the social aspects of entrepreneurship. This paper is rooted in the field of international entrepreneurship, a branch of which deals with the comparative perspective of entrepreneurship across countries and cultures. The main objective of the paper is to explore the impact of cultural and social norms on entrepreneurship in the EU countries on the basis of the GEM data of the recent report of 2013. The results prove that the national entrepreneurial culture has a positive impact on entrepreneurship.
The aim of this paper is to analyze factors determining effective negotiations from the perspective of employees of cultural institutions. The paper presents the results of the research conducted in the years 2007–2014 in collaboration with NCK. The participants of workshops, post-graduate studies and trainings (who were representatives of culture institutions) were asked to name significant problems that occurred during their regular business negotiations. The most often mentioned challenge was facing an asymmetrical relation which they claimed to be part of. The participants stated that an unequal distribution of power influenced almost each of their actions, so it led them to failure. They believed that negotiations with a cultural event sponsor were win-lose situations in which they were usually the losers. They considered almost each representative of a business world as a hard negotiator. The article analyzes these problems and points out some areas for improving the approach of culture institutions employees as well as suggests some directions for the development of bargaining skills.
This article attempts to present the significance of entrepreneurship in the professional life of actors. The results of a pilot research have been presented in the context of relationships between the arts and business. As described by the respondents entrepreneurship can be regarded as a a particular personality trait or a set of skills, or finally a certain attitude towards their personal and professional life. It has been linked to responsibility for one’s professional activities and to value creation, not only in the economic dimension. The article concludes with general remarks on some factors contributing to possible misunderstandings of the concept of entrepreneurship in the artistis professions.
Hip hop, both in Poland and in the U.S.A., has broken with the image of an artist guided by the principle of ‘art for art’s sake’, which was very popular in the 20th century. For rappers, the commercial success is one of the proofs of their artistic success. Such a statement contradicts the value system of artists involved in the so called „high art”. In this article we reconstruct the worldview of American and Polish rappers, we describe how it was formed in the historical process and explain its relationship with the practices of rap music production. We also interpret the positive attitude towards money within the wider context of the development of creative industries. We illustrate our theoretical arguments with several empirical examples from Poland and the U.S.A. The article provides a detailed description of the process of the production and distribution of rap music which is based on the professional experience of one of the authors.
The aim of this article is to verify the way that the media depict organizing sports in Poland. Using the method of discourse analysis to look at chosen press articles, the author tries to understand the power relations within this sector and discuss the reasons of the journalists’ negative attitude towards the realm of traditional sports. It is usually presented as rigid and not entrepreneurial. In the conclusion the author elaborates on the effectiveness of the media in shaping the public opinion and forcing real changes.
The aim of this paper study is to recognize the unintended and unanticipated consequences of intentional actions of non-governmental organizations. This concept used by theorists and researchers, was developed mainly by R. Merton and R. Boudon. This subsequently led to a detailed contemporary analysis of paternalism, particularism, “dirty” networks and cooptation and hybridization in the third sector, as results of organizational action. In the article, readers can find examples of unintended consequences of actions of Polish non-governmental organizations.
Every legal system has got loopholes. We can distinguish a few different types of loopholes, like extra legem loophole (a legislative act does not describe the actual state) or intra legem loophole (a legislative act contains imprecise formulations, which results in a not very specific regulation). The Polish legislative system is not an exception. An extra legem loophole can be noticed in the museums act, which lacks information concerning open-air ethnographic museums, ways of protecting and securing them. The deficiency of a given act can be perceived as a form of a loophole and the example of cultural centers illustrates perfectly how the absence of a separate act makes their functioning more difficult. Lacks of definition in acts may result in serious losses. Intangible cultural goods can be set as an example of how they slowly disappear from Polish tradition and culture. It does happen that a legislator leaves some “missing parts” in a legislative system deliberately. This can be noticed especially in new fields of law. The purpose of such an action is to observe by the legislator how new issues appear with the new branches of law. The Polish legislative system gradually blends in with the European Union directives, which results in reducing the number of loopholes. We need to remember, though, that excessive elaboration in this matter is unwanted.
The objective of this paper is to analyze the impact of the country-of-origin on product evaluation and purchase intention among young adults (students), using an experimental approach.
The study explored the effects of two sub-components of COO with three countries (homeland – Poland; foreign: Italy and Romania), for two products: highly involving (washing machine) and low involving (chocolate).
Findings suggest that the COO (sub-components) is a factor differentiating the respondents’ choices and confirm the legitimacy of the study of the impact of COO in the case of the differentiated products.
The author describes the dynamics of change and rules of innovation in the Polish post-1989 literary field, applying tools from Pierre Bourdieu’s sociology of art. The starting point is the work of the first generation of Polish writers born after 1989, raised as European citizens with no memory of communism (e.g. Dominika Ożarowska, Dominika Dymińska, Daniel Kot). Their projects are shown as innovative and distinct from the previous literary movements, established and consecrated in the 1990s and early 2000s.
The goal of the paper is to compare the way two authors, S. Mrożek and E. Ionesco, perceive the world, and how that perspective is reflected in their plays. By analyzing some of their works, I will show the main differences and similarities that we can encounter, focusing on main themes. The whole essay is concentrated around the idea of death, which is clearly visible in the plays of both authors; however, each of them has a distinct approach to it, and I intend to point out that difference
This text is devoted to the events that took place on Independence Square in Kiev during the period of November 2013 – May 2014. The political transformation and liberation struggle that took place during this period were supported by actions in the area of culture. The article discusses the participation and activities of artistic and cultural institutions. Civic initiatives often carried out with the help of social media are also mentioned.
Focusing on the institutional protection of heritage we frequently forget about the importance of experiencing it on a private, personal level. Perhaps we have become too used to connecting social practices in this area with the public, communal, visible space.
However, what I want to say in regard to the results of the research project entitled „Family Heirloom” (carried out by the Ethnographic Museum in 2011–2012), is that heritage is only alive and authentic to the extent to which it is experienced individually.That is what the world of family heirlooms is like: here the testimony of the past is brought down to concrete biographies, images, spaces, objects and gestures. Its strength lies in personal commitment and attitude to traces of the past, often understood in opposition to official patterns and interpretations, through individual perceptions of the front page history (for instance, when a German wardrobe which once belonged to the previous residents of the house becomes part of the legacy of a Polish family displaced from the Kresy regions of eastern Poland, which are now in Ukraine or Belarus, to the so-called Recovered Territories, which used to be in Germany before WW2). Memories are spontaneously included in reflections about the lasting character of the community – and we easily find our place in them.
Discovering private – and yet socially relevant – practices in the field of heritage is considered by the Museum as an important part of its mission and of upholding the conviction that reflections about cultural heritage remain suspended in a void if they are robbed of personal references. It is time to see the importance of the domestic space in the dialogue concerning the live circulation of cultural contents and meanings.
The text presents the concept of cultural responsibility of management which suggests that decisions taken by the managers result in consequences understandable in the study of culture. The basic premise is to treat culture as an attribute of the human race and to believe that culture is a system and that a change of one component will change the whole system. Another important assumption is that to manage means to change (the world). The manager is treated here as a demiurge. From this follow conclusions of postulational quality, especially for the area of teaching related to management studies.
The article is devoted to the management of public artistic institutions in Poland in the context of a cycle of debates under the shared title: CULTURE AGAINST THE WALL – ABOUT CULTURE & WITH CULTURE. They were organised by the Culture Institute of the Jagiellonian University during the academic year 2013/14. The debates were organised in cooperation with the Foundation for Modjeska and the “Dziennik Polski” newspaper. The topic was concentrated around the privatisation of culture institutions and its consequences – looking for the balance between the mission and economy, the position of the artists, the way of employment, and different types of contracts.
The author tries to show the main problems of the functioning of public artistic institutions in Poland (taking into consideration the Baumol’s cost disease), the difficulties in cooperation between the public administration and private companies as well as the lack of models of good practices in the area of cultural policy system in our country. The public-private partnership is too often understood in Poland as a public-social partnership. The public-private partnership is not known (act of law of Dec 2008). To underline the differences between Poland and other European countries, the author shows a few ways of supporting private entities in France, Germany or Czech Republic. There is a lack of such models in Poland.
Currently, a particularly important issue in the context of cultural heritage management is the question of sustainable development, in which cultural heritage objects are analyzed in terms of their economic, social and cultural values. The most accepted perspective in the current discussions focuses on the formulation and implementation of cultural policies, while, on the other hand, much less space is given to local communities, their needs and expectations in relation to available resources of cultural heritage. In this text I will discuss the issue of functioning of various objects of cultural heritage within local communities and the management of those objects at the local level. A particular emphasis will be placed on the issue of multiplicity of cultural heritage stakeholders and the interactions between them.
This article discusses a few aspects of the conception of one image found in the Lithuanian folklore and religious sculpture of the turn of 19th and 20th century. The author points out possible influences of the official Catholic Church liturgy, teaching, official religious art, devotional literature, sermons, chants on folklore and folk religious art. This article explores direct influences and the syncretism of these ideas in the peasant culture.
In recent years the Romanian cultural heritage has been gaining more and more interest from European scholars. It is understandable, since the turn of the 20th and 21th century is regarded as the moment of the explosion of interest in the subject of heritage and collective memory. Romania, which in the time of Communist regime was a “stronghold” on the border of the East and West, can still boast unknown and unresearched monuments, which provide a lot of new information on Byzantine and post-Byzantine culture, as well as on the cultures of ethnic and religious minorities living in this country.
This article presents the characteristics of cultural heritage management in Romania, as well as the most important institutions dealing with this. Tangible cultural heritage listed as UNESCO World Heritage Sites are presented, e.g. the painted orthodox churches and monasteries of Bukovina, the wooden churches of Maramure, the Dacian Fortresses of the Orăştie Mountains, and the fortified churches in Transylvania. The discourse around these monuments in the Romanian culture is also briefly commented on. It revolves around the ancient settlement myth referring to the Dacian heritage, the orthodox faith understood as fidelity to original Christianity and, gradually, the multicultural heritage of other ethnicities so strongly inhabiting the Romanian territory. It shows that Romania, just like other European countries, has the need to present its history through tangible heritage and emphasizing the Dacian-Roman and Orthodox identity, as well as the need to create new narrative and new post-communist countenance, with a clearly emphasized aspect of a multicultural country inhabited by various ethnicities and religions.
In the context of increasing interest in a common European heritage or European lieux de mémoire, this paper presents some reflections on the Europeanization of national lieux de mémoire, as exemplified by the Gdańsk Shipyards and the „European Heritage Label” initiative.
Furthermore, the article investigates the process of institutional invention of European heritage in the context of the gradual expansion of the European Union and a strong need to forge a new representation of the past on the Old Continent. The paper also refers to the concept of heritage, its political use and perspectives in which the concept of a political myth/mythology is applicable.
As a former communist country, Hungary faces similar problems in culture management as the other countries of Central Europe, since they have become democratic countries at the same time. The issues of the role of state in shaping cultural life and of culture funding especially in times of crisis are being disputed, and the discussions do not lead to a consensus. The specificity of cultural management in Hungary, in addition to a number of typical problems of democracy, is closely linked with the history of the 20th century, the events which have permanently affected the national identity and culture of the country. Since the end of World War I, the matter of cultural nation causes many problems to Hungary, but also creates many possibilities thanks to the Hungarian national minority living in the neighboring countries and the officially recognized nationalities living in Hungary. The current government led by Prime Minister Viktor Orbán, being aware of these extra human and cultural resources, integrates them tightly to the Hungarian cultural system. However, culture seems to have a secondary position in the state structure, being represented only by a state secretariat within the enormous Ministry of Human Resources. For the purpose of giving some examples of the operations of cultural institutions , I describe the legal background of museum institutions, public libraries and general cultural education, which is basically organised into culture houses and centres.
The aim of the article is to present a case study on the Mercedes-Benz Museum in Stuttgart, Germany. The first part introduces the theoretical aspects of modern museums in general and the specificity of car museums, also taking into consideration German legislation. The museum is analyzed by using as the basis the methodology proposed by professor Andrzej Kiciński from the Warsaw University of Technology, who invented a method of measuring a museum’s concept by means of different strategies.
The development of new information technologies results in the infringement on the author’s economic rights as a consequence of permitted personal use by means of reprographic equipment, audio recording equipment, tape recorders and video recorders. The fees imposed on the producers and importers of the reprographic equipment have become an attempt to counteract this phenomenon both in the European Union law and in the Polish Copyright Law. Under the Polish Copyright Law, the organizations for collective management of copyright or related rights, to whom the minister responsible for the matters of culture and protection of national heritage grants permission for carrying on activities in a given field of exploitation, acting under the provisions of the law on associations are obligated to collect reprographic fees and distribute such fees further to the entities authorized to receive them. The literature argues about the character of these fees. The article draws attention to the danger connected with the functioning of e-learning and highlights the changes in the legal solutions, relating these solutions to the content of the European Union law and the case-law of the Constitutional Tribunal.
The paradigm of truth is a precondition for social communication; it defines the recognition of events, gives meaning to the facts and formulates messages.
The article attempts to unravel the dilemma of whether the formula of truth in journalism transmission is identical with the philosophical, juridical and ethical formula. Moreover, the paper considers whether the truth might partially result from the character of the means of communication which transmit the information.
The author proposes several theses referring to truth as a condition of freedom of speech and the adequate, discursive, and paradoxical nature of truth. These theses are meant to determine the axis of the discussion about the idea of truth in the media and to answer the question about the veracity of the journalistic discourse formula.
In Europe and the United States, only 8% of brands are important enough to consumers such that the public would care if those brands disappeared from the market. Advertisers need to change their communication approach to create campaigns aimed not only at informing people about the characteristics and prices of products and convincing customers to make purchases, but mainly to instigate likability and, in effect, build a relationship on an emotional level, thereby gaining loyalty. The tools for this purpose have focused on media and new approaches in their planning (media-mix). In the literature, the case of Red Bull Stratos has been analyzed. The brand, communicating in a consistent and coherent manner, has used media coverage and the impact of traditional media in a unique way to engage consumers with the help of new media. We analyze a campaign that shows how consumers transition from passive recipients of advertising communication to brand ambassadors and advocates, showing a high emotional involvement and a strong loyalty to the energy drink manufacturer.
This paper presents a problem associated with the heritage of folk culture in southern Poland, namely, a custom that originates from the late nineteenth century and involves painting buildings, farms and environmental elements as well as residential interiors in original, colorful floral designs. The article explains the concept of nature and forms of ethnographic tourism. Then it focuses on Zalipian folk art – a living tradition representing the region of Powiśle Dąbrowskie – which attracts a great interest of tourists from home and abroad. The genesis of Zalipian painting and the “painted village” of Zalipie as an ethnographic tourism attraction in Powiśle Dąbrowskie are presented and discussed.
The aim of the article is to describe the forms of promotional activities undertaken and realized by the Strategy of the Lublin Voivodeship Brand – Lubelskie. Taste Life!. A research was done in order to compare the assumptions of local education with the ideas included in the Strategy, which is bound with the development of the Voivodeship of Lublin. The work written in 2008 by the Department of Promotion and Tourism of the Marshal’s Office – “The Strategy of the Lublin Voivodeship Brand – Building Brand Project for 2008-2020” was submitted to a detailed analysis. The methods of document analysis and survey were used in researching the promotional forms included in the Strategy. The main vision of the brand was defined as Lublin EKOPOLIS expressed by a logo and the slogan: “Lubelskie. Taste Life!” The aims regarding the spread of knowledge about the region included in the Strategy are realized by advertisement campaigns and numerous cultural festivals. As a result, the Voivodeship of Lublin has probably become better known and perceived by Polish residents of big cities as well as by the Lublinians themselves. Perhaps the strategy has caused an increase in the awareness and civil self-consciousness of the local society regarding to history, culture and tourist attractions of the region and it has led them to deepen their personal identification with the region as well as openness to other cultures.
The article will analyse the meaning and understanding of tradition. What I will attempt to accomplish, by reference to Rorty, Foucault, Appadurai, Geertz and postcolonial theorists, is to show that tradition is a unique type of construct. It is a construct dependent on history, conditions of temporality, understanding and needs of human being; social attitude and maturity. Such a view of tradition is understood as a composition of different ideas, which not only shape the participants of social life but which are shaped by them as well.
This text will stress the importance of postmodern and poststructural meaning of tradition, as these schools of philosophical thought gave rise to deconstruction and the critical approach towards phenomena and categories, previously considered invariable. These two movements free the understanding of tradition from previous constraints, showing that it is just another narration of cultural understanding of reality. A proposition is thus made to consider studying tradition through understanding how it is formed and how it affects the present.
I will try to show how a changing tradition allows the human being to adapt him/herself to his
/her everydayness, not only providing a possibility of cultural foundation but also allowing a dialogue with different types of cultural life.
The article tries to reconstruct possible issues that could appear when the postmodern mode of interpretation is applied to the problem of cultural heritage. The problem is more complicated because the idea of cultural heritage is mostly founded on the humanistic management theory and this theory also tries to use postmodern tools, but in a more general way. Thus, it is impossible to consider connections between heritage and postmodernity without referring to the discipline
of humanistic management. The solution lies in the universal characteristics of postmodernity, especially in its theory of knowledge. The article presents this issue through the concepts of Jean-François Lyotard and Michel Foucault. These concepts underline the relativity and localness
of knowledge. The same attributes can be found in categories used by postmodernity, like historicity, identity and even genuineness or humanity. In that case it is impossible to treat heritage
as a simple order of succession, but rather as a local effect. But there is also a limit in this treatment which is constituted by the subject, the man, who ought to build his subjectivity against the polyphonic and meaningless form of the world. This also refines the fundamental bet between the heir and the testator, much more important than the circular movement of goods within the community which stands behind the modern form of cultural heritage.
The complexity of forms and structures of traditional heritage makes it difficult to create effective tools of legal protection on different levels: national, regional and international. The emergence
of the theoretical concept of safeguarding all aspects of heritage, gave also rise to the question whether such a protection is needed and what kind of legal instruments and measures would be appropriate. At the international level, the foremost initiative is the WIPO Model Provisions for National Laws on the Protection of Expressions of Folklore Against Illicit Exploitation and other Forms of Prejudicial Action and UNESCO Convention on the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage, which not only offers the most sophisticated legal definition of intangible cultural heritage and folklore expressions, but also creates a listing mechanism aimed at drawing attention to intangible culture and the need for its safeguarding. Such an analysis would help answer questions whether legal protection is required and would be sufficient; what, if any, are the appropriate analogies in existing law; and whether a sui generis scheme should be developed.
In Switzerland where the UNESCO convention was adopted in 2008, the term “intangible heritage” was replaced by the term “living tradition.” The list of Swiss “living traditions” counted 167 items. Among the selected traditions were not only the national cheese dish, i.e. fondue, but also famous motorbike fan gatherings in the town of Hauenstein near Solothurn, and many more. This list of traditional items was designed during a science project called “Intangible Cultural Heritage: the Midas Touch?”. In response, in 2013, the Ethnography Museum in Neuchatel took for the subject of its exhibition entitled “Hors-Champs” everything that usually stays beyond such classifications, and also the need of doing such a classification itself. The idea that underlies this exhibition is that defining heritage is a process that in fact freezes it, and freezes the living culture. This paper gives a look on Swiss thoughts on heritage, a look that is based on the Neuchatel exhibition and on the interview with its authors that was conducted during the museological research in 2013.
The ritualization of rural life present in contemporary reality that puts its signature on existential uncommonness favors pondering on the causality of practicing ceremonial celebrations in a form that corresponds to the tradition of olden days. Such ceremonies manifest the clash of the past and present time, with the latter modifying some sequences of the ceremony; nevertheless, the above-mentioned clash emphasizes the unchanging scenario of a cultural act with its preserved rituals, gestures, verbalized contents and – what may be seen in Podhale – folk dress.
The cultivation of old contents and at times introduction of forgotten rituals is justified by tradition stimulated by a sense of identity (individual or collective) and to a lesser degree by institutionally steered tradition. It allows for placing the individual and the community in a mentally unchanged social-cultural space confirmed by ceremonies held (familial, annual). The presence of symbolic requisites, the behavior of the involved persons perceived by outside observers as a peculiar performance, are on the one hand a ceremonial implementation and a complement of a breakthrough event in the life of man, a religious act or a custom that is important for a given local group. On the other hand, however, their role is to: 1) maintain and strengthen the vanishing neighborly relations; 2) preserve the cultural continuity; 3) emphasize the regional individuality.
The well-marked element of commercialization of regional identification as a signum temporis which is superimposed on the cultural and identity-associated dimension of ‘uncommon celebrations’ does not change the fact that such regional identification remains for a given community a basic and timeless evolving component of the cultural heritage.
Theatre atelier photography is one of the few visual sources relating to the theatre of the second half of the nineteenth century; it is the most direct testimony, which, however, requires considerable caution in its interpretation. Science has developed a lot of methods for the study of visual sources, so an attempt – however schematic and being just a reconnaissance in that research field – to implement them to interpret theater atelier photography seems to be justified. The author refers to methods which are the most interesting and the most relevant for the history of theater, and considers their usefulness in the analysis and interpretation of the photographic testimonies of dramatic performances.
Newspapers and journalism are experiencing a serious crisis, primarily economic, but also a crisis of their social role and credibility. It is visible in the decline in expenditure and revenue, including advertising, in the decreasing number of journalists and loss of public confidence. This pushes the further tabloidization of journalism, by which I mean using all means, themes, and forms that could attract readers. The result is a simplification of the content, a neglect of journalistic ethics, and – worst of all – numerous errors, from spelling mistakes to false information. This further decreases the credibility of the press. To brake this vicious circle a renewed appreciation of the importance of confidence in journalism is needed. This article describes the Total Quality Management project which was prepared by The Media and Society Foundation.
Defining the terms „radio and „television broadcasting” in the digital age, can be problematic. Digitization , convergence and divergence of media, creates the need to revise the concepts of „broadcasting”, „radio” and „television”. All of these concerns stem from the fact that the concepts referred to above were created in other technological reality. However, these terms still exist in the legal language (especially in the Polish Constitution), but they seem somewhat anachronistic against the new media technology. The purpose of this paper is to analyze the concepts of radio and television in the digital age and to propose a change in this matter.
Technological change in the form of convergence and digitization of media has fundamentally affected the relationships between all communication participants, leading to the design and implementation of new strategies in global media markets. The change applies to broadcasters, network operators, content producers, media products and service distributors, global and local actors in the audiovisual market. However, the key players of the change are the media users. From passive recipients of the mass media, they have become active consumers of media products and services, creators of network messages, and architects of new forms of communication. Media users gained influence over the decisions about the content, technology and distribution platforms. Thus, users have been converted into an important entity of the media market which strong corporate players have to deal with, and its potential and needs have to be taken into account in their business strategies. Thanks to networks, users produce and spread their own content and increasingly determine the shape of mass media content; they have their own strategies, and become significant players in the market. Their market strategies are variable and diverse, conditioned culturally, socially and economically. The change of the position of mass and network media receivers/users has an impact on the functioning of global and national media industries, corporate strategies and government policies. Corporate media have largely lost control over the dominant stream of audiovisual content and quotes, as well as other subjects. Along the development of a global information society there will evolve a strategic game between the media users aiming at the decentralization of media communication processes, freedom of choice, and creativity, and corporations seeking to dominate the market.
The usage of activities and emotions in the so-called background, the renaissance of pictography, crowdsourcing, gamification, geolocation, life-streaming and evolution of contactless technology – all of these terms are connected with the mass mobility of the media users and bring about the decline of the world of traditional mass media. Such are the consequences of progress in convergence and advancement of computing and telecommunication technologies. They may also be seen as signs of users’ activity, the result of co-creation of value for stakeholders and by stakeholders of media companies. Co-creation, which not only could, but should be administered.
The contemporary processes of media changes are occurring extremely fast. New technologies, business models, cultural patterns, social processes, regulatory changes necessitate modifications in the management of the media. Media innovation management is a key issue emerging particularly in the case of new media. The aim of the article is to present a typology of media innovations and to identify examples of each type. The analysis leads to the conclusion that innovation is now the biggest challenge to media producers and managers of media organizations. The study includes both old and new media, in particular the converging media. The article initiates the application of the innovation theory to media studies.
The publication presents the business strategy of a local public radio station based on the example of Radio Koszalin. As far as media management in an unstable situation is concerned, the efficient execution of the strategy is the key factor. Radio Koszalin is the only local public institution that is not supported by the voivodeship. The management board in cooperation with the employees have developed a corporate strategy for years 2012–2014 in order to increase the influence of the local media and improve the company value in the long term. The main purpose of Radio Koszalin is to gain the leading position on the media market within the Central Pomerania region. The new strategy provides an effective realization of the defined objectives.
In humanities and natural sciences, the media sphere is treated as a complex, abstract object used for describing the processes of media-based social communication. The concept is objectified and can be encountered in terminology employed in such fields as sociology, psychology, information technologies, cybernetics, the Internet, study of information society, as well as sciences of market economy, study of law and even organizational learning. Generally speaking the media sphere is a social sub-sphere and comprises the following sets of elements: media, information items, associations, senders and recipients. Each of these groups is time-dependent and changes significantly in a fractal-like manner. In this sense, we can talk about kinematics of this sphere and compare it to methodology issues connected with the area of physics. What is more, elements of the media sphere are affected by external factors. Therefore, it is possible to investigate the dynamics of the media sphere.
The article proposes new options for media management based on a model approach to the concept of a media sphere. The multidimensional model of a media sphere is envisaged as a place where all media entities (the media and all users of the sphere), which create networks of relations and dependencies, meet with information projected from the sphere of events into the information sphere. For the purposes of the final message, many information items projected in this manner are dropped by the media for various reasons, e.g. because they are too complex, insignificant or incomprehensible. Yet, they may be important for and highly valued by members of the audience. Mass media prefer not to come into conflict with the realities of the public, its needs and expectations; rather than discuss difficult social issues, they prefer to focus on sensational news and entertainment. Management and selection of topics to be covered are frequently the result of coincidences, or intuitions of the editors in charge, which leads to information chaos concealed by pseudo-events and other forms of journalism. Apart from that, media commonly use manipulation. Therefore, it is important to develop new concepts for media management so that they can be liberated from the direct impact exerted by the market, owners, corporations, as well as politics, and to ensure they are firmly rooted in the civic sphere. This is a kind of de-commercialization which may only be achieved through an adequately formalized media sphere and by creating new sub-spheres of management taking into account the needs of all media entities participating in the information transfer. Sub-spheres of management are an instrument supporting institutional and legal, organizational and strategic operations performed by the body monitoring and supervising the media sphere. They allow for more effective and valuable communications addressed to specific groups of the audience. This, however, requires adequate formalization of the media sphere where its internal dynamics is taken into account; such options are available when methods of artificial intelligence are employed for examining the media sphere and predicting media events. The study is the first attempt to clarify this issue, and is the result of a discussion conducted during a seminar on modeling the media sphere at the University of Rzeszów.
Dyskusja odbyła się podczas konferencji naukowej poświęconej tematowi: „Kulturotwórcza rola mediów. Rola i znaczenie rozgłośni regionalnych Polskiego Radia”. Konferencja została zorganizowana w ramach obchodów 60-lecia Spółki Polskie Radio Regionalna Rozgłośnia w Opolu „Radio Opole” SA w dniu 24 listopada 2012 roku w siedzibie rozgłośni przy ul. Strzelców Bytomskich 8. Została zorganizowana przez: Instytut Kultury UJ, Instytut Politologii Uniwersytetu Opolskiego, Radio Opole SA.
W dyskusji udział wzięli: prof. Bogusław Nierenberg, prof. Stanisław Nicieja, prof. Emil Orzechowski, Sławomir Rogowski, Marcin Pulit, Henryk Pietrzak, Marek Składowski, Janusz Andrzejowski, Paweł Frącz
Wśród zaproszonych gości obecni byli przedstawiciele zarządów rozgłośni regionalnych Polskiego Radia, członkowie Krajowej Rady Radiofonii i Telewizji, członkowie Rady Nadzorczej Radia Opole SA, przedstawiciele opolskiego środowiska nauki i kultury.
Memory, historical policy and historical museums have become very popular in recent times – both in academic discourse and in public debate. The article describes the role of historical museums in collective memory and the infl uence of historical policy on them. The text includes a defi nition of collective memory, its traits and functions, a categorization of memory vehicles, as well as an explanation of the concept of historical policy and its positive and negative aspects. In the part dedicated to historical museums the author shows their importance for collective memory, their connections with historical policy, their beginnings and present-day importance in Poland, and provides a review of the last years’ main investments in Polish historical museums.
This article recalls a discussion about Barack Obama’s mother and her biography which emerged during the course of the American presidential elections in 2008. S. Ann Dunham was a cultural anthropologist holding a PhD from the University of Hawaii and specializing in Indonesian peasant blacksmithing and cottage industry. She passed away in 1995 relatively unknown to the American anthropological world and totally unknown to the American public. Interest in Obama’s family made Dunham and her biography as well as her anthropology appear publicly. Even though she was labeled an “uncaring mother,” who was to “abandon” small Barack, a biographical book by Janny Scott published in 2011 depicts a deep and complex portrait of Dunham which does not go along with popular opinions. It is interesting to observe how Dunham’s biography has been constructed and how her family history mirrors transformation of American society and reveals entanglement between private life and anthropological interests
Beginning form the 1990s the number of films about Romanies has been increasing rapidly. Especially noticeable are those touching the subject of the extermination of the Gypsies during the Second World War. Porrajmos in the Romany language means: the Holocaust of the Romanies. These events were completely absent from the public discourse for several decades afterwards. The key role in bringing this subject up was played by an explosion of memories concerning the Nazi genocide of the Jews observable since the 1960s. Porrajmos films are in all respects secondary to the representation of the Holocaust: they were made later, they use the same conventions, and their creators are mostly artists who stress their adherence to a "community of memory" of the Holocaust: the Jewish victims once, and now their descendants. That is how the discourse of the Holocaust became a "dominant culture", which allows for the story of the extermination of the Gypsies only as its inferior part.
The passage of time paradoxically strengthens the memory of these events, generating more and more new places, practices and other texts of remembrance. Currently the main reason for rescuing the Romanies Holocaust from oblivion is the direct threat of aggression experienced by members of this ethnic group.
I am going to speak about federative projects and plans, political initiatives and memoranda, reactions they caused in the Romanian intellectual and political environment, the way they were (or rather were not) included in the historical discourse, and will not tackle the “Central European set of mind” which is so difficult to identify.
It has to be mentioned that, for the Romanian culture, the acquisition of the Central European conscience, the conscience of the middle and its potential conceptualization are doomed to annihilation by the obsessive claim of “insularity”. The imperial legacy is only mentioned in negative contexts, various political and cultural personalities are incriminated for their cosmopolitanism, and for the “pro-Hapsburg”, “pro-German” activity which is equal to being “antinational”. Central Europe becomes a spectre, a bogey man shown every now and then to Romanians in order to reinforce the feeling of being “under siege”, the fear that the country could be dismembered by the “enemies from abroad and enemies within”.
Due to the historical and geopolitical context, Romanian culture developed in a hinterland between Eastern and Western Europe. The building of the modern Romanian state in the 19th century was accompanied by a programmatic denial or misrepresentation of its Oriental heritage. This denial began with the Latin-obsessed “Transylvanian School” (Şcoala Ardeleană) and remained an important element in the critical direction of “Junimea” (Titu Maiorescu).
In the 20th century, historian N. Iorga studied and evaluated more objectively the complexity and the impact of this heritage on the country’s cultural identity, while other intellectuals and theologians (for example N. Crainic, D. Stăniloae, S. Mehedinţi) proclaimed the genuine originality of Romanian culture and stressed the superiority of autochtonous values, based on the Romanian orthodox religion.
The Communist regime reinforced this tendency with its “protochronist” propaganda (which claimed Romanian pre-eminence in all aspects of life) with all its grotesque manifestations. The issue of the Oriental heritage has reappeared over the last decades in some debates in the media, in a few articles and papers, but Romanian intellectuals treated it in an inconsistent way and failed to produce a public discourse going beyond the cultural ambivalence or to reassess the role of the Oriental heritage in the Romanian cultural identity.
The category of time functioning in individual cultures, as well as calendars – the corresponding systems of time classification – can be perceived as examples of cultural phenomena. They prove to be extremely interesting, but at the same time difficult to analyze. In many cases the circumstances are quite complicated as there are various methods of measuring time within an individual culture. They correspond to the national, secular calendars, the official religion, the calendars of minority faiths, and the so-called folk tradition. The purpose of this article is to analyze the names of the months functioning in the Romanian folk culture in the context of the official names of months present in the Romanian language. Cultural anthropology, supported by the idea of research on cultural senses and meanings as well as the inter-translation among them denotes that the traditions presented vary, are incoherent and refer to various sources. However, for a few centuries they have been undergoing a process of formulation within one cultural domain. The fundamental issue for an anthropologist is to be convinced that a proper linguistic translation cannot be conducted unless the senses and meanings of a given culture are quite profoundly penetrated.
The ethnolinguistic as well as cultural analyses plainly indicate that behind the contemporary division into twelve months there might be another, even older tradition of time classification. A part of the folk nomenclature is of a very distant provenance; it is known to have been present in the religious texts around the Romanian land as long ago as at least the second half of the 16th century. The nomenclature corresponded to the phenomena observed in nature, the changes of seasons and the vegetation cycle of plants. Other functioning names mentioned household activities, agricultural labour performed in the fi elds and the village life. The names of the months and weeks within them encompass various mythological aspects. They refer to people’s beliefs and significant personas of the folk pantheon. The names also relate to religious attributes associated with saints from the liturgical calendar and the customs as well as rituals of the Orthodox Church performed at a given time of the year. They were a result of a different perception of time – not linear and historical, but rather cyclical, making a full circle during the year.
Despite the fact that folk culture is slowly disappearing and the global infl uence is gaining momentum, the folk names of the months are still present in the contemporary official language of the Orthodox Church as well as within the popular culture
In the given article we will analyze marriages between Romanians (Moldovans) and Gypsies, and present the legal juridical framework regulating the issue of such marriages as well as the actual situation recorded in Ţara Moldova in the eighteenth century, and in the territory between the Prut and Dniester rivers in the fi rst half of the nineteenth century. The documents presented will include the descriptions of research sources including the code of laws issued in Ţara Moldova, charters issued by the Prince of Ţara Moldova, Ukases (decrees) issued in the Russian Empire, permission requests for marriages, consult requests of the priests offi ciating mixed marriages, as well as documents of the National Archive of Moldova.
The marriages of Gypsies with Romanians can be examined simultaneously from two points of view: as mixed marriages from the ethnic point of view and mixed marriages from the social point of view. According to religious criteria, which were the basis for the legitimate family formation, the representatives of both ethnicities were to be Orthodox, so that there were no impediments to the marriage from the canonical point of view. Problems arised in connection with the social status of the Gypsies, who were considered to be subservient people.
Richard Florida, 2010, Narodziny klasy kreatywnej: oraz jej wpływ na przeobrażenia w charakterze pracy, wypoczynku społeczeństwa i życia codziennego, tłum. T. Krzyżanowski, M. Penkala, Warszawa: Narodowe Centrum Kultury, 414 s
Richard Florida, 2010, Narodziny klasy kreatywnej: oraz jej wpływ na przeobrażenia w charakterze pracy, wypoczynku społeczeństwa i życia codziennego, tłum. T. Krzyżanowski, M. Penkala, Warszawa: Narodowe Centrum Kultury, 414 s
This article focuses on management in the culture of a unique community, that is, the indigenous people of Australia. On the example of the Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park some problems of maintaining the unique cultural heritage of Australian Aborigines were shown. The paper discusses the principles of management of the Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park by the representatives of the Aboriginal community and by the federal government. The aim of the analysis is also to draw attention to the threat to the indigenous culture coming from the mass tourism impact and shows ways to reduce mass tourism.
The image of Christ in Distress belongs to the group of Andachtsbilder (German for devotional images) which took shape in the Late Middle Ages (i.e. the 14th–15th c.) and depicted the sufferings of Christ. The purpose of this type of image is to encourage meditative prayer and meditative conversation with the Saviour, as well as emotional empathy for suffering. As a result, the image of Christ in Distress was usually displayed in such a place in a church where people could observe it at a close range, for example, in side chapels, next to isolated columns, or in the gallery or porch. In some churches, the function of the Crucifi x was attributed to the image of Christ in Distress, placed in the porch. Sometimes, the sculpture of Christ in Distress was placed next to a holy water container near the entrance to the church. Also, on some occasions, the image was painted on the façade of a church or chapel. In some cases, a carved statue of Christ in Distress was put at the front of a church or chapel. Sculptures on this theme were also kept in cemetery chapels where the bodies of the dead were laid out. Just like in other countries, the image (i.e. a sculpture or painting) of Christ in Distress in Lithuania was mostly dissociated from the main ecclesiastical interior equipment, i.e. the altar. The statues of Christ in Distress (Lith. Rūpintojėlis, Susimąstęs Kristus) were often put in specially constructed brick niches suggesting the prison of Christ.
The article looks at Count Wojciech Dzieduszycki’s (1848–1909) ideas on church art. His approach to sacred art and individual pieces of art is presented through the analysis of his attitude to 15-17thcentury paintings in Halychyna. The count paid special attention to the iconstasis from the village of Bohorodchany (Ukraine), whose artistic value he appreciated highly, and which he considered equal to works of art by early Renaissance painters. Dzieduszycki claimed that the local church art, having preserved the basic Greek elements and giving new life to the Byzantine canon, by no means rejected the Christian mysticism distinctive of the Western art, but rather, on the contrary, added a unique artistic fl air to it. He acknowledged the aesthetic value of the works of Rus’ art, as well as their high professional level.
The article presents the history of an estimable organization of writers and artists from Cracow. The Society of Art and Literature was brought into existence through the initiative of Juliusz Kossak, an outstanding painter, who in 1869 came to Cracow with his family. Here, among the Cracovian writers, he found a reliable collaborator, Michał Bałucki. The two of them directed the Society since its beginnings in 1881 (Kossak as President and Bałucki as Vice-President). Kossak directed the Society until his death in 1897; after that, Bałucki took over and remained President until his death in 1901. He was succeeded by Julian Fałat, followed by Marian Zdziechowski, August Sokołowski and Kazimierz Morawski.
The Society had its premises in the Main Market Square, where most of its events, like readings and presentations, anniversary celebrations and social receptions, took place. Members of the Society received there eminent guests from both Poland (e.g. Helena Modrzejewska, Henryk Siemiradzki) and abroad (e.g. Marie Pospíšilová, an excellent actress from Prague). In 1883 the Society of Art and Literature organized the First Convention of Polish Artists and Writers. In 1891, together with numerous other Polish artists, writers and intellectuals, members of the Society went to Prague for the National Exhibition. The group played an important role in Cracow and Galicia, although it did not mark out new trends in art or literature; this was done by other Cracovian societies functioning at the turn of the 20th century.
The article describes possible uses of the term “culture” as implemented to the Internet and proposes four levels of its interpretation. The fi rst level is proposed for the Web construed as a way of gathering information about cultural events, so functioning mostly as a channel of information. The second level perceives the Internet as an environment for any organization which could be recognized as “cultural” in any way, including public institutions of culture. The third meaning of culture in the context of the Internet gathers all artistic activities usually connected with social actions. These activities could evolve into particular social events, which usually would cover existing social needs or cultural insuffi ciencies. The fourth meaning sees culture as a tool to perform an abstract and general theory of the Internet seen as a broad environment which includes social matters, technology, history, economy and so on. Each level of interpretation is widely described and supplemented by mostly Polish examples and literature.
As a former communist state, Hungary encounters similar problems with culture management as the other countries of Central Europe, since they have become democratic countries at the same time. The issues of the state’s role in shaping cultural life and of culture funding especially in the time of crisis are disputed, and the discussions do not lead to any consensus. The specifi city of cultural management in Hungary, in addition to a number of typical problems of democracy, is closely linked to the history of the 20th century and the events which permanently affected the national identity and culture of the country. Since the end of World War I the matter of a cultural nation has caused Hungary many problems, but also created many possibilities by the Hungarian national minority living in the neighboring countries and the offi cially recognized nationalities living in Hungary. The current government led by Prime Minister Viktor Orbán, being aware of these extra human and cultural resources, has been integrating them tightly with the Hungarian cultural system. However, culture seems to have a secondary position in the state structure, being represented only by a state secretariat within the enormous Ministry of Human Resources. For the purpose of giving some examples of the cultural institutions’ operation, I describe the legal background of museum institutions, public libraries and general cultural education facilities, basically represented by culture houses and cultural centers.
The article presents a theoretical approach to management seen from the humanistic point of view. This kind of consideration becomes urgent especially in the context of the contemporary economic environment. Its turbulent and rapid changeability and the increasing role of information imposes a reconstruction of the management theory and methodology. The main question of the investigation concerns possible reasons for using the term “humanistic” in the context of management. This term is based on a different kind of knowledge but is very promising as a possible theoretical extra supply. The article proposes to see the process of management as a pragmatic process because it leads to a specifi c result, which is the change of a certain chosen segment of reality. This change is also expedient and pragmatic because it uses conceptual constructions to determine and describe itself. At the same time, the so described theory of management encounters a very important set of theoretical concerns tied with the contemporary discourse on knowledge and its conditions. This kind of discourse played a fundamental role in the second half of last century and changed most of our beliefs about such concepts as knowledge, truth and so on. It also led to the rebirth of crucial epistemological questions. This kind of concerns and questions make theory become humanistic, which also happens with the theory of management which, in this way, acquires the right to be seen as humanistic.
This article is a continuation of the considerations undertaken by the author in the text “Cultural Institutions in Poland – the nature of their organization and fi nancing” [published in the on-line version of „Zarządzanie w Kulturze” 2012, nr 13, z.4, pp. 305–328, Krakow 2012, http://www.wuj.pl/page,art,artid,1303.html], where the analysis of the concept of “culture institution” relating to the public sector was carried out. This article focuses on the management of the culture institution, analyzing the impact of the organizer on the mission of the institution, by appointing a director or entrusting the management to an external entity. The author analyzes the relationship between the culture institution and its organizer, asking questions about the possibility of reconciling the effective implementation of the statutory tasks of the institution with the principles of the market economy.
Fundamental to the understanding of creative economy – what it comprises and how it functions in the economies of both developed and developing countries – are the concepts of “cultural industries” and “creative industries”. This article provides an overview of the development of the concepts of “creativity” throughout this decade leading to what has become known as “creative economy”. The author’s intention is not to reach a fi nal consensus about the concepts, but to understand their evolution. The major drivers of the growth of creative economy and its multiple dimensions are examined in the light of recent developments including the world economic crisis. This article also provides evidence for economic contribution of creative industries to economy. The author also tries to consider separately the notions of economic value and cultural value. In this approach, he refers to the fact that economic thought is based on a traditionally individualistic approach, while culture is a manifestation of collective behavior.
The author of the article analyzes the problem of worker participation in management in symphony orchestras. Jerzy Łysiński characterizes the role of the conductor in orchestras and the relationship between the orchestra and the conductor in the history of classical music, describes the different models of artistic leadership, and criticizes the authoritarian management style in institutions of the performing arts. The author shares Peter Drucker’s point of view that a good relationship between the orchestra and the conductor can be used as a pattern and example for creative organization of the future.
The article describes the practices of using the typical methods of theatrical expression by contemporary business institutions to develop the workers’ emotional labor skills. Special emphasis is put on discussing the communication and training-related issues which are vital for the development of specifi c emotion usage patterns. The discussion is placed in the context of observations on the process of introducing the concept of performatics into business and tracing the analogies between social relations and situations known from performance art. The article is intended to initiate a discussion about the effects of interweaving culture with business.
Information management plays an extremely important role in journalism, mainly because journalists are autonomous in selecting and prioritizing topics. Walter Gieber wrote: “News is what newspapermen make it,” emphasizing the omnipotence of journalists and editors in the process of selecting information , primarily in the context of journalism winning or losing its credibility. One of the instruments of control over the contents of communication in the media is framing. This is an important tool used in editorial work, to predict the life of a media event. The article is an attempt to outline the relationship between framing and management of information in modern journalism
The paper discusses the question of empowerment in management education and attempts to present internal contradictions of aforementioned concept. The main objection to the empowermet theory in management education here is the fact of concealing fundamental violence that defi nes relations within institution of academy. Removal of the question of confl ict from the concept of empowerment deprives it from real emancipating power. In contrast to empowerment, Harol Bloom’s idea of subjectivity as an agon is presented.
The paper discusses the question of empowerment in management education and attempts to present internal contradictions of aforementioned concept. The main objection to the empowermet theory in management education here is the fact of concealing fundamental violence that defi nes relations within institution of academy. Removal of the question of conflict from the concept of empowerment deprives it from real emancipating power. In contrast to empowerment, Harol Bloom’s idea of subjectivity as an agon is presented.
The paper employs empirical data to present and analyze the phenomenon of crowd-funding. Crowd-funding is based on using the internet to gather funds from the general public. Such funds are used to finalize production of cultural goods, e.g. recording of an album. The paper shows how the process of crowd-funding is organized and what motivates individuals who contribute their resources. The conclusions may be applied by artists and record labels which, as shown in the introduction, face falling sales of records. The analysis concentrates on the oldest Polish crowd-funding platform – MegaTotal.pl. Its functioning should be treated as an example of innovations that have been taking place on the markets for cultural products since the advent of the internet.
The ability of perception and interpretation of photographs, a fundamental component of visual culture, is today indispensable cultural and scientific competence. This article is intended to define field of analysis and interpretation of the theatre atelier photography, with an emphasis on one of its features – documentarity. It is also an attempt to justify the need for a comprehensive study of the theater the second half of the 19th age and equal treatment of materials documenting the phenomenon.
Hills of crosses are special sacral complexes. From several dozen to many thousand crosses are located there. These are not “hills” in the geological sense of the word. The Hills are not burial sites, and they are often situated near water where pagan sanctuaries, temples and altars used to be. Every pilgrim can place a cross there and ask God for help without intermediaries, and “feel the touch of God. «Hence, the cross becomes their sacrifi ce to God and the sign of their plea».
The article tries to describe two key points of the Internet’s history in the context of the notion of environment: the emergence of the World Wide Web and the dotcom bubble. The first was the effect of Tim Berners-Lee’s invention but also the source of rapid growth in the commercial sector on the Internet, which can be proved by the number of enterprises registered in the web. The change also expressed itself as a massive, ubiquitous participation of people, which has been constituted by the numerous communities of retail clients. The second key point was the Nasdaq stock market crash, when many companies from the ICT sector lost their assets or even failed. It was also the beginning of a new phase of the Internet and a fundamental change in its functioning. User changed its character to the participant and co-worker – an active element. The effects of this change can be observed as a fundamental change of nature of most web processes. Thanks to this analysis one can see the convergent and complicated nature of the Internet, based mostly on two forces coming first from the technology and then inevitably from the economy.
Cultural behavior, as well as economic, can be divided into passive behavior (consumption of cultural goods) and active (production of cultural goods). In the field of cultural behavior we also have to deal with limited maximization, except that it has a different character than in the case of economic behavior. In the case of active economic behavior (work, business) in order to maximize profit is limited, in the case of active and cultural behavior (work) in order to create a cultural value. In the case of passive cultural behavior, which is a collection of cultural works goal is to maximize the utility of cultural value. It seems, however, that best solution exists, when the values are maximized at the same time cultural and economic.
Article shows relations between sport and culture institutions in Poland, especially in the time of The 2012 UEFA European Football Championship (Euro 2012). Author presents in introduction semantic and historical connections of culture and sport, particularly concentrating on ancient and modern Olympic Games. The main part of the text includes recount of activities, projects and exhibitions organised by culture institutions and combined with sport. Separate fragment is dedicated for art and culture activities during sport events as well as made on sport facilities, for example stadiums. Case studies bring on conclusion culture and sport connection support comprehensive human development. Sport themes in culture institutions could carry a lot of advantages in, but also some risks. It is important to keep a balance and treat sport only as a culture phenomenon.
The case study presents the mechanism of generating image creating costs. It presents a specific, artistic brand based on a worldwide tested model of an international competition. The examples observed in China, Russia, Japan, the USA, Germany or Great Britain indicate that investing in a topclass music competition fosters national brand creation, which confirms the ambitions of the state institutions as well as the elites. On numerous occasions such a situation is accompanied by the identification with homeland culture and exploitation of one’s own native artists, which may be illustrated by the piano competitions named after P. Czajkowski, F. Chopin, W.A. Mozart, L. van Beethoven, G. Enescu or F. Busoni. The analysis of a specific draft budget presents the anticipated costs to attract jurors, offer adequate financial prizes, and what is most important, prizes in the form of concert tours and contracts with renowned impresarios. Not uncommonly the draft budget is subject to unexpected alternations, which in result complicates the financial settlement of the Competition. Additionally, bureaucracy relating to grant obtainment complicates the organization of the Competition, and this situation tends to afflict competition organizers worldwide.
An important element contributing to the strengthening of a competition brand consits in the dissemination of related information in specialist media and the Internet. Insofar as the Net is free of charge, the specialist press requires financial outlays that significantly increase the costs of Competition production; still even high costs guarantee a prompt recovery of outlays by creating a prestigious brand.
Journalism, belonging to a group of creative professions, should emphasize the following categories: social status and required qualifications, personal space, and professional, corporate and public-legal loads. Based on these factors, this study attempts to identify identity, legal and economic status as well as the responsibilities of the members of the community of professional journalists. It has been established that a journalist is a person who works intellectually over the material collection, creating texts, broadcasts, programs, internet publications. At the same time, this person remains in a stable relationship with the editors.
Taken in mid-2012, the amendment to the Press Law takes into account the elements of the legal and economic status of the journalistic profession. Furthermore, the article defines journalism as a modern professional category in the context of European legislation, national as well as environmental discussion of journalists and publishers associated with the changes in the perception of journalism.
The “Węgajty” Theatre School /Schola/ which operates in Warmia under the management and supervision of Wolfgang Niklaus, tries to reconstruct the medieval liturgical plays. After a few centuries of absence from the public scene in the Middle Ages (or else of concealed presence in the form of folk and ritual spectacles), the medieval theatre became reborn precisely within the Church. – In all likelihood, before the 10th century, short dramatized forms, known as liturgical plays, were presented as part of the liturgy. Like all ceremonial liturgy, they were meant to be sung, nearly in their entirety. Gradually, they were extended to form fully-fledged liturgical plays.
When reforming the liturgy and tidying up liturgical books the Council of Trent (1545-1563) at the same time banished liturgical plays from Church interiors. No doubt, it was a legitimate decision on behalf of the Church as more and more lay and even satirical elements began to appear in the church liturgy. Yet, records of liturgical plays, in many cases accompanied by a musical notation and precise “stage” directions, have also been preserved until the present day. Towards the end of the 20th century, many singers, particularly those specializing in old music, tried to reconstruct this form, yet they did so exclusively by adopting the concert form (sometimes even the form of plays, but not those of liturgical spectacles).
The international team grouped in the Theatre School /Schola/ has embarked on an extremely risky task – for after a few centuries of its absence from the public scene, it tried once again to incorporate the liturgical play into its natural environment – by performing it in the course of the liturgy.
In order to fully comprehend this phenomenon, it is worth taking a closer look at Christianity’s attitude towards the theatre. In the present article, I focus chiefly on the liturgical context associated with the activity of the “Węgajta” Theatre School. I write about the theatre in the Bible and I try to describe how the attitude towards it evolved throughout centuries; I also write about dance in the Church and finally about the most important Christian “spectacle” – the Holy Mass.
At the beginning of 19th century cross building was a deeply rooted practice in the Suwalki province. According to the surviving church documents, this tradition dates back to as far as the 18th century.
The natural and sponteneous development of the tradition of cross building was interrupted in 1867, when a ban on building crosses, chapels or other religious symbols, Stations of the Crioss and processions church premises was imposed. Although panalties for disobeying the order were not heavy as in Kaunas and Vilnius provinces, the building, repair and renovation of crosses in the Suwalki province were under strict control of governement officials. Moreover the tsar‘s governement went as far as to regulate the outward apperance of the cross. No decorative elements, sophisticated forms or inscriptions were allowed. As a rule, building metal crosses made of cast iron was not permitted as the latter were said to resemble memorials. Besides, only wooden crosses were considered religious symbols by the civil government. Thus although the tsar‘s governement prevented industrial cast iron crosses from invading the landscape of Suwalki province, yet it also strongly infuenced the form, decoration and the intended purpose of wooden crosses.
Numerous registered violations and penalties testify to people‘s disobedience and resistance to the civil governement in general and the control imposed on cross building in particular. Until then, the latter practice depended exclusively on the builder‘s religious feelings and the only requirement of the clergy was that the Christian iconography and Catholic norms be observed.
The 19th century was the turning point in the tradition of cross building – the religious symbolism of the cross was overshadowed by its political implications. The emergence of historical and political references occurred not only as a result of the 1863 upsising and its subsequent cruel suppression, but also due to the above mentioned restrictions imposed by the tsarist governement, which were meant to control, enfeeble and eventually destroy the tradition in the Catholic regions of the Russian Empire.
In Suwalki province, as in Vilnius or Kaunas provinces, crosses were built to commemorate the ancestors and important life events or by way of pleading for intercession and protection form from various diseases and ill-fortunes.
The distinctive charecteristic of this province is that it is a place where the influences and trends of the other regions come together and undergo transformation. The Caravacan cross, with inscribed abbreviations, is found in Suwalki province more often than in other regions. The plain form and moderate ornamentation of the crosses of the Suvalkija region were determined not only by the specific requirements of the tsarist authorities, but also by people‘s distinctive taste, which was formed way before it could be affected by mass-produced items.
The article is dedicated to the artistic output of a famous Ukrainian artist of the beginning of 20th century Modest Sosenko. He is famous for reviving the tradition of Church painting based on the Byzantine tradition and folk art. One of his best works which has been preserved until today – the polychrome of St. Michael Church in the village of Pidberiztci has been analyzed.
The author of the article analyzes the spheres of film, independent cinema, new models of production and distribution, and new technology. The author puts particular emphasis on studying the socalled principles of the reverse economy. The term ‘reverse economy’ has originated from Pierre Bourdieu’s sociological concept of fields of cultural production. It signifies the inversely proportional principle of culture management: according to this rule, investing relatively little real capital generates a large capital of symbolic value. The main difference between fields of cultural production and any kind of economically-oriented field is based on the fact, that symbolic capital is – as opposed to the ‘real’ one – financially incalculable. In the fields of cultural production the greatest importance is attached to experimental and innovative projects designed to disturb the cultural status quo, whose constitution is always a fatal threat to culture itself. The article also proves that low budgets lead to the creation of new production models, and their influence on the autonomy of creativity in film.
The article describes the practices of organizing artistic activities away from the traditional patterns of institutional landscape. The general regularities, typical of independent art, are illustrated on the example of a non-institutional theatre in Germany (so-called „Freie Szene”) and supplemented with a discussion of its features inscribed in the local context. Through the introduction of comparison with the situation of the independent art initiatives within the performing arts in Poland, the unique element characteristic of this type of theatre is underlined and pointed to its relationship with the culture management mechanism used in each country. At the same time, an important element in the analysis is the assumption according to which the focus was placed on the non-economic aspects, in order to take into account the wide range of factors that affect the ability to create theatre by independent groups. The observation of the achievements of German art groups leads to the belief that what is particularly important for the independent scene is an organizational model based on proven solutions used in repertory theatres and in creative associations exclusively oriented on project work. Combining independent initiatives with the publicly subsidized theatres and festivals leads to the establishment of new ways of creating, displaying and distributing stage works and additionally blurs the boundary between independent culture and the one associated with the institutions. Background of this reflection is a relationship shaped by cultural centers dedicated to supporting independent theatre with the audience – both in Poland and in Germany – and the issue of the impact of cultural policies on the possibilities of developing independent culture.
The concept of the „place of memory” operates in many sciences, and the career of the term has led to the multiplicity of its definition. The article “Place of memory” in memory management on artist reconstructs its history, records the most important definitions, shows the differences between the conceptions. It also constitutes an attempt to justify the necessity of using the term „place of memory” in management sciences in the humanities and contributes to validate the need for the development of memory management in which such figures play a constitutive role.
In the nineties of the twentieth century, Tadeusz Kantor built a house in Hucisko, a small town located in the municipality of Gdów. The design of the artist’s office definitely served a practical aesthetic. It is therefore not surprising that the rhythm of the windows is determined by the functional layout. The artist distributed them so that they could encompass the widest possible view. „Kantorówka” is very modest and intimate, but not without fancy elements. It was built in three months by a highland carpenter. In „Kantorówka” one finds the workshops of Tadeusz Kantor and his wife – Mary Stangret. Today the house is empty.
Maria Stangret comes here but rarely. Also, „Cricoteka” no longer organizes activities and trips to the village near Cracow. Yet the manor house in Hucisko is the home of the artist’s „soul” and is ideal for conducting creative workshops and the development of artistic imagination. Kantor wanted his home in Hucisko to become a place for meetings, conferences, exhibitions and educational activities aimed at the local population. He tried to create a meeting place for people of different views, to discuss the art and science, and thus encourage and educate the public. However, his death meant that this vision was never fully realized. Kantor’s house is deserted, and the title of one of his recent dramas „I’ve been here not to come back” takes on an added significance...
The Foundation „Given a Chance”, whose statutory aims are based on educational and cultural activities, has proposed to create a summer Theatre Academy in the home of Tadeusz Kantor in Hucisko. The Academy would organize a wide variety of different classes devoted to drama activities, painting and photography workshops, as well as literary – journalistic activities. At the end of each cycle, the Academy would organize a conference and a series of exhibitions of works by people who participated in the workshops. It is proposed that classes should be available to foreigners, so that the work of Tadeusz Kantor could return to his home in Hucisko. This paper also proposes that the above projects should be financed from the European Union funds available for the years 2007–2013.
The article describes the Internet and the crucial conflict in expectations as regards common convictions which emphasize the social view of the Web. Such views are very popular and as a result they bring the great vision of the Internet as a new public space which demands democratic civil rights for example. In this situation inevitably a conflict emerges between this vision and the business which treats the Internet as its natural environment. The article describes the very beginnings of the Internet and the early phase of this conflict, which has existed from the very beginning mostly due to the counterculture of the sixties in USA. The article also describes the commercial sources of the Web which allowed its voluminous progress and the role of the third player in this game – the Government of the USA which has seen the Internet as a chance for potential economic growth. The article also emphasizes the great significance of the macroeconomic environment in the eighties, which also considerably enhanced the development of the Web. The article documents the predominance of the economic aspect of the Internet, which has become a fact already at the beginning of the nineties and describes incidents which confirm this situation, for example the rebellion of Jon Postel in 1998.
Necromarketing perceived as any activity of an organization, which uses human death to achieve its own aims, demonstrates two features: willfulness and extravagance.
The following paper „Necromarketing of cultural product in the auction portal Allegro.pl. The cases of Violetta Villas and Irena Jarocka” delineates the theoretical spheres of necromarketing activity, focusing nonetheless on how it is used by salesmen from Allegro.pl portal with the aim of intensifying the sales of cultural products.
For some salesmen the death of Violetta Villas in December 2011 and Irena Jarocka in January 2012 became an occasion to achieve extra profits, especially financial ones. This paper presents an array of arguments which confirm the assumption that certain salesmen conduct willful necromarketing activities and that such behavior is by no means exceptional.
The Roma in Poland consist of thirty thousand people and they were granted the ethnic minority status in 2005. Although they have been present in Poland since 15th century, the society still feels rather ambivalent about them. On the one hand they amaze, fascinate and intrigue others with their dissimilarity, on the other hand they scare and repel the non-Roma because of their lifestyle and perception of reality which is contradictory to the commonly respected norms. The stereotypes and myths concerning this community have had a long history and are deeply rooted. That’s why a change of the image and the improvement of the difficult social situation of the Roma seems to be a very grueling, hard or even impossible task. Nevertheless, since 2004, when Poland became a member of the European Union, one has been able to use the tools to do so – thanks to the financial resources from EU’s budget.
The main purpose of my article was to analyze the influence of EU’s financial activity till 2010 on the social situation of the Roma people in Poland, particularly in the area of education, labour market, social situation and culture.
At least since the Middle Ages the people of Europe have shared their space with the nomadic Gypsy people. Its long, often troublesome neighborhood resulted in the formation of two parallel, though different, stereotypical images of the Roma in European culture. In one of them one, they are portrayed negatively, as the personification of all the pejorative and demonic qualities. Two words describing Roma Stereotypes in this language context are as follows: dangerous vagrants, thieves, criminals, living without any moral rules.
Under the influence of romantic ideas in European culture a different picture of the Gypsies began to take shape. According to this ideal, they were considered to be free people, living itinerant lives and in harmony with nature, free from hard work, colorful, cheerful, independent and artistic.
In this paper we would like to present how the ideas existing in the nineteenth-and twentieth century culture reflected in the iconography of Roma. On the basis of Polish collections we will show the most important themes and motifs associated with the iconography and mythology of this minority. At the same time, we will try to show to what extent the European images coincided with the real culture and tradition of the Gypsies. In the analysis we will use both engravings, woodcuts, paintings, graphics press and photographs found in public collections in Tarnow, Sejny or Krakow, as well as in various private collections.
Generally speaking, cultural management is management, in the area of culture. However, it is a very broad definition, therefore, can be many different forms of cultural management. In this article the author wants to refer to the two most important forms of cultural management: the management of culture and culture management. These terms are sometimes confused with each other. The differences mainly take the way of understanding culture. We can understand culture as the total of the inherited ideas, beliefs, values, and knowledge, which constitute the shared bases of social action, the total range of activities and ideas of a group of people with shared traditions, which are transmitted and reinforced by members of the group, the artistic and social pursuits, expression, and tastes valued by a society or class, as in the arts, manners, dress, etc, the attitudes, feelings, values, and behaviour that characterize and inform society as a whole or any social group.
The author of this article proposes two types of culture (distinguished on the basis of previous arguments). The first is the intellectual culture (creative), the second is the integral culture (relational). Both together make up the common culture, understood in the broadest sense. The both of them could be developed by the proper cultural policy of the state.
The article is related to competences and tasks of culture animators and culture managers in the contemporary world. Despite the diversity of tasks and functions between them, there are also competencies needed by both. These competencies are essential in solving a number of similar problems encountered in their work. One of the main problems is the issue of „profit”, understood in a broad sense far beyond the purely mathematical operation, although referring to the economy as the art of rational management of resources in order to add them together. For both the culture animator and the culture manager, the main idea consists in the multiplication of social resources, social potential, investing in human capital through co-creation of cultural events and programs animating community. It is therefore necessary to redefine the concept of profit (in the context of activity of the culture manager and animator), i.e. the perception of profit in two dimensions – a social and an economic one (a social profit achieved by the efficient use of resources of each type, including financial and social capitals).
The ethics of the culture animator and the culture manager relate to many areas: creating educational offer, cultural events and animation activities programming, responsibility for the range of products and services, their safety (in the context of mass culture), building lasting relationships with customers based on trust, quality, and adequate promotion of the projects, programs, products and services, as well as diagnosing social needs. Contrary to what J. Gajda wrote, the objectives of the activity of culture manager and animator, are not set in opposition to each other. In both cases, the objectives cannot be achieved, if the means and methods have been in conflict with the principles of the Code of Ethics. Cultural managers and animators, should inspire the same way of the understanding culture and its role in human life, especially as „Paideia”. Only at a later step as a product, but a product of special value, not only attractively packaged.
An important issue is also the question of the evaluation of the social impact of the animator’s and manager’s work in the context of the spent funds. There is a lack of effective, objective and measurable indicators for monitoring and evaluating their work. Another problem is the reference to the principles of corporate social responsibility – in the absence of a uniform system of values. The paper was presented at the conference „The Managerial Trends in the Culture Animation”, 27th, May 2010.
The present paper is an attempt to present selected examples of museums in the Arab World. In the introduction I present shortly the history of collecting and museums in this region. Afterwards I try do describe some sorts of Arab museums. They are national museums: Egyptian Museum in Cairo, Bardo Museum in Tunis, Iraq Museum in Baghdad and National Museum in Damascus; two small museums in Sousse (Tunisia) – The Oil Tree Museum and the Dar as-Sid (Dar Essid) Museum; biographical Museum of the writer and painter Gibran Khalil Gibran in Bisharri (Lebanon), and three museums or galleries of contemporary art in Algiers (The Museum of Contemporary and Modern Art), Doha’s New Modern (Qatar) and Safar Khan Gallery in Cairo. I close my article with some reflections concerning the role of museums in contemporary Arab culture.
For more than two decades now the protection of cultural heritage has been gaining in importance, becoming a global phenomenon and an important part of development strategies of countries, regions and cities. In general, the idea of development under the banner of culture and cultural legacy, usually occurring with the participation and promotion of the tourism sector, constitutes a component of comprehensive planning policies of many decision-making centers in the world, among others, Ankara.
Turkey, which has an extremely rich and diverse cultural heritage, reflecting expressions of many cultures and civilizations, is a particularly interesting case study in this perspective. Currently, at least officially, the concept of heritage protection is interpreted by Turkish authorities as a process of revitalization and integration of entities with historical, cultural and architectural values with the economic, social and political potential as well as a matter of international diplomacy. However, the vision of benefits from new opportunities for use of cultural heritage both in large-scale development projects and foreign relations increasingly entails a number of negative effects. Failure of system implementation of legal protection of cultural resources, rapid population growth, uncontrolled urbanization, limited financial resources and different understanding or assessment of the historical and cultural environment make maintaining cultural heritage far more complex than in Europe. Similarly, taking advantage of the achievements of the Ottoman Empire to generate interest within the international community is removed from the process of building the culture and history of the whole society and recognizing its internal diversity.
The future will show whether the Justice and Development Party government is interested in marking out the way for policies to promote a real protection of cultural heritage, cultural polyphony and putting it in the framework of a democratic vision. Or whether its priority remains the creation of a good image and reap short-term benefits from the use of the Anatolian legacy.
The author of the article has undertaken an attempt to present the history of one of the cultural associations which existed in Krakow at the turn of the 19th century. The Literary Union was founded by a group of writers and literary critics who were dissatisfied with the activity of the Artistic-Literary Circle which had operated in Krakow since 1881. The Union which had been formally registered in the Regional Lieutenancy towards the end of 1891, began its activity in February 1892. Among its ranks it grouped between 50 and 90 writers, literary and theatre critics, including professors of the Jagiellonian University. The successive presidents of the Union included: Józef Tretiak, Marian Zdziechowski and Kazimierz Bartoszewicz. The Union had its own premises in which weekly lectures devoted above all to important literary phenomena were held. The members appreciated partucularly the possibility of taking advantage of the well-stocked Union reading-room, which had subscribed to a few dozen Polish and foreign literary magazines. In the years 1896-1898, the Union published a biweekly entitled “Przegląd Literacki” /Literary Review/ (edited by Kazimierz Bartoszewicz), which however did not publish any program manifestos, nor literary polemics; the biweekly published exclusively the reviews of books which appeared on the Polish book market. The Union had lost its entire raison d’etre the moment Stanisław Przybyszewski arrived in Krakow and became the editor of the “Życie” /Life/ magazine. It was precisely this magazine that became the main platform for the writers and poets realizing their modernist artistic program.
For centuries, the cultural heritage of many generations has not always been appreciated and the access to it was limited. Many cultural goods, especially those intangible ones, were lost forever. Today, we live in an age of digital revolution. Modern IT solutions not only make it possible to preserve the achievements of generations, but also enable their wide dissemination. This is creates an opportunity to save numerous places from oblivion as well as a chance for the virtual reconstruction of historic monuments. It also allows one to preserve written works, photographs, oral history, traditions, or music. These possibilities are more and more often used by museums, which are starting to digitize their collections in order to protect and increase the availability of cultural heritage resources. This phenomenon of ever-increasing presence of museums on the Internet is referred to as cybermuseology. However, in the context of the more and more dynamic development of digital cultural resources and the growing fascination thereof, the question arises as to whether one can use the IC technology to fully present the intangible heritage without losing its cultural content and whether it is possible to retain the traditions, customs, rituals, cultural practices and human experience in a digital form. The following paper will present both opportunities and threats which digitizing carries for the intangible cultural heritage resources. The author’s reflections will be complemented by the analysis of the selected projects concerning the creation of virtual resources of intangible culture in the educational, archiving and promotional aspect.
Bolivia with the president Evo Morales has taken a course of reforms in the domain of economic ownership and social promotion of the indigenous Aymara and Quechua majority. Within the framework of socio-political and cultural tensions, the Catholic Church in Bolivia finds itself endangered by the governmental policy of marginalization all Western influences and the diminishing the impact of Christian religions. The attempt to return to the pre-Columbian beliefs of the Altiplano tribes does not leave much room for the continuation of the traditional involvements of the Church. The strategy of persistence, constant adaptation and creativity, seem to be the crucial elements of re-thinking the hitherto ways of the carrying out of the mission.
The purpose of this article is to analyze whys and wherefores of disappearance of the public sphere in Poland: processes of instrumentalization of culture, education and humanities, which are connected with domination of consumerism and economism in public life, and also with scientism and positivism in management sciences and pedagogy. The article has a form of a review essay about the book “What kind of culture? What kind of discourse? Public sphere and disputes about education, pedagogy and management” (edited by Monika Jaworska-Witkowska).
On May 27/28th 2010 an interesting and informative conference took place in the Institute of Pedagogy at the Jagiellonian University in Krakow. Students were excited to organize it and they invited numerous prominent scholars and researchers It pertained to integration of managers and animators of culture, the main topic was management in culture animation. Culture is defined here as a space for self-realisation, for expression and realisation of values a living space, which is undergoing constant transformation.
The Conference about “Event Management – between theory and practice” was held on May 13, 2011, at the Faculty of Management and Social Communication, Jagiellonian University. The main organizers were MERITUM and STRATEG scientific clubs.
The aim of the Conference was to introduce to the wider audience the idea of the event, its peculiarities and the principles of its organization, both in terms of theoretical and practical levels. The attention was also focused on the characteristics of the event manager job, his responsibilities and qualities. In addition, the subject of event managers’ education and the advisability of faculty input in this field was also brought up.
The Conference was divided into three panels which focused on the following issues: education in the context of events, organizing cultural events in Krakow and experience of students in this area.
The author presents Miłosz as a poet and essayist, but above all as a writer who feels responsible for the sphere of Polish culture; engaged in promoting Polish writers abroad (through translating them into English) and creating a history of Polish literature for foreigners, which exerted an undoubted impact on the reception of Polish literature abroad. She also presents Miłosz as someone who was securing grants for Polish artists and scholars as well as translators of books addressed to the Polish reader. But also as an organiser of cultural projects, such as poetry evenings, his own meetings with readers and international projects, for example, the “Meetings of Poets” in Krakow, which he hosted. Miłosz as portrayed in this article is not only a writer involved in the promotion of literature, but also a chronicler of cultural events.
The youthful period (1931–1939) was particularly rich in journalistic writings. The author focused on one event – the World Congress of Writers in Defence of Culture (Paris 1935), in which the poet took part and wrote an account of it (Na zjeździe antyfaszystów [At an anti-Fascist Convention ]). The poet’s opinion on the anti-Fascist congress becomes a pretext for asking the question about the role and meaning of cultural congresses.
Gentlemen’s Club is an institution associating people of approximately the same social status, political preference, professional position, or interests, to which only previously accepted members can be admitted. London’s Garrick Club and New York’s Players Club are unique actors’ clubs in the world, which have specified precisely their professional activity profiles and which own collections of theatre memorabilia and conduct wide-scale charitable activity. Both organizations have similar management systems, a similar model of artistic activity, organization and promotion, as well as member recruitment system. Garrick and Players are one of the last places, where you can naturally come into direct contact with the XIX century culture, where beauty and uniqueness lies in constancy and preservation of the morality of the old days.
The “Węgajty” Theatre School /Schola/ which operates in Warmia under the management and supervision of Wolfgang Niklaus, tries to reconstruct the medieval liturgical plays. After a few centuries of absence from the public scene in the Middle Ages (or else of concealed presence in the form of folk and ritual spectacles), the medieval theatre became reborn precisely within the Church. – In all likelihood, before the 10th century, short dramatized forms, known as liturgical plays, were presented as part of the liturgy. Like all ceremonial liturgy, they were meant to be sung, nearly in their entirety. Gradually, they were extended to form fully-fledged liturgical plays.
When reforming the liturgy and tidying up liturgical books the Council of Trent (1545–1563) at the same time banished liturgical plays from Church interiors. No doubt, it was a legitimate decision on behalf of the Church as more and more lay and even satirical elements began to appear in the church liturgy. Yet, records of liturgical plays, in many cases accompanied by a musical notation and precise “stage” directions, have also been preserved until the present day. Towards the end of the 20th century, many singers, particularly those specializing in old music, tried to reconstruct this form, yet they did so exclusively by adopting the concert form (sometimes even the form of plays, but not those of liturgical spectacles).
The international team grouped in the Theatre School /Schola/ has embarked on an extremely risky task – for after a few centuries of its absence from the public scene, it tried once again to incorporate the liturgical play into its natural environment – by performing it in the course of the liturgy.
In order to fully comprehend this phenomenon, it is worth taking a closer look at Christianity’s attitude towards the theatre. In the present article, I focus chiefly on the liturgical context associated with the activity of the “Węgajta” Theatre School. I write about the theatre in the Bible and I try to describe how the attitude towards it evolved throughout centuries; I also write about dance in the Church and finally about the most important Christian “spectacle” – the Holy Mass.
The article undertakes the problems of theatrical audience research. It describes the spectator’s role in the process of creating a performance, but most of all it stresses the spectator’s value as an institution’s customer, thus justifying the necessity of undertaking such research. The article describes the theoretical foundations of quantity audience research based on social and marketing research and shows it’s utilization on the example of three theatres in Kraków: Bagatela Theatre, Ludowy Theatre and KTO Theatre.
The article begins with an attempt to define the concept of Arabic and Islamic culture. Therefore its main purpose is to present the beginnings of Islam, Islamic community (umma) and the basic elements of Islamic faith and their nature. The most significant feature of the Arab-Islamic culture is its strong connection with the Islamic law – sharia, based on the Koran and Sunna. For this reason the presentation of its principles takes an important place in this text. The Islamic law determines all sides of this civilisation in macro and micro scale. It plays a crucial role in the development of the state, but also in the behavior of the ordinary man. The other point of interest in this article is the development of sciences in the Islamic world in the classical period. The classical or Medieval Arabo-Islamic culture developed subsequently in a specific way. The reevaluation of this development is currently an important axis of analyses in Arabic and Islamic studies..
Although the Roma have been living on the territory of Poland for nearly five centuries and today their number is between 20–30 thousand they are still perceived as strangers. Their stigma of strangeness and otherness has a double dimension because, on the one hand, they have not become fully integrated with the Polish society of gadzie. On the other, they appear as strangers to their own compatriots from other clans because two big groups inhabit Poland – the more numerous the Poland Roma or the Plain Roma and Bergitka Roma or the Mountain Roma who are a group of only three thousand people. Both external and internal divisions, which create all kinds of familiarity/strangeness borders and contribute to a special cultural semantics of the term Roma do not facilitate a dialogue between the Roma and the gadzie and the Roma and Roma.
Why is it so difficult to understand a Roma, why is it hardly possible to break the stigma, stereotypes and prejudice despite the long years of co-existence on the same territory? Why can one observe but a slow, hardly visible change in the Polish-Roma relationships which are still defined as lacking tolerance, mutual understanding, trust and respect? There are many reasons which account for such a state of affairs. Firstly, it is history, both shared and working as a factor of social exclusion, then the Roma culture and its different and conservative system of values underlying their ethos and life style. Finally, economic and educational factors are also to be considered as the Roma belong to the least educated members in the Polish society and consequently the least economically privileged occupying the lowest position in it. The fact that they have always functioned in family-clan structures results in their not having developed
a strong concept of identity other than family-oriented and local. Most of them are also unable to take part in the public identity discourse following its rules established by gadzie. All the above factors account for the Roma either participating in it in the role assigned to them by the non-Roma or being absent from it
Cultural institutions are established to fulfil three major functions: creating, promoting and protecting culture. Of those three the main function of cultural centres is promotion. Unfortunately, the latest studies show that those centres do not pay enough attention to older people who have a lot of free time and are financially stable.
It is important for cultural centres’ workers, who create curricula for their facilities, to take into consideration the recipients, their needs, interests, how much time and money they can spend in the cultural centre. Information about offered classes should get to those recipients in the right way and on time. The elements change depending on the recipients’ age. Adults are more aware of their interests than teenagers or children, therefore it is essential for the cultural centres to consider their needs in the curriculum.
Unfortunately, adults and especially older people are very rarely active in social and cultural life. They prefer to spend their free time in passive or even monotonous way. It is probably due to a lack of a proper “preparation” to the old age. The preparation should begin from the youngest age and should include five fields of activity: biological, psychological, intellectual, social and economic.
In order to ensure the right way of preparation, both cultural institutions and their recipients should increase the amount of free time older people spend in cultural centres. It is extremely important especially for older people whose ways of spending spare time may protect them from loneliness and alienation.
The “Art on Wheels” project was created in 2008 by Krakow – based art historians Barbara Łepkowska and Katarzyna Wydra. Institutional support for the project is provided by the Krakow branch of the Association of Art Historians (Stowarzyszenie Historyków Sztuki). The main purpose of the project is to create a specific museum and art-exploratory space within monuments and historic places well-known to local communities and, what follows, to make local residents fully aware of the importance and value of the cultural heritage of their village, town or municipality. “Art on Wheels” creators realize the above-mentioned aims through organizing and carrying out interactive educational workshops. The classes, that usually take place in historic churches, help to explain and bring local residents closer to the foundations of the history of the art, iconography, architecture, various artistic techniques and styles, as well as the perception of a work of art, its context, essence and role. Interactive workshops also promote tourism, conservation of cultural heritage and tradition of the regions. The beneficiaries of the project are mainly the inhabitants of rural areas of the country, where opportunities to participate in cultural events are in general difficult and limited. The “Art on Wheels” project contributes to the reduction of social differences and disparities in the access to culture and helps in the promotion of the region’s tourism value as well as the conversation of local cultural heritage.
From the very beginning, the Polish museological literature has drawn attention to the educational role of museums. Yet in practice, educators are not perceived as employees who deserve to be called “museologists”. The authoress postulates that educators should be treated as fully-fl edged museum employees, particularly that it is precisely them who museum visitors come into contact fi rst. That is why, it is important that they have an opportunity to be involved in all phases of the organization of the exhibition and enter into direct contact with the collection which constitutes the most important point of reference of all museum activity. – Yet one should naturally draw attention to the necessary competence: familiarity with the discipline of knowledge represented by the museum, good inter-personal skills, ability to be flexible and to adjust to the level represented by the visitors, as well as knowledge of culture codes and contexts. For an educator may act as a specific medium, who through creating a suitable atmosphere during a museum visit and through imparting information that is pervaded with the necessary value of authenticity, guides the visitor to new ways of thinking and helps him to get to know the truths and values which have so far remained unknown to him.
The article is a reflection on the publishing activities of the Centre for the Documentation of the Art of Tadeusz Kantor Cricoteka in Krakow. Since 2000 there consistently appear extensive and very detailed chronicles describing the life and work of the artist. These chronicles, which include among others, fragments of old newspaper articles, notes, letters and memoirs, depict Kantor in a variety of situations and in a broad context of political events, cultural events, etc. These types of publications, which are rather rare among the publications of other cultural institutions, are the result of research carried out by Cricoteka (as a facility dedicated to a single artist, also created by himself). The author attempts to describe the work of Cricoteka and show the specificity of its publications. She also draws attention to the potential and opportunities that lie in this kind of research and publications, especially in the context of the new program for the Museum of Tadeusz Kantor.
The first museum similar to those we know today, was founded in the late seventeenth century. Half a century later archeologists discovered collections of erotic art in Pompeii and Herculaneum, lying for centuries under the ashes of Vesuvius, which surprised the scientific Enlightenment enthusiasts with its sensuality. There was a problem, what to do in a museum with exhibits, of undoubted historical value, or artistic, but obscene?
The first response was to create secret museums in which objects with erotic connotations would be stored, or even concealed. The need to separate objects that could not be shown to the public from the rest of the collection, led to the modern understanding of the word pornography, which was adopted for the determination of uncomfortable harvest of Vesuvian cities.
For the second response we had to wait for over 200 years – sex themed museums. Over the past 25 years, 16 institutions of this kind were created in Europe, out of which 11 continue to operate until today. One of them is located in Warsaw. Another may soon arise in Krakow. All of these are private initiatives, most of them with non-profit intentions, and the primary motivation for their creation was the passion of the founders and their possession of a collection of sexually marked objects, often collected by them over a few decades.
The elaboration of this article constitutes the subject-matter of the author’s thesis which he defended in 2010 in the department of culture management at the Jagiellonian University; the thesis was titled Museum of eroticism, eroticism of museum. Historical context, review and analysis of European sex themed museums, which was created under the supervision of Professor Emil Orzechowski Ph.D.
In this paper the author presents human creativity as the main source of culture. Logically, it comes even from the definition of culture, understood as everything created by men (everything, which does not belong to nature). Creation by man includes the material, symbolic and societal types of culture. In the field of symbolic culture, like art, science or media, the process of creativity includes activities which result in new and valuable products. Creativity develops in the private, social and cultural domains. In the private domain an individual creates something, which is new and valuable for himself (or herself). In the social domain an individual creates something, which is new and valuable to a group, where he or she belongs. Finally, creativity in the cultural domain means creating something, which is new and valuable for all human culture. Normally it is possible through the publication or public presentation of a product, after a process of selection. Thus, normally there exists a barrier of entering this main. Creativity in the domain of culture requires not only being a creative person in the psychological sense, but also a huge amount of knowledge and practice in the specific field of activity. But by enhancing the private and social creativity, it is possible to enlarge the number of persons, which could inspire to enter the domain of cultural activity. Moreover, the true creative activity always contains the individual, private, authentic internal perspective, and is always directed to some social environment.
Also, the new ways of distributing the creative products, like the Internet, makes the barrier to cultural creativity less tight, than they used to be in the past.
Media management is a relatively new area of research. These are merely the beginnings of relevant methodologies and research tools. The article entitled Selected Aspects of Media Management constitutes an overview of current accomplishments within this area all over the world and in Poland as well. It also stands for an indicator of theoretical concepts that refer to media management. According to the author of this article, the system approach which pertains to media management seems to be one of the most useful within the scope of scientific recognition of this research area.
The content of this study remains aligned with present-day research designs which perceive the journalism information as a market good, i.e. a product. The product management consists in devising strategies which make the marketed product exceptional, let it excel the competition and match the client needs. However, these needs should at first be examined. The paper analyses the methods of researching client needs and organizes them from the point of view of their usefulness in the management of information perceived as a product.
The present article is an attempt to analyze the process of formation of copyright management models. It’s aim is also to analyze the role which individual artists, collective management organizations and publishers play in this process. The author describes here both the directions, the creation and the exploitation of creative work results (propriety approach and “free culture” approach) and reviewes the currently available forms of copyright management..
The author of the article analyzes the problem of culture management in Poland in the context of research. Studies dealing with this topic lead to but very few conclusions in Poland. They are associated generally with public culture and almost totally disregard other forms of cultural activity.
The author considers the advantages and disadvantages of the statistical approach to culture. He stresses that in Poland there is no consistent methodology associated with the collection and processing of statistical data. The author presents various forms of research funding in this area such as for example Culture Observatory NCK. Take the subject approach to research among the people creating a culture – too strong an attachment to statistics, a lack of interestt the level of the administrative, lack of financial resources. The most tangible effects are: poor contact between creators and consumers of culture, lack of strategy development, low competitiveness of public institutions.
The article is related to the public culture institutions management in Krakow. It presents the dynamics of changes in their financing from public budget, human resources, material and immaterial profits of its activity. The main thesis is that the problem of culture institutions in the public sector is not the lack of money, but rather the way of distributing it. The system of culture institutions management is not compatible with the reality of XXI century and the needs of the contemporary recipient. The perspective of yearly budget is too short to build long-term plans, the degraded infrastructure of culture can’t rival modern shopping districts. A very imperfect system of cultural education is the main reason why people are not used to participating in cultural events and they do not have sufficient competence to be able to perceive art.
ZBIGNIEW HERBERT IN THE CONTEXT OF CONGRESS DILEMMAS ON MASS AND ELITE CULTURE
The author considers one of the issues discussed during the VI Congress of Polish Culture (September 23–25, 2009). The first part constitutes a report on conference proceedings and an attempt to answer the question whether culture should be addressed to the masses or whether it should be elitist? In the second part of the paper, the author attempts to answer the above question by referring to the thought of Zbigniew Herbert – poet and essayist.
The author of this article proposes two types of culture (distinguished on the basis of previous arguments). The first is the intellectual culture (creative), the second is the integral culture (relational). Both together make up the common culture, understood in the broadest sense. The both of them could be developed by the proper cultural policy of the state.
SEARCHING FOR THE MEANING OF CULTURE MANAGEMENT
The debate concerning contemporary culture management reveals a variety of approaches It is the outcome of different paradigms and values, individual experiences and also of the ambiguity of the word culture and the imprecise understanding of the role which management should play. Finding a common space for trade-off is important and necessary. It requires answering the following questions: what does it mean to manage culture? Who is a culture manager? The aim of this paper is to try to provide some answers to these questions. The major clues are the functional approach to culture assets and perceiving man as a carrier of culture. The study was supplemented with a few aspects of the theory of organization and management, mainly concerning the praxeological understanding of organizational effectiveness
CULTURE OBSERVATORY – IDEAS, POSSIBILITIES The subject of the article focuses on the field of culture observatory in the context of culture management (very fashionable approach in last few years).
The author describes many years of experience in this field in different countries and organizations, among others, her own experiences in ENCATC Working Group: Cultural Observatories and Cultural Information and Knowledge. She also tries to analyze the Polish experiences and presents her own refl ections on the topic.
MANAGEMENT OF THE SPACE OF HISTORIC CITIES AS A METHOD OF PROTECTING AND SHAPING CULTURAL HERITAGE (BASED ON THE EXAMPLE OF CRACOW) Management of the city’s development is a complicated and multi-dimensional process. In the case of historical cities it becomes an even more complex issue, because the protection of the cultural heritage is a basic problem which local authorities have to deal with. In that context the development of a settlement entity takes on a new light, in which not only the elements inseparably connected with its proliferation (resulting from the increase of the number of inhabitants, people’s economic activity, new land development – for example on the needs of the municipal infrastructure), but also the necessity of retaining a historical district’s authenticity have to be considered. The point is that one should focus not only on the spatial prevention of isolated quarters, but represent a much wider approach aimed at: the prevention of the cultural landscape understood as a complex structure consisting of the anthropogenic form of the municipal substance, the green space inside the city and the organic elements of natural landscape in its outskirts. Only this point of view on space permits a rational management of it.
DOES KRAKOW STAND A CHANCE TO BECOME A FLOURISHING EUROPEAN THEATRE CENTRE? DELIBERATIONS ON KRAKOW’S POTENTIAL IN THE CONTEXT OF THE DISTRICT STRATEGICAL PLAN OF CULTURAL DEVELOPMENT IN KRAKOW
Looking for the priorities for the strategy for culture development in Krakow, the author presents the potential of contemporary Krakow as a theatre center. Analyzing the situation of municipal theaters, the author pays attention to the rich tradition of the theatre in Krakow, its role in the Polish theater history, the numerous and famous theatre festi-vals, as well as a rich human potential – prominent and creative Krakow artists (actors, theatre directors, stage designers). She draws attention to the fact that the latter wereoften forced to act in old, degraded buildings, which had little in common with the stand-ards of the XXI century. After the period of great investment in municipal museums in Krakow, the author thinks that the theatres should now become the most important object of care for thelocal authorities in this city. Trying to count the private theatres in Krakow, the author pays attention to the great difference between the number of private theaters in Warsaw and Krakow, especially the theatres, which have their own stage. In recent years, thelocal authorities in Krakow have not shown much interest in the private theater and its projects in this city.
SENSATIONAL HEADLINES ON NEWS WEBSITES AND THEIR INFLUENCE ON THE INCREASE OF THE CLICK THROUGH RATE
The paper „Sensational Headlines on News Websites and Their Influence on the Increase of Click Through Rate” is an attempt to answer the question whether the sensational content of headlines may infl uence visitors’ decisions as to which news to read. The analysis of the sensational content of news headlines-links (their intensity, form, location on the website) suggests that such headlines may in fact be a well-prepared marketing tool, which aims at attracting the highest possible number of visitors, since reaching a guaranteed click through rate and a certain number of sub-page views allows one to acquire and bind advertisers to the website. The survey described in this paper is a preliminary research study. Although it appears that the use of emotion-affecting headlines is not incidental, the initial analysis cannot yet prove that it is a premeditated strategy of website operators. Therefore, the presented paper should be considered a starting point for further necessary research.
CREATIVITY BARRIERS IN ORGANIZATION. A STUDY IN THE POLISH MEDIA SECTOR The article describes a research study devoted to creativity barriers in the Polish media sector. The Creativity Barriers Questionnaire, based on American Work Environmental Inventory was used. The questionnaire has 60 items in 10 scales of creativity inhibitors. Precise description of this tool is presented. The scales reliability and theoretical validity are appropriate.The subjects were 180 persons, working in Polish media and representing two national Polish newspapers, a private radio station and public television. Among them, there were regular and administrative employees as well as employees in executive positions.The results show that authoritarianism, limitations of free will, ineff cient communication and lack of resources, are among the most common barriers. A recognition of creativity inhibitors may improve organization and, as consequence, lead to greater satisfaction and efficiency of the staff.
THE MISSION OF REGIONAL PUBLIC TV STATIONS IN POLAND The greatest mission of public TV should be forming or even building a civic society because democracy does not exist without it. In this article informative, recording,inspiring and educational mission of the programmes broadcast by TVP Katowice isanalysed. It seems that the case of TVP Katowice has clearly def ned the role of regional public television in the field of collective and local life and its signif cance in supporting, moderating and strengthening local links. It has proved that that regional public broad-caster is able to realize the mission assigned by the legislator. Through its activity it also contributes to building a civic society. Therefore this specific feature should be perceived as the basis of quality and a potential source of its competitive advantage
THE FRENCH MUSEUM ACT The history of the public museums in France began at the end of the XVIII century, when the ravages caused by the French Revolution made it clear that the cultural heritage had to be protected. In 1791 the National Assembly decided to make the ancient royal collection of art accessible to the public and to create a national museum in Louvre. In 1802 the French government commenced the policy of museum foundation in the provinces, on the basis of the deposits of national collections of art. In 1882 the existing museums were divided into two categories – national and municipal or departmental, while in 1945 they were divided into three categories – national, classified and controlled. At that time, the museum was defi ned as a permanent collection, rendered accessible to the public, consisting of works of artistic, historical or archeological value. In the second part of the XX century a growing variety of museums and their collections had led to the necessity of creating a new defi nition of this institution as well as of new rules aimed at their protection. In 2002 a new law on the museums of France was introduced; it defi ned the rules of museum activity as well as the scope of state protection and control on them. A new defi nition of a museum was also elaborated. It was now defi ned as a permanent collection, composed of value whose conservation and presentation is in public interest and whose goal is to inform, educate and entertain the society. In 2004 the law on the museums of France became an integral part of the Code of the Heritage (Code du Patrimoine) in which all the laws and decrees concerning the protection of cultural values, archives, libraries, museums, archeological excavations, historical monuments as well as protected places and landscapes, were assembled. In the Code, the existing regulations were simplifi ed and set in order, and the defi nitions of two important notions – namely that of cultural heritage and of national treasure – were introduced
ETHNOGRAPHIC LABORATORY ASSOCIATION – ETHNOGRAPHY IN THIRD SECTOR The Ethnographic Laboratory Association was created in 2006 by students and graduates from the Institute of Ethnology and Cultural Anthropology at the University of Warsaw. The organization has undertaken steps aimed at the protection and promotion of cultural heritage, encouragement and support of creative local initiatives, social communication, promotion and raising awareness of the perception of cultural phenomena and integration of the environments of young researchers of culture. In 2009 we completed two major projects: “Open-air museums in Poland in Internet” and “ARAA – Academy of Development of Animation Activities.” Thanks to their implementation and success, the Ethnographic Department became recognizable and highly valued among the NGOs, as well as among the cultural and scientific institutions.
FINANCING HIGHER EDUCATION – MODELS IN THE WORLD – THE CZECH REPUBLIC The article discusses the financial system of higher education in the Czech Republic. At the beginning the financing trends of Czech higher schools in the years 1997–2005 are presented and subsequently: the current, general economic problems, the system of social benefi ts for students with the analysis of advantages and disadvantages of the existing mechanisms. The article closes with a chapter devoted to the reform of the system of higher education which has been initiated and to the new financing methods that are being planned.
POSTGRADUATE STUDIES IN CULTURE MANAGEMENT IN THE YEARS 1996–2010. BEGINNINGS, EXPANSION, GRADUATE’S PROFILE The article describes how Postgraduate Studies in Culture Management run by Jagiellonian University in Kraków came into existence. The course started from the initiative of professor Emil Orzechowski Ph.D. and has been run invariably for 14 years by the Department of Culture Management which is a part of Jagiellonian University Management and Social Communication Faculty with its head office at 8 Market Square.
Everyone who is interested in gaining or broadening their knowledge of how to manage culture is invited to take part in the course. The curriculum – thanks to a lot of effort and work in order to improve it - has been adjusted to students’ needs and expectations. The studies let the employees of the cultural sector improve their professional qualifications and make them sensitive to crucial matters essential for the cultural development of the country. The main idea of studies is to integrate people who deal with culture.
The second part of the article is devoted to creating a graduate’s profi le of Postgraduate Studies in Culture Management run by the Jagiellonian University. Starting with the motivating factors that drive students to choose a particular course, through a sociological study of course participants (age, sex, place of living, completed courses, place of work, position at work), a description of how SMOK (Association of Culture Managers and Organizers), created from the initiative of the students in 2007 came to life, and ending with describing students’ expectations connected with the duration of studies and their impact on the graduates’ professional career development. The list of graduates of Postgraduate Studies in Culture Management compiled by the Jagiellonian University, and published in The Chronicle of Culture Management, together with their thesis titles has been attached to the article.
DAS KONZERT „POLNISCHE ZEITGENOSS ISCHE MUSIK” ALS EINE DER METHODEN DER VERBREITUNG UND BEFÖRDERUNG DER KULTUR. (PROJEKTR EALISIERUNG – DAS KONZERT )
Sowohl die Verbreitung als auch die Promotion der Kultur werden durch konkrete Projekte realisiert
Der Anfang jedes Vorhabens, nicht nur auf dem Gebiet der Kultur, ist die Zielsetzung und die Bestimmung des genauen Einsatzplanes. In diesem Artikel wurde ein Organisationsmodell besprochen, das sich auf die sechs Phasen von G.Hagoort stützt. Durch die Anfangsphase: Ziel-Idee-Einfall- die detaillierte Analyse der Zeit-, und Lokalmöglichkeiten, die gemeinsam die Phase des Defi nierens bilden, durch den Entwurf, also die Bearbeitung des genauen Planes und die Bestimmung der strategischen, taktischen und Operationspläne, und endlich durch die Vorbereitungs-, und Realisationsphase wird der genaue Realisationsverlauf des Projektes „Polnische zeitgenossische Musik“ dargestellt. Jedes Projekt auf dem Gebiet der Kultur könnte erfolgreich werden unter der Bedingung, dass es richtig geführt und verwaltet wird. Das ist der Kernpunkt dieses Artikels.
THE METHODS OF PROMOTING CRITICAL EDITIONS – THE CASE OF DZIEŁA WSZYSTKIE BY CYPRIAN NORWID Dzieła wszystkie of Cyprian Norwid is the first critical edition of the writings by Cyprian Norwid. For that reason, all the texts featured in the edition are to be accompanied by the critical apparatus including: editor’s comments, lists of variants of the texts, and explanatory notes. The Institute for the Study of Norwid’s Writings has conducted a promotional campaign, including a wide spectrum of actions e.g. organizing conferences and meetings, distribution of the publications, involving various media etc. Yet, however extensive, the aforementioned promotional activities are still regarded as insufficient. A nationwide campaign for promoting the critical edition ought to be launched. Its main objectives should be: reaching a larger audience, specifying the campaign slogan, and choosing the appropriate media. Still, to conduct such a campaign one is required to overcome such diffi culties as: insuffi cient funding, irregular publishing frequency, high price of publications and a low number of potential consumers. It is, nonetheless, essential for Polish culture that such campaigns take place. This thesis discusses the methods of carrying out such a campaign.
RESTORING TO PADEREWSKI HIS HOUSE IN THE HOMELAND. THE MANOR HOUSE IN KĄŚNA DOLNA. THE PADEREWSKI CENTRE TARNÓW–KĄŚNA DOLNA The Manor House of Ignacy Paderewski in Kąśna Dolna, which remains under the supervision of the Paderewski Centre, is a resiliently operating institution of culture which combines the functions of a biographical house and a concert centre. The manor house not only makes the composer’s residence accessible to tourists, but also organizes concerts, festivals and music workshops; it popularizes the knowledge of the artist, collects and publishes the documentation of musical activity from the voivodship of Tarnów. Broad, international concert activity of the Centre, particularly important during the process of Europe’s unifi cation, plays an important role in getting to know the native cultural heritage; furthermore, it introduces Paderewski and his art into the Polish cultural landscape and emphasizes his universalism and world significance.
CONTEMPORARY LIFE OF MOUN TAIN FOLKLORE. EXAMPLE OF IN TERNATIONAL FESTIVAL OF HIGHLAND FOLKLORE IN ZA KOPANE Folklore, mountains, mountaineering people, dance, music, festivity, amusement, festival village, promotion, tourism are the key words, which for decades have illustrated the characteristics of the cultural landscape of Zakopane – the capital of the Polish Tatra Mountain region, called Podhale. Yet above all these words could be regarded as sui generis signs, which for 40 years have been creating the image of one of the oldest Polish and European International Festivals of Highland Folklore [Międzynarodowy Festiwal Folkloru Ziem Górskich (MFFZG)]. The following paper is an attempt to outline the history of the Zakopane Festival, its management, structure and ideological background, as well as its role in shaping the folklore and culture of the whole of Podhale region. In the summing up the author lays emphasis on the fact that in spite of the many turbulences and impediments that the organizers had had to confront from both the grass roots and the people in power, the Festival survived the test of time and is doing well today. At present it is a prestigious folklore event and one of the most popular tourist attractions in Zakopane, which draws masses of folk enthusiasts/fans from all over Poland and abroad. They visit the festival to “experience an exciting adventure and spend time together with highlanders from different parts of the world”. However, this is not everything, as apart from the carnival atmosphere, the educational promotional and commercial aims, the Festival is also an important event to the local people called Górale. They perceive it as an important annual holiday, during which they can present their traditional culture, and therefore simultaneously strengthen their sense of belonging and their regional identity
THE NATIONAL MUSEUM OF THE VILLAGE OF „DIMITRIE GUSTI” IN BUCHAREST The purpose of this article is to describe the history and activities of one of the most interesting ethnographical museums in Romania – The National Museum of the Village of ,,Dimitrie Gusti”. The origins of this museum go back to the XIX century when, on the wave of an interest in the folk character, the Romanian researchers and enthusiasts of folklore commenced the action of collecting ethnographical exhibits in the villages of Romania. In the XX century the museum created one of the richest ethnographical collections in Romania. After the fall of the Ceauşescu regime, this institution underwent various changes in the effect of which in terms of its management and program of activity, the museum now belongs to one of the leading ones in Romania. The latest trends in museology are resorted to, where one tries to combine harmoniously various scientific, educational and popularizing elements for the management of this institution. Attempts are also made to create certain economic mechanism which would serve its mission.
THE MUSEUM OF ST. JOSEPH SEBASTIAN PELCZAR IN CRACOW Dedicated to Saint Józef Sebastian Pelczar (1842–1924), professor and rector of the Jagiellonian University, founder of the Congregation of the Servants of the Most Sacred Heart of Jesus, and bishop of Przemyśl, the museum boasts an interesting collection of his manuscripts, letters, first editions, memorabilia and personal belongings. The museum features the life and career of J. S. Pelczar by documenting his accomplishments with photographs, pictures and relics, focusing on his many years in Krakow. The idea of founding the museum arose at the beginning of the 80-ties of the XX century in connection with the process of canonization and a wider interest in the personage of J.S. Pelczar. This place has its own character. It presents a collection of memorabilia whereas the sheer variety of the exhibits constitutes an attempt to reconcile the educational and formational function of the museum. The exposition is addressed to a wide range of visitors and has the character of a permanent exposition. Temporary exhibitions are organized but occasionally at the museum and are related to the activity of the Congregation of the Servants of the Most Sacred Heart of Jesus. Visitors to the above-mentioned museum can also become acquainted with the person who cocreated the congregation together with St. J.S. Pelczar, that is with venerable mother Klara Ludwika Szczęsna; in the last part of the museum they can see some mementos related to Pope John Paul II, who the sisters of the congregation attended to when he was bishop of Cracow and afterwards when he moved to the Holy See in the Vatican.
A LOSS. THE JEW IN MODERN POLISH ART The essay entitled „A Loss. The Jew in Modern Polish Art” was meant to serve as a comment upon Rafał Betlejewski’s quasi-artistic media action „Tęsknię za Tobą, Żydzie”. The analysis of this social phenomenon aimed at proving, that Poles (as a nation and as a Culture) will never be able to forget the Jew living in their minds and hearts, in their memories and everyday lives. The Jew – just like any other alien – is an indispensable component of our identity. Nevertheless, time has verified the enthusiasm for Betlejewski’s project – for becoming immersed in the media glory, he seems to have forgotten about the subtle boundary-line that separates profound symbolism and meaningless shallow and illegitimate repetition. Together with the burning of the barn in Zawada, the hopes for building a new language of public debate on multiculturalism had also gone up in smoke. However, the author hopes that this does not deprive the essay of its importance and topicality.
RETURN IN ORDER TO REMEMBER… ANNA FENBY TAYLOR AND THE ZOFIA KOSSAK FOUNDATION The authors talk with Anna Fenby Taylor, granddaughter of Zofia Kossak-Szatkowska, the Polish writer. Anna Fenby Taylor is one of the initiators of the Zofi a Kossak Foundation in Górki Wielkie. She was born and raised in Britain, where she graduated from the Faculty of Medicine, University of London. However, for several years she has been a more frequent visitor to Górki Wielkie (Cieszyn Silesia region) rather than to her English home. Her strong will to save the legacy of her grandparents, the life and work of Zofia Kossak, the desire to rebuild from ruins the Kossaks’ eighteenth-century mansion made her decide along with her husband to renovate and hand it over to cultural and tourist needs. Anna Fenby Taylor tells about the history of the place and the stages which had led to the creation of the Culture and Art Center “Dwór Kossaków” (The Kossak Mansion) in this place.
CULTURAL AND PHILOSOPHICAL ASPECTS OF THE CULTURAL HERITAGE OF HISTORICAL LANDSCAPES, PARKS AND GARDENS This article treats of parks and gardens as carriers of culture and philosophy. For thousands of years, a garden has been looked upon as an inseparable element of a human abode which bears in itself a testimony to the human development and way of life. Unfortunately the awareness of the role of gardens is currently perceived mainly by specialists from this field, and as a result of this, gardens are being shifted to the margin of issues for the promotion of cultural heritage. The aim of this text is to present some sociological and philosophical aspects of cultural heritage of parks and gardens. Such an approach to the topic allows one to perceive the special dimension of the cultural heritage of gardens, whose extraordinary character can be noticed only once it is understood what the art of gardening consists in.
The article considers problems for postindustrial heritage management with the region development context. The author describes the historical box of matches factory in Chęstochowa (from XIX century) and ask: Does this factory is a part of our heritage? Cultural roots? Others? How to manage this type of heritage? The author try to show tasks to local bureaucracy and sense to development
In the essay ‘… przez Wierzenicę będę jechał, a nigdy przez Wiedeń’ a new tourist track has been described. The track includes 12 antique wooden churches of Puszcza Zielonka (the Green Wilderness) in the Wielkopolska Province. The project has been funded by the Integrated Regional Operational Programme. The unquestionable pearl on the new track is the St. Nicolas Church in Wierzenica regarded as one of the oldest churches in the Wielkopolska region. There are a lot of valuable pieces of fine arts there donated by Cieszkowski Family. The Poznan Archdiocese’s Archives set the church as a good pattern to be followed for it keeps on renovating and redecorating its relics. Przemysław Kompf, the parish-priest of the church, is considered to be a really good organizer and an animator for social and cultural life in the area.
This project aims to record sounds of pipe organ music performed on instruments from Roman-Catholic churches, which lie on the Malopolska Wooden Architecture Route. This historical region is characterized by the five pipe organs chosen because of their artistic value, performance possibility and preferable stylistics. This work contains single stages of the completion of the project including: foreseen project managers, business partners, business plan and funding/ financing sources as well as foreseen sponsors. The album together with the book give an insight into pipe organs of wooden churches This is a high quality promotional reference about cultural, architectural and historical aspects of the Malopolska.
This work is dedicated to Maria Konopnicka’s manor-house in Żarnowiec, located in today Podkarpackie Province. The short article contais information of the owners of above mentioned estate from the beginning of its existance till the tenure of land by poetess’ daughter, Zofia Mickiewiczowa and turning it over to the Polish government. It was also described the Museum with its exposition, park and today activity.
The author describes an interesting history, architecture and management of the palace in the revival-gothic style in Jabłonowo Pomorskie. The benefactor of this palace was Stefan Narzymski and the architect August Fryderyk Stüler. The palace was built between 1854 and 1859. At the moment there is a convent located in this building.
The project „Develop a Knowledge and Understanding. Tourist Trail of the Lubomirski Family Nests” was carried out by the District Museum in Stalowa Wola in the frame of the Phare programme financed from the EU funds. The application was accepted in 2004 by the Carpathian Euroregion, which played the role of the institution managing and implementing the Small Project Fund. The project combined the necessity of a wider application of the cultural resources and the touristic attractiveness of the borderlands: Subcarpathian Voivodeship in Poland and Prešov Region in Slovakia around the historic buildings on both sides of the border which belonged to the Lubomirski family in the past.
The aim of the project was to strengthen the transborder cooperation between cultural institutions, universities, organizations and local authorities. The products of the project include: a map, brochure, CD, website, tourist trail informational leafl ets published in three languages: Polish, Slovak and English. Also educational packages serving the popularization of the project were drawn up for teachers of history, geography, biology and arts. The project was carried out from February until October 2004. The cost of the project was over EUR 21,000, of which 75% came from the EU funds.
The accidental discovery of old documents about the church of Saint Matthias in Andrychow by the new rector was the beginning of an avalanche of interesting events. Within a few years, the neglected cellars under the presbytery became one of the most attractive places for meetings regarding culture, art and history. Today, thanks to the cooperation with local communities, institutions and local authorities, it can be said that this discovery changed the whole centre of the town, in both material ways and spiritually.
The article describes a wayside crosses, sculptures and shrines as a places for alive worship. The cataloguing of this relics established a new touristic product – Wayside Prayer Route in Stryszów community. In 2007 this offer was extended – in selected places appeared stones with Jan Twardowski poetry.
Protection of historical monuments which are located in the country borough should be one of the duties the local government has. Tasks that the public administration are responsible for are determined by article 4 of the statute of the Protection of and Care for Historical Monuments from September 17th 2003.
Local communities should ensure that legal, financial and organisational provisions are in place to enable the constant preservation and maintenance of historical monuments. One of their responsibilities is to include protection and preservation of historical monuments while shaping the environment and implementing spatial development plans. This task is integral to the Community Protection Programme of Historical Monuments which every local government is obliged to have.
In January 2009 The Regional Department of Polish Heritage is Katowice performed a poll in local communities in Upper Silesia. The findings of this research illustrated how low the level of understanding of implementation of the satute there is
The article The Description of Selected Non-Governmental Organizations as Agents of the Market of Independent Culture presents results of a survey based on a series of interviews with managers of Cracow-based non-profi t organizations promoting independent culture.
It focuses on a three elements shared by aforementioned organizations. First – NGOs are fully operational agents of the market, which signifi cantly differ from companies, institutions and individual authors. Second – those differences result both from goals of various agents (the goal of a company is its own interest, of an institution – public interest and non-profit organization – the interest of culture) and their respective ways of functioning (concerning management and marketing).
Third – since NGOs take part in the market, they cannot completely separate themselves from an influence of commercial factors. The analysis of the results reveals a frequent conflict between material and artistic values.
Cultural Centre in Zator will be transformer in the Regional Cultural Centre of the Carp Valley. This institution will be given new, well-equipped building.
The following operation plan indicates the direction of development of the Regional Cultural Centre of the Carp Valley. For the purpose of this work the SWOT analysis was conducted. The plan includes the detailed characteristics of the current personnel and technical infrastructure. It also contains the current activities of Cultural Centre in Zator. The goals, tasks and the way of realising them were precisely defined when Cultural Centre was transformed into the institution of regional range.
Realisation of development plan of the Regional Cultural Centre of the Carp Valley might help in creating the image of identity of local society
The Ecyclopedia of Solidarity is a nation-wide scientific research concerning resistance movement in the People’s Republic of Poland. This project is undertaken by Katowice (Silesia)-based “Generation Society”, in cooperation with Institute of National Remembrance. Furthermore, this project is under the patronage of the President of the Republic of Poland, IPN and the Council to Preserve the Memory of Fighting and Martyrdom. This project have to chronologically and objectively describing the last 13 years of the People’s Republic of Poland. According to the initial assumptions of the project in 2010, it will be published a three-volumes encyclopedia describing the activities of the opposition between 1976 and 1989. The first volume will include 500 biographies of opposition activists. The second volume will include 2500 entries about the most important events, opposition structures and press titles from 1976 to 1989. The third volume will be a calendar of events for the same period as well as a suplement for the initial two volumes. In addition, the outcomes of the research will be published on an encyclopedia website and popularized by internet for free.
The objective of the publication was to provide an answer if there is a chance to establish Hinomaru association which will unite people who would like to work on development of polish manga and anime fans community.
The first part of the work is devoted to describe what manga and anime are. The author also points out what kind of activities can be performed by fans and briefly describes community of polish fans of manga and anime.
Second part of the publication is devoted to describe the mission of Hinomaru association and to perform SWOT analysis of the organization. The mission of the association is to enhance the interests of polish manga fans in Japanese culture and also to ensure that they will become more and more well-mannered. The SWOT analysis that was performed shows that establishing Hinomaru association has a sporting chance for success. The author points out that second analysis will be needed after the association is established to make sure the development of Hinomaru association occurs.
The theme of my work is project management as an innovatory and very popular in the last few years way of management in enterprises acceptable to adapt in cultural institution such as museum. Methodology of project management properly fitted for requirements and specifi city of such institutions, helps to improve realization of various projects carried out in museum. I point out that a museum becomes a project organization because the exhibitions or museum events are actions that are compound, unique and limited to the fixed timeframe and budget, realized in a specified team. I also describe project management implementation as a manner of improvement of organizational efficiency of the institution, which has become one of strategic goals of The Historical Museum of the City of Krakow for years 2006–2014. The problem of discernment between the function of project manager – responsible for organizational part of project and the curator – responsible for scientific and research part of the project is being brought up as a result of changing the way of project realization. Any kind of activity based on projects requires reorganizing the way of functioning of the organization, preparing appropriate documents and persuading the employees that this new way of working improves planning and realization of projects – preparation of the appropriate system of operation. I explain the manner of realization of project in The Historical Museum of the City of Krakow, which becomes the foundation of the procedure of planning and realization of temporary exhibitions and procedure of planning and realization of museum events based on the methodology of projects management.
International Song Festival „Carpathia Festival” allowed the creation of Rzeszów image as a buoyant city that guarantees good organization of prestigious events and high standard entertainment. The Festival takes place every year since 2005. Its main goal is to make Rzeszów the center of cooperation of talented youth from the whole Europe and beyond. Over last fi ve years, the Festival always promoted native artistic works, enabled appearance of not only world-famous artists, but also regional performers representing various art domains. It let several young, talented musicians begin their careers, and become an inspiration and opportunity to develop for many. „Carpathia Festival” favors tightening bonds with partner cities and promoting Rzeszów in Europe. Thanks to it Rzeszów is perceived by many as innovative city, activating international artistic circles, promoting young talents and organizing events at top level. Hopefully, the city attractiveness will rise along with popularity of the festival.
The article shows wide variety of strategies, helping to develop self-government cultural institutions. By realizing those strategies all the activities partaken will be balanced and will cause the development of culture itself as well as enrichment of the region what will even out the chances of both.
First part concerns thorough analysis of environment, resulting in creating the mission of each institution, peculiar operating area programme, for whom it exist and what are it’s goals.
Each vision (mission) resulted in comprehensive strategy which determinates direction of institution’s statutory actions and targets. The strategy contains four main assumptions:
– arousing and fulfi lling cultural needs of city and district inhabitants together – with promoting cultural activities
– attention to keeping and cultivating cultural heritage and district (regional) culture
– promoting city region through culture
– increasing inhabitants activity and their participation in the recreational events promoting healthy standards of living.
The second part concerns detailed description of operational goals and actions which helps to carry out individual’s targets. It also describes the process of introducing and monitoring the strategies themselves.
This work shows an assumption program of the Local Cultural Centre in Muszyna that has been carrying out since 1975 on the basis of its mission. Each chapter describes the artistic activities done by the Local Cultural Centre during 1975-2008, together with future plans related to the development of culture animation, all connected with future opening of the new local base.
The study presents peculiarity of different activities done by the Local Cultural Centre in town where all year long various cultural entertainments are provided not only for children and youth but for adults as well. This is done mainly for people who want to increase their interests and passion.
In this elaboration, my willingness was to set together information about the most important cultural organizations in Alwernia community. I presented their activities, finances, offer and co-operation with local residents.
This work is a result of close observation of the society which was based on social environment questionnaires and information received from the people who are employed in the cultural sector.
The aim of this work is to bring closer optimum resolution for culture creators, in this small town-country community Alwernia.
The work takes attempt of (test of) appearance of specifi city of commercial local radio, equal as element of system of social intercommunication as well as mediumistic enterprises. Problem of wonder of radio touch, the work also calls attention on most important legal aspects of broadcasting markets in Poland. Moreover it tries to indicate key reasons of revolts of local media, it indicates features next characterizing local radio station. Besides, functioning of local radio station presents as enterprise within practical and express on example of radio theoretical (on example of Radio Express FM).
This thesis provides critical analysis of Krakow Opera corps de ballet’s position as well as an attempt to present an alternative view of a new repertoire line that would reflect to a greater extent the role of dance. Corps de ballet of Krakow Opera and its repertoire have been treated in the context of Polish ballet groups acting alongside operas and contemporary dance groups such as Polish Dance Theatre from Poznań. It is worth mentioning that so-called dance theater has recently enjoyed an exceptional popularity in Europe that becomes increasingly influential in Polish art. Nevertheless, Krakow mainstream dance offer remains quite poor and inadequate to public expectation, especially when compared with a vigorous amateur and semi-professional movement. Krakow Opera could benefit from such a “gap” in the local cultural market as well as contribute, with its prestige, to popularization of contemporary dance in Poland.
Thus, one of the modification strategies for Krakow Opera could be an intensification of dance repertoire preceded by dissolution of the corps de ballet and international audition. It would aim at acquiring best dancers and creating a team able to perform both classic, modern and contemporary repertoire. Besides ballet fairy tales, the Opera audience should be given a chance to see achievements of polish choreographers, classic canon and spectacles reflecting current trends.
The author of the article writes about situation of the institutional and non-institutional theaters in Białystok. Besides having long tradition and groups of experienced specialists institutional theaters, there is more and more prosperous amateur theaters, alternative theaters, groups without their own halls, financial means and scene equipment. In the result of dissatisfaction actors pass on permanent engagement and create their own groups making their dreams come true. In the article it is also written about any achievements of the given groups and the ways of their evaluation. What is more, the author of the article analyses these theaters taking into consideration such factors as legal organizational structure and the rules for operating. The author shows the difficulties which can be faced by amateur theaters, searches for the roots of them and tries to find the possibility of evaluation such groups.
In the times of financial crisis theaters faced a difficult task of selling a product which is an art, getting the interest of customers and competition with the consumer lifestyle of the Poles. Advertising has therefore become one of the most important elements supporting the sale of cultural goods. The article presents the most commonly used in Polish theaters marketing tricks through the eyes of the viewer. Does the effective promotion of the theater ecame a manipulation? Yes. The essence of advertising is in fact in this phenomenon. Discounts, competitions and other promotions are effectively attracting audiences, satisfying their spiritual needs, while proving that the marketing tools are using not only by institutions not related to the cultural sector, but were also used in advertising cultural events.
The thesis describes the detailed operations during the realization and organization of „Festliwal Małych Form Teatralnych”/The Festival of Small Scenic Forms” which is organized by Bagatela Theatre. The initiator of this idea has been Izabela Kosowska. The thesis presents he process of creating the Festival, from the very fi rst idea to the fi nal steps. It covers all information that are crucial for arranging the event, the agreements’ descriptions and sequential stages of the Festival’s realization. It is the compendium of essential knowledge that can be used during realization of another artistic events.
New products are demanded for the cultural marketplace just as they are demanded for the economic marketplace. These new products are developed as a result of both a person’s creativity and the need for change. Innovation comes as a result of multidimensional changes of technological, social, economic, cultural, legal and organizational nature. These changes can be observed everywhere.
We say that a cultural development or cultural product is innovative if it meets new cultural needs, or if an existing product is used in a new way. A cultural product is a service that is offered for the market by a provider of cultural goods.
P. Drucker’s method of systematic innovation has been applied in this paper to systematize innovative cultural products that have recently appeared in cultural market place. It has been shown that cultural innovations determine the competitiveness of cultural organizations and need marketing support while entering the market. Various marketing instruments should be used to ensure the reception of innovative cultural products
The article presents description of 8th edition of Synaxis Baltica Summer Academy which
was organized in Potsdam and Berlin, in Germany. Firstly author present signifi cant aims of
Synaxis Baltica Summer Academy which were established in 2002. Then shortly describes
main topics of the 8th academy (community gardens and guerilla gardening) which were considered
during last Summer Academy. Persons interested in this article can also fi nd additional
information about lectures and experts linked with the academy and the topic. Finally author
presents main tasks and obligations of participants.
W dniach od 23 do 25 września 2009 roku, 20 lat po obaleniu w Polsce komunizmu, 5 lat po wstąpieniu naszego kraju do Unii Europejskiej, z inicjatywy Bogdana Zdrojewskiego, Ministra Kultury i Dziedzictwa Narodowego, odbył się w Krakowie Kongres Kultury Polskiej. Był to szósty kongres kultury w historii naszego kraju
Rynek kultury jest faktem zarówno społecznym, jak i ekonomicznym. Występuje na nim wymiana dóbr i usług, rządzi nim prawo popytu i podaży. Wszystkie te kategorie mają jednak swoje specyficzne odrębności, dlatego też rynek kultury jest rynkiem o szczególnym charakterze i cechach wyjątkowych. Występuje na nim wielość podmiotów zarówno po stronie podaży, jak i popytu, co wpływa na ich wzajemne relacje oraz różnorodność oferowanych produktów i usług.
Przygotowywane przez wiele lat zapisy ustawy o pożytku publicznym i o wolontariacie miały umocnić prawa obywateli, stworzyć podstawy do budowania prawdziwie demokratycznego, obywatelskiego społeczeństwa, poprzez nałożenie na samorządy obowiązku współpracy z lokalną społecznością. Ustawa miała stworzyć warunki do twórczego dialogu między organizacjami pozarządowymi a przedstawicielami władz lokalnych, dialogu oczekiwanego przez lokalne społeczności, niechętnie realizowanego przez samorządy, nawet w chwili, kiedy obowiązują już w pełni, mniej lub bardziej trafnie sformułowane, zapisy ustawy o pożytku publicznym i o wolontariacie. Wynika to – z jednej strony – z niezrozumienia podstawowej misji samorządu przez stojących na jego czele polityków, z drugiej – z niechęci do dzielenia się władzą, pozbywania się prawa do podejmowania autorytarnych decyzji.
Każde przedsiębiorstwo, rozpoczynając działalność gospodarczą, powinno rozpoczynać też długotrwały proces kształtowania właściwego wizerunku w świadomości klientów. Wizerunek przedsiębiorstwa jest bowiem istotnym elementem strategii firmy, określa wprost jego pozycję rynkową w oczach otoczenia. Jest on wypadkową subiektywnych ocen konsumentów, kontrahentów i konkurencji, która zależy m.in. od sytuacji w otoczeniu, od zmian zachodzących w gospodarce, od trendów i mody. Na wizerunek firmy składają się działania własne i konkurencji oraz czynniki niezależne, takie jak prawo, normy czy ogólne trendy. Celem stworzenia właściwego wizerunku jest uzyskanie przychylnej opinii wszystkich tych, na których zależy przedsiębiorstwu, poprzez upowszechnienie jego misji, filozofii i sposobów działania na rynku. Najważniejszym założeniem każdego przedsiębiorstwa powinno być zatem świadome istnienie na rynku. Można to osiągnąć poprzez permanentne kształtowanie tegoż wizerunku w szeroko pojmowanym otoczeniu, w którym kształtowanie właściwego obrazu wymaga nie tyle wysokich nakładów finansowych, ile głębokich przemyśleń na temat, jak firma ma być odbierana przez otoczenie.
Teatr, a w szczególności realizację spektaklu teatralnego, można niewątpliwie zdefiniować jako „grupę ludzi współpracujących ze sobą w sposób uporządkowany i skoordynowany dla osiągnięcia pewnego zestawu celów”. Ta najogólniejsza definicja organizacji, którą przedstawia Ricky Griffin, pozwala zastosować współczesną teorię zarządzania do opisu pewnych, istotnych, jak się okaże, problemów tego rodzaju aktywności. Giep Hagoort w swojej pracy poświęconej zarządzaniu organizacjami działającymi w sferze kultury przytacza dwie podstawowe definicje. Pierwsza pochodzi od Doede Keuninga i Dereka Jana Eppinka i wprowadza trzy podstawowe elementy: ludzi, łączącej ich współpracy, podjętej w realizacji określonego celu. Definicja druga, Alfreda Kiesera i Herberta Kubicka, wskazując na formalną strukturę umożliwiającą realizację celu, uzupełnia definicję pierwszą. Hagoort, łącząc te dwie propozycje, przedstawia syntetyczną, trzecią, ostateczną konstrukcję: „W odniesieniu do sektora kultury zdefiniowałbym wówczas organizację, jako: formalne związki, w ramach których ludzie pracują razem, by osiągnąć kulturalne cele”
Organizacje III sektora (zwane także organizacjami pozarządowymi) to zrzeszenia obywatelskie działające dobrowolnie i z własnej inicjatywy na rzecz wybranego interesu społecznego. Ich zbiorcza nazwa to określenie nawiązujące do podziału przestrzeni społeczno-gospodarczej współczesnych państw demokratycznych na trzy sektory. Według tej typologii, pierwszy z nich to administracja publiczna określana również jako sektor państwowy. Drugi sektor, nazywany też sektorem prywatnym albo komercyjnym, to sfera biznesu, czyli instytucje i organizacje działające w celu osiągnięcia ekonomicznego zysku. Trzeci sektor natomiast to ogół obywatelskich zrzeszeń działających społecznie i nie dla zysku, czyli organizacje pozarządowe. Są one często określane również jako organizacje non-profit, co podkreśla fakt, iż ich zasadniczym zadaniem nie jest osiąganie zysku. Funkcjonowanie organizacji pozarządowych opiera się na wartościach społecznych kreujących ideę działania dla dobra ogółu, a także umożliwiających integrację i aktywizację społeczeństwa oraz tworzenie wspólnoty
Zaledwie kilka lat temu na Scenie Sarego 7 nie można było zacząć punktualnie przedstawienia, należało poczekać na widzów, którzy próbują w przestrzeni kulturalnego miasta Krakowa odnaleźć drugą scenę „Bagateli”. Dzisiaj uśmiecham się, kiedy poznaję na widowni stałych bywalców. Przez ten krótki okres scena, a właściwie 2 przestrzenie sceniczne różne w charakterze i kompozycji wraz z otoczeniem sceny rozwijały się, pozwalając na realizację coraz bogatszych wizji artystycznych.
Kiedy w 2004 roku, z okazji akcesji Polski do Unii Europejskiej, dyrektor Muzeum Narodowego w Krakowie Zofia Gołubiew zaproponowała, by wzorem miast europejskich zorganizować w Krakowie Noc Muzeów, propozycja została ciepło przyjęta przez Urząd Miasta. Wyznaczono datę, zaproszono krakowskie muzea do uczestnictwa, które również chętnie zgłosiły swój udział, i tak się zaczęło. Pierwsza Noc Muzeów, przeprowadzona pod hasłem „Tajemnice Europy”, zaskoczyła chyba wszystkich. Frekwencja przerosła wszelkie oczekiwania – nikt nie spodziewał się aż takiego zainteresowania.
Od kilku lat, w związku z pojawieniem się możliwości zastosowania cyfrowej projekcji w kinach, prowadzona jest dyskusja na temat cyfryzacji kin. Ze względu na wysokie koszty inwestycji gruntownie analizowane są korzyści wynikające ze zmiany kinotechnicznej oraz opracowywane modele finansowania
Podstawą działalności społeczno-kulturalnej jest dzisiaj praca oparta na projekcie. Zarówno instytucje państwowe, samorządowe, jak i sektor non profit (fundacje i stowarzyszenia), chcąc otrzymać środki finansowe na swoją działalność, zobowiązane są do przedstawienia pomysłu w formie projektu. Ze względu na te formalne wymogi coraz powszechniej rozumienie tego pojęcia zawęża się do wniosku – formalnego zapisu działań. A przecież słowo „projekt” ma szerszy zakres. Jego zakorzenienie w kulturze wskazuje na rozleglejsze pole odniesień. Już chociażby lektura dzienników, notatników czy wspomnień pozostawionych nam przez artystów i intelektualistów dowodzi powszechności jego stosowania wśród ludzi kultury.
Aby nie zatracić sensu i znaczenia tego słowa, warto odwołać się do doświadczeń tych, którzy odnieśli sukces na rynku kultury. Tak też przyjrzenie się „Zeszytom Literackim” pozwoli określić cechy przedsięwzięcia społeczno-kulturalnego pretendującego do miana szeroko rozumianego projektu. Analiza etapów realizacji tej inicjatywy wydawniczej może być próbą wskazania zasad tworzenia projektu.
Prezentowany artykuł przedstawia kolejną grupę osób bezpośrednio związanych z muzyką, utrzymującą się (w swej olbrzymiej większości) z praktykowania swych niecodziennych umiejętności: osoby związane z działalnością usługową na rzecz muzyków. Te osoby na kulturalnej mapie miasta Krakowa odgrywają niezwykle ważą rolę. To wysoko wykwalifikowana grupa specjalistów. Choć przez niektórych mało ceniona, jest niezbędna do prawidłowego funkcjonowania życia muzycznego w mieście. Są to ludzie świadczący wielorakie usługi wobec muzyków-praktyków, a pośrednio służą nam – słuchaczom. Przedstawiane w tekście dane obrazują stan na kwiecień 2008 roku.
Artykuł ten jest próbą przedstawienia działalności sieci placówek, instytucji i organizacji zajmujących się współpracą polsko-niemiecką w dziedzinie kultury w Polsce i w Niemczech. Zawiera omówienie najważniejszych podstaw prawnych oraz przybliża modele funkcjonowania i misje organizacji państwowych, placówek dyplomatycznych, fundacji, miast partnerskich, towarzystw, współpracę młodzieży, działalność mediów na tym polu oraz najważniejsze wydarzenia kulturalne ostatnich lat.
„Jaka jest struktura infrastruktury informacyjnej w dziedzinie polityki kulturalnej? Jak prowadzi się rozmaite działania badawcze, takie jak gromadzenie i analiza danych (…), opracowywanie informacji, dokumentacja, katalogowanie i archiwizowanie, rozpowszechnianie i komunikacja?”. Książka J. Marka Schustera powstała jako raport z badań przeprowadzonych w 2000 roku przez autora na zlecenie The Pew Charitable Trust. Miały one na celu analizę istniejących systemów, modeli informacyjnych o kulturze i próbę wskazania, czy któryś z nich mógłby być adaptowany (w części lub całości) na rynku amerykańskim
W obecnej chwili funkcjonuje wiele programów oświatowych, które zakresem swej działalności przekraczają granicę państw. W swym założeniu mają one stanowić formę uzupełnienia systemu edukacyjnego w danym kraju. Poprzez proces planowania i organizowania dążą również do inicjowania długookresowej wymiany kulturowej. Jednakże znaczna część z nich z powodu braku charakterystycznej misji, która stanowiłaby silę napędową dla podejmowanych działań, nieodpowiednią organizację oraz niedostateczne zaangażowanie ze strony organizatorów nie odgrywa optymalnie swej roli. Przedsięwzięciem, które służyć może za pozytywny przykład dla tych programów, jest projekt Letniej Akademii – Synaxis Baltica1, który w sposób szczególny i efektywny realizuje swą misję.
Synaxis Baltica to istniejąca od 2001 roku sieć menedżerów kultury z krajów bałtyckich, którzy działają lub zamierzają działać na polu zarządzania kulturą. Uczestniczy w niej 11 uniwersytetów i partnerskich instytucji z Danii, Estonii, Finlandii, Niemiec, Litwy, Łotwy, Norwegii, Rosji, Szwecji i Polski. W roku 2008 w Summer Academy uczestniczyły Aleksandra Junga i Anna Sąkol, studentki zarządzania kulturą w ISP UJ
W dniu 20 czerwca 2008 roku w Poznaniu odbyło się Forum Akademickich Ośrodków Kształcenia Animatorów i Menedżerów Kultury. Organizatorem konferencji tym razem była Wyższa Szkoła Umiejętności Społecznych w Poznaniu.
Cykl spotkań przedstawicieli ośrodków kształcących animatorów i menedżerów kultury został zainicjowany przez Zakład Pedagogiki Kultury UMCS kierowany przez prof. dr. hab. Dariusza Kubinowskiego1. W dniach 4–6 czerwca 2007 roku w Kazimierzu Dolnym podczas inauguracyjnego spotkania roboczego odbyła się debata na temat kształcenia animatorów i menedżerów kultury w ramach specjalizacji na studiach I i II stopnia. Obecni byli przedstawiciele z 10 ośrodków z całej Polski.
Zgodnie z Zarządzeniem nr 2 Rektora Uniwersytetu Jagiellońskiego z 4 stycznia 2008 roku w sprawie zmian w strukturze organizacyjnej Wydziału Zarządzania i Komunikacji Społecznej UJ utworzono jako samodzielną jednostkę Wydziału Zespół Katedr Nauk o Kulturze. W skład Zespołu Katedr weszły: katedra Kultury Współczesnej, Katedra Teorii Edukacji i Kultury oraz Katedra Zarządzania Kulturą. Koordynatorem Zespołu Katedr został prof. dr hab. Emil Orzechowski.
Modele zarządzania teatrem na przykładzie występów gościnnych Teatru Łódzkiego w Petersburgu
Dyrektor teatru musiał być więc bardzo wszechstronnym człowiekiem. Nie tylko znajomość literatury dramatycznej, tajników aktorstwa czy sekretów reżyserii decydowały o powodzeniu przedsięwzięcia. Dobry dyrektor powinien być sprawnym przedsiębiorcą, taktownym mediatorem, zdecydowanym i energicznym człowiekiem. Dyrektor teatru końca XIX wieku był odpowiedzialny za angaż aktorów, politykę repertuarową i obsadową, wynajęcie i utrzymanie budynku, promowanie swojego teatru, współpracę z radą miasta, urzędami cenzuralnymi, zarządzanie finansami teatru. Dwuosobowy model zarządzania (dyrektor administracyjny i artystyczny) był już wówczas znany, chociaż w zespołach prowincjonalnych i wędrownych nadal jeszcze rzadko spotykany.
Niniejszy artykuł jest wynikiem ustaleń rzeczywistego stanu Związku Artystów Scen Polskich (ZASP) w zakresie strategicznym w obszarze Organizacji Zbiorowego Zarządzania (OZZ). Zamysłem autorki było pokazanie formalnych i rzeczywistych uregulowań, które w faktyczny sposób określają ramy działalności ZASP, definiując ją jako OZZ.
Kształtowanie pozytywnych zachowań współczesnego człowieka to z pewnością jedno z zadań, jakiego można oczekiwać od ekspresji twórczej, wyrażanej sztuką teatralną – bodaj najstarszym ludycznym sposobem społecznej komunikacji międzyludzkiej, poddawanej artystycznej transformacji. Dzisiejsze techniki medialne, wykorzystujące najnowsze zdobycze nauki i techniki, czynią wszystko, by najdoskonalsze technologie „wyręczały” te bezpośrednie interakcje międzyludzkie. Telewizja, kino domowe, programy satelitarne czy Internet stają się wirtualnymi substytutami takich autentycznych relacji, uznawanych w przeszłości za najważniejszy cywilizacyjny mechanizm komunikacji międzyludzkiej.
Osobliwym reliktem takich więzi pozostaje po dziś dzień teatr dramatyczny, posługujący się konwencją zbudowaną nie z obrazu, lecz z rzeczywistych przedmiotów i istot – ciała i głosów aktorów. Można zatem antycypować z wielką dozą prawdopodobieństwa fakt, iż cywilizacja zdominowana przez wciąż doskonalszą technologię i technikę cyfrowego zapisu obrazu coraz bardziej będzie doceniać właśnie takie prymarne kontakty międzyludzkie, mające miejsce podczas widowisk teatralnych.
Instytucja, będąca przedmiotem niniejszego opracowania, powstała w 1868 roku z inicjatywy dr. Adriana Baranieckiego w celu podniesienia rodzimego rzemiosła na wysoki poziom i położenie podwalin pod dalszy rozwój przemysłu i techniki. Początkowo nosiła ona nazwę Miejskie Muzeum Techniczno-Przemysłowe w Krakowie, następnie – od 1920 roku – Miejskie Muzeum Przemysłowe im. dr. Adriana Baranieckiego w Krakowie, a od roku 1934 – Muzeum Przemysłu Artystycznego w Krakowie.
Muzeum Nikifora w Krynicy jest poświęcone jednemu z najsłynniejszych w dziejach światowej sztuki malarzowi naiwnemu, który przez całe swoje życie był związany w szczególny sposób z tym uzdrowiskiem. Nikifor był Łemkiem, urodził się najprawdopodobniej w 1895 roku w Krynicy Wsi lub w jednej z podkrynickich wiosek łemkowskich, zmarł w roku 1968 w sanatorium w Foluszu
W niniejszym artykule pragnę się zająć kwestią tożsamości instytucji, zastanowić się nad tym, co znaczy być „domem dla kultury”, czy zasadne jest myślenie o instytucji prowadzącej działalność kulturalną jako o podmiocie kultywującym wartości związane z ideą „domowości”.
Nowa sytuacja ustrojowa, jaka nastała po 1989 roku, zmieniła ramy strukturalne i sposób funkcjonowania podmiotów prowadzących działalność kulturalną. Nowe czasy przejawiły się m.in. w nazewnictwie: dawne domy kultury przemianowano na centra kultury, ośrodki animacji. Warto się zastanowić, czy słusznie zanegowano koncepcję „domu dla kultury”, uznając ją za wymysł i symbol minionego półwiecza, z pominięciem tych odniesień, które wiążą się z domem społecznym – ukształtowanym w okresie dwudziestolecia międzywojennego modelem placówki kulturalnej.
Jest wiele definicji marketingu i chyba nie trzeba o tym wspominać. Podobnie jak nie trzeba mówić o tym, że zastosowanie marketingu w kulturze jest krytykowane w wielu środowiskach. Krytyka ta dotyczy przede wszystkim uprzedmiotowienia kultury, utowarowienia jej (tj. traktowania jak towar na półce w supermarkecie), obniżania poziomu dostosowanego do przeciętnego odbiorcy. Przede wszystkim jednak krytyka ta (zdaniem autorki – nieco wyolbrzymiona) jest skoncentrowana na chęci osiągania pewnego zysku, a nade wszystko dotyczy nieudolności – czy może bardziej nieadekwatności – stosowania marketingowego aparatu pojęciowego do tak delikatnej materii, jaką jest kultura. Jednakże trudno jest dla pojęć zbadanych, wielokrotnie omawianych w literaturze oraz stosowanych w środowiskach zajmujących się marketingiem poszukiwać zupełnie nowych konstrukcji słowotwórczych, wyłącznie dla takich – wydawałoby się niebliskich marketingowi – dziedzin, jak edukacja czy kultura. Problem nie dotyczy więc samej formy, ale treści tych słów oraz ich interpretacji
„Fabryka Trzciny” to prywatny ośrodek artystyczny w Warszawie. Powstała we wrześniu 2003 roku i niemal od razu wpisała się w krąg najpopularniejszych i najchętniej odwiedzanych instytucji kultury. Jest to kompleks artystyczno-edukacyjny, mieszczący się w starej odremontowanej fabryce, przy ulicy Otwockiej 14, w dzielnicy Praga-Północ. Sam budynek pochodzi z 1916 roku i jak się okazuje jest on jednym z najstarszych obiektów industrialnych prawobrzeżnej Warszawy. Wcześniej znajdowała się tam wytwórnia marmolady, potem przetwórnia konserw, a w końcu siedziba Zakładów Polskiego Przemysłu Gumowego.
W niniejszym tekście szczególnie pragnę podkreślić znaczącą rolę organizacji zarządzających kulturą, usytuowanych na szczeblu decyzyjnym lokalnego samorządu oraz administracji miasta. Obie instytucje: Małopolski Urząd Marszałkowski – z ramienia rządu, oraz samorządowy Wydział Kultury Miasta Krakowa mają do spełnienia szczególne zadania. W znacznej mierze ich działalność pokrywa się i/lub uzupełnia. Życie muzyczne – szczególnie pewne jego aspekty – bez nich byłoby niemożliwe.
Upowszechnienie Internetu doprowadziło do zmian w zakresie dostępu i korzystania z informacji. To stosunkowo nowe medium uległo znaczącej popularyzacji w Polsce pod koniec ubiegłego wieku. W roku 2006 liczba internautów w Polsce powyżej 15. roku życia kształtowała się na poziomie 11,5 mln, co w porównaniu z rokiem poprzednim oznacza wzrost aż o 3,1 mln użytkowników2. Szybko też Internet stał się przedmiotem publicznej dyskusji o jego roli społeczno-kulturowej. Jego udział w życiu polskiego (i nie tylko polskiego) społeczeństwa jest znaczący i tym samym nie można go lekceważyć. Przedmiotem niniejszego artykułu są problemy i konsekwencje wynikające z nowego sposobu dostępu do kultury, który nastąpił wraz z pojawieniem się Internetu. W tym aspekcie najbardziej interesujący wydaje się utwór filmowy, który jako produkt audiowizualny zwłaszcza wpisuje się w estetykę nowego medium i w szczególny sposób jest przez nie udostępniany.
Kultura tradycyjna a kultura współczesna
Pojęcie kultury bywa definiowane na wiele różnych sposobów. Rozmiar zagadnienia sprawia, iż poszczególne charakterystyki zwykle skupiają się tylko na wybranych jej aspektach. „Cokolwiek jednak byśmy nie myśleli na ten temat, jakkolwiek byśmy ją definiowali, kultura jest zawsze formą stosunku człowieka do samego siebie, do ludzi i do świata; jest poszukiwaniem formy” – pisze Janusz St. Pasierb. Kwestią wspólną wszystkim definicjom pozostaje fakt bezpośredniego oddziaływania tworów kultury na ludzkie życie.
Unikając tworzenia kolejnej definicji, istotne dla dalszych rozważań jest poczynienie pewnego rozróżnienia. Należy oddzielić, podążając za Pasierbem, pojęcia kultury współczesnej i kultury tradycyjnej. Jednocześnie przez termin „kultura” będę rozumieć wszelką duchową aktywność zarówno w sferze myśli, jak i wytworów materialnych
Ross A. Webber stwierdzał, że „twórczość będziemy określać jako generowanie pomysłu”, który może zaowocować powstaniem innowacji, np. wytworzenia nowego wyrobu, usługi, procesu, struktury czy metody; Yoneji Masuda, odpowiedzialny za japońską rewolucję komputerową, pisał zaś, iż „czas wolny zastąpi akumulację materialną jako wartość krytyczną i nadrzędny cel społeczny”. W swej książce konstatuje, iż „rewolucja informatyczna będzie się przyczyniać do powstawania większej ilości czasu wolnego, dzięki czemu ludzie będą mogli swobodnie i dobrowolnie decydować o swojej przyszłości”. Uważa on, że przejście od wartości materialnej do wartości czasu wolnego jest punktem zwrotnym w ewolucji naszego gatunku. Formy spędzania czasu wolnego będą się zmieniać na korzyść rozrywki i turystyki kulturalnej, dlatego też wzrasta znaczenie tzw. przemysłów czasu wolnego i przemysłów kultury (co daje szanse na wzrost zatrudnienia w tych sektorach). Internet spełni tu kluczową rolę, jako platforma najszybszej informacji umożliwiającej wybór oferty, dostępnej przy użyciu bezprzewodowych urządzeń przenośnych, pozwalających cieszyć się wolnością przestrzeni, czasu i wyboru.
Koszyce w powiecie proszowskim to niewielka, pięknie położona nad Wisłą miejscowość gminna, która ma ciekawą i długą historię. Ślady osadnictwa na tym terenie pochodzą sprzed kilku tysięcy lat – badania archeologiczne potwierdzają na terenie miasta i gminy Koszyce stanowiska z okresu kultury łużyckiej (ok. 1800 p.n.e.) oraz kultury trzcienieckiej (1800–1300 p.n.e.). W czasach nowej ery osada znajdowała się w granicach państwa Wiślan, a od 990 roku została przyłączona do państwa Polan. Osada, znajdująca się na skrzyżowaniu szlaków handlowych, będąca również ważnym ośrodkiem rzemieślniczym, z żyznym zapleczem rolniczym oraz dobrą komunikacją lądową i wodną, rozwijała się bardzo dobrze, czego ukoronowaniem było nadanie jej przez Elżbietę Łokietkównę praw miejskich według prawa magdeburskiego. Zmienne były dzieje miejscowości i gminy przez kolejne stulecia. Nie jest celem niniejszego tekstu ich dokładne przedstawienie. Należy jednakże wspomnieć o utracie w 1869 roku praw miejskich; do dziś podkreśla się, że stało się to z powodu udziału w powstaniu styczniowym. Od XV wieku rozwijało się koszyckie szkolnictwo, odnotowywano tu studentów Akademii Krakowskiej, później zaś, w wieku XVII – działalność „Bractwa Literackiego”, czyli grupy osób umiejących czytać. W wyniku potopu szwedzkiego szkoła przestała funkcjonować, lecz w końcu XIX wieku szkolnictwo stopniowo zaczęło się odradzać i w okresie międzywojennym notuje się dalszy jego rozwój oraz powołanie Towarzystwa Oświatowego im. Henryka Sienkiewicza. Po wojnie szkoła nadal się rozbudowywała; obecnie jest to zespół szkół (podstawowa i gimnazjum) imienia Stanisława Wyspiańskiego, w 2004 roku zainaugurowało swą działalność Centrum Oświatowe.
Przypisywanie pojedynczym osobom istotnego wpływu na bieg zdarzeń jest częstym nadużyciem badaczy, zwłaszcza historyków. Takie postaci są często mitologizowane, przydaje się im moce i zdolności nadludzkie. Czy to jednak znaczy, że takich ludzi nie ma? Oczywiście, że są. Jest ich jednak bardzo niewielu, a ich dzieło bywa docenione po śmierci. Na ogół. Wielu ginie w pomroce dziejów i nikt nie pamięta ich dzieła i zasług.
Zabytki, które ocalił od zagłady profesor Stanisław Nicieja, przetrwają kolejne wieki, choć były skazane na zagładę. Paradoksalnie, profesor ratujący zabytki był oskarżany o ich niszczenie. Oskarżany nie tylko medialnie czy wirtualnie, ale przy użyciu odpowiednich paragrafów i z całym sztafażem prawnym, z prokuraturą włącznie.
Przed niniejszym artykułem postawiono kilka celów, które zamierzono zrealizować w jego toku. Pierwszym z nich jest nie tylko pochwała troski o nasze dziedzictwo, ale także wskazanie złych unormowań prawnych, które dobrodzieja ratującego zabytki pozwalają nazwać złoczyńcą. Drugim – wskazanie mechanizmów zarządczych, których używał profesor, a zarazem rektor uczelni, by w swym menedżerskim działaniu odnieść sukces.
Niewiele zabytków związanych z dawnym ziemiaństwem zachowało się w pejzażu polskiego dziedzictwa kulturowego. Jest to rezultat bezwzględnej polityki prowadzonej w Polsce po roku 1944. Dla tysięcy dworów i pałaców żadna inna epoka – od zaborów począwszy, a skończywszy na dwóch wojnach światowych – nie okazała się tak okrutna. Pod rządami komunistów, którzy po 1944 roku rozpoczęli wdrażanie „planu przebudowy stosunków społecznych” na modłę i pod kontrolą sowiecką, nie było po prostu miejsca dla tych – jak głosili piewcy nowego porządku – gniazd społecznego ucisku. Jak skutecznie rozprawiano się z „obszarniczym dziedzictwem”, najlepiej dowodzi fakt, że w prowizorycznym spisie wykonanym w 1945 roku przez Ministerstwo Rolnictwa znalazło się około 20 000 pałaców i dworów, w inwentarzach zabytków z końca lat dziewięćdziesiątych XX wieku zaś odnotowano niespełna 3000 tego typu obiektów (z czego ponad 2000 znajdowało się w stanie ruiny). Wraz z budowlami bezpowrotnie przepadało również ich wyposażenie: księgozbiory, archiwa, zbiory sztuki, rękodzieła, kolekcje broni, meble. Wszystko to było grabione, szabrowane, niekiedy zaś trafiało po prostu do pieca. To, co pozostało, oddawano pod iluzoryczną opiekę państwa – „Przedmioty gromadzone w składnicach muzealnych były (...) rozdysponowywane przypadkowo i – jak wynika z nielicznych zachowanych protokołów – określane jedynie ilościowo: »dwa wagony mebli i sprzętów – do rozdysponowania w obiektach administracji i gospodarki«”
W dniach 4–6 czerwca 2007 roku odbyło się w Kazimierzu inauguracyjne spotkanie Forum Akademickich Ośrodków Kształcenia Animatorów i Menedżerów Kultury. Organizatorem konferencji był Zakład Pedagogiki Kultury UMCS. Obradowano – dzięki uprzejmości burmistrza miasta Kazimierza – w siedzibie kazimierskiego Domu Kultury.
Najnowsza książka dr. hab. Piotra Glińskiego, profesora Uniwersytetu w Białymstoku, powstała w wyniku projektu badawczego Style działań organizacji pozarządowych w Polsce. Grupy interesu czy pożytku publicznego? Przedsięwzięcie, którym kierował autor, było realizowane od maja 2003 do listopada 2005 roku w Instytucie Filozofii i Socjologii PAN.
W roku akademickim 2005/2006 przypadł mi w udziale zaszczyt (i trudny obowiązek) prowadzenia w Instytucie Spraw Publicznych UJ seminarium magisterskiego. Początek moich spotkań z grupą – jak to zapewne zwykle bywa – był poświęcony wzajemnemu poznawaniu się. Ja chciałam się zorientować, jacy są studenci, którzy zapisali się na moje seminarium. Oni zaś zapisali się jedynie na podstawie podanego tematu (Muzealnictwo. Kultura organizacyjna) i zapewne również chcieli się przekonać, z kim mają do czynienia. W czasie tych wstępnych rozmów zorientowałam się, że będę miała przyjemność pracować z inteligentnymi młodymi ludźmi, którzy są chętni do pracy oraz pełni zapału i przekonania o tym, że praca „w kulturze” jest ważna. Oni z kolei wyrazili pewien niedosyt wiedzy związanej z dziedziną podaną w temacie seminarium – z muzealnictwem i wystawiennictwem. Chodziło im zarówno o wiedzę teoretyczną, jak i praktyczną. W końcu – od słowa do słowa – zgodziliśmy się, że chcemy podjąć się wspólnie zadania zorganizowania wystawy. Ja sama, mając doświadczenia w organizacji wystaw (przede wszystkim muzealnych), mogłam się nimi podzielić (Knowledge is for sharing) i mogłam w tej dziedzinie stać się swego rodzaju przewodnikiem i wsparciem dla młodych adeptów zarządzania kulturą
Często w życiu bywa tak, że z luźno rzuconej propozycji, wydawałoby się rzuconej ot tak sobie, rodzi się poważna sprawa. Jest zima, rok 2006, grupa dziesięciorga studentów IV roku zarządzania kulturą spotyka się na cotygodniowym seminarium magisterskim. Godzina i trzydzieści minut rozmowy na tematy dotyczące zagadnień związanych z pracami dyplomowymi, do czego będą się odnosić i jaka treść będzie się na nie składać. Omawianie, dyskutowanie, rozważanie, proponowanie i jeszcze raz omawianie... burza mózgów.
Od 31 maja do 2 czerwca 2007 roku w Göteborgu odbyło się 15. jubileuszowe Zgromadzenie Generalne ENCATC (European Network of Cultural Administration Training Centre), Sieci, której Uniwersytet Jagielloński jest członkiem niemal od samego początku jej istnienia. Zrzesza ona ponad 130 członków, w tym 4 instytucje z Polski. Oprócz UJ pełnymi członkami są również Międzynarodowe Centrum Kultury z Krakowa oraz Narodowe Centrum Kultury z Warszawy. Członkiem stowarzyszonym jest natomiast Dolnośląska Wyższa Szkoła Służb Publicznych „Asesor” z Wrocławia.
Od roku akademickiego 1996/1997 są prowadzone studia licencjackie, kierunek: zarządzanie i marketing, specjalność: zarządzanie kulturą, a od roku 1999/2000 zostały uruchomione 2-letnie uzupełniające studia magisterskie. W roku akademickim 2006/2007 zarządzanie kulturą studiowało na studiach stacjonarnych magisterskich 174 osoby, na studiach niestacjonarnych magisterskich – 52 osoby, na studiach II stopnia stacjonarnych – 21 osób, na studiach II stopnia niestacjonarnych – 12 osób
W niniejszym artykule chcę zwrócić uwagę na kondycję instytucji kultury, wskazać możliwą do zastosowania metodę oceny, wpływającą na efektywność funkcjonowania podmiotów realizujących zadania ze sfery kultury. Zaprezentowane wnioski zostały sformułowane na podstawie dokonanego przeze mnie porównania instytucji państwowych i samorządowych z instytucjami non profit.
Tekst poniższy jest propozycją stworzenia deklaracji misji Muzeum Etnograficznego im. Seweryna Udzieli w Krakowie. Sformułowania misji dokonano w oparciu o tzw. model Ashridge. Został on stworzony przez badaczy z Ashridge Strategic Management Centre i opublikowany w roku 19903. Zawiera cztery składniki – cel, strategię, wartości i standardy zachowania – których wyznaczenie pozwala na jasne i precyzyjne określenie tego, jaki jest sens istnienia organizacji, którą rozpatrujemy, i jej miejsce w świecie. Wyznaczenie i zdefiniowanie czterech parametrów jest pierwszym krokiem, następnym zaś powinna być refleksja nad wzajemnym uzupełnianiem się tych składników oraz sformułowanie całości w postaci jednego zdania (niekiedy mylonego ze sloganami reklamowymi) lub krótkiego akapitu. Deklaracja misji powinna być, z jednej strony, czynnikiem odróżniającym daną organizację od innych w branży, z drugiej zaś – wskazywać na jej specyfikę. Pamiętać należy o pewnej dozie ogólności, niemylonej z ogólnikowością, a równocześnie o precyzyjnym wyznaczeniu granic określających przestrzeń, którą firma pragnie zagospodarować – przestrzeń w znaczeniu społecznym, kulturowym, ekonomicznym, ale także terytorialnym. W określaniu deklaracji misji należy wprowadzić pewne rozróżnienie w przypadku nowo powstającej firmy oraz dokonywania redefinicji misji organizacji funkcjonującej na rynku.
W ostatnich latach (2004–2006) organizowano w Krakowie Noc Muzeów, Muzeobranie oraz Dzień Otwartych Drzwi Muzeów Krakowskich, które to wydarzenia pokazały, że muzea wcale nie muszą być ani „śmiertelnie nudne”, ani postrzegane jako „cmentarzysko sztuki”. Muzeobranie, oferując wiele atrakcji, jednego dnia przyciągnęło do kilkunastu muzeów tysiące zwiedzających. Jednak nie tylko ze względu na sukces mierzony frekwencją, ale i swoją wartość oraz wyjątkowość projekt ten zasługuje na uwagę. Ponadto już Muzeobranie z 2004 roku stało się wydarzeniem, które może obrazować aktualne tendencje w działalności polskich instytucji kultury
U schyłku lat osiemdziesiątych XX wieku, po obaleniu systemu komunistycznego, w celu decentralizacji władzy w Polsce zaplanowano szereg reform ustroju administracyjnego państwa, z których najważniejszą stało się utworzenie w 1990 roku samorządów gminnych. Kolejnym etapem reformy miało być wprowadzenie drugiego, obok gmin, szczebla samorządu lokalnego – powiatów (tzw. reforma powiatowa). Powiaty jako jednostki administracyjne mają w naszym kraju wielowiekową tradycję. Ich przywrócenie wydawało się logiczną konsekwencją utworzenia samorządowych gmin. Jednak sytuacja polityczna w ówczesnej Polsce nie była stabilna. Zmieniały się rządy i zmieniał się stosunek rządzących3 do zaplanowanych reform. Podstawowym ich skutkiem miała być przecież decentralizacja władzy, a więc przekazanie części kompetencji i uprawnień, pozostających dotychczas w gestii administracji rządowej, samorządom niższego szczebla. Tymczasem, niezależnie od wcześniejszych deklaracji, przejmując władzę, mało kto chciał myśleć o dzieleniu się nią.
Małopolska jest regionem szczególnie bogatym w zabytki architektury drewnianej. Wśród nich najcenniejsza jest grupa katolickich kościołów zrębowych wzniesionych pomiędzy XV a XVIII wiekiem. Te unikatowe obiekty są dla wielu historyków architektury naszego kraju kwintesencją narodowego budownictwa. „Obszar ich występowania był i jest historycznie uwarunkowany i ograniczony: od wschodu barierą zasięgu obrządku wschodniego, od zachodu wyraźną granicą przewagi budownictwa o konstrukcji szachulcowej. Również na południu, za karpacką granicą państwa, są one już tylko zjawiskiem sporadycznym. Najwybitniejsze z nich, najlepiej zachowane, otoczone troskliwą opieką konserwatorską, zostały wybrane – jako jednorodne i niemające analogii w skali światowej – na Listę Światowego Dziedzictwa Kultury UNESCO”. Jak wielkie jest to wyróżnienie, widać dopiero po przejrzeniu owej listy. Na całym globie znalazło się bowiem zaledwie kilkaset miejsc, które uznano za szczególnej wagi dla rozwoju światowego dziedzictwa kulturowego i naturalnego. W Polsce wybrano takich miejsc kilkanaście, a w roku 2003 dopisano do nich wspomnianą wyżej grupę małopolskich kościołów drewnianych (Binarowa, Blizne, Dębno, Haczów, Lipnica Murowana, Sękowa).
Trwająca od pewnego czasu w kręgach akademickich dyskusja o potrzebach edukacyjnych menedżerów kultury skłania do refleksji nade wszystko nad tym, kim powinien być absolwent kursów i studiów zarządzania kulturą. Tymczasem, co nal eży podkreślić, w polskim piśmiennictwie brakuje jednoznacznej definicji i określenia sylwetki menedżera kultury. Brak tego typu informacji również na stronie Ministerstwa Pracy, gdzie taki zawód nie został w ogóle uwzględniony. Poniższy tekst z założenia stać się ma głosem w toczącej się dyskusji i próbą naszkicowania najważniejszych wątków w rozumieniu zawodu menedżera kultury nie tylko jako pewnego rodzaju profesjonalnych umiejętności, ale także – a może przede wszystkim – jako posłannictwa. Można więc powiedzieć, że zawód menedżera kultury należy traktować jako swego rodzaju zawód z misją, a następujący tekst, bez ambicji wyczerpania tematu, będzie próbą oświetlenia charakteru tej misji.
Zarządzanie twórcze jest nową dziedziną wiedzy w dziale nauk o zarządzaniu. Jako przedmiot nauczania wprowadzone zostało przez Tudora Rickardsa w roku 1984 w Manchester Business School i szybko znalazło uznanie w innych szkołach biznesu. Warto na marginesie dodać, iż w tym samym czasie naukę o twórczości propagował w środowisku inżynierskim doc. dr Tomasz Kocowski z Instytutu Psychologii UJ. Miałem przyjemność uczestniczyć w dwóch zorganizowanych w Sudetach znakomitych warsztatach twórczego myślenia, w których uczestniczyli przede wszystkim naukowcy, inżynierowie, projektanci i wynalazcy, psychologowie zaś pomagali im w osiągnięciu twórczego podejścia i generowaniu twórczych rozwiązań w ich dziedzinach działalności. W Polsce nie było jeszcze w tym czasie wielkiego prywatnego biznesu, menedżeryzm zaś robił dopiero pierwsze, z konieczności niezbyt udane kroki w anachronicznym i nieefektywnym sektorze państwowym. Siłą rzeczy akcentowano więc przede wszystkim tę sferę twórczości, którą można nazwać twórczością technologiczną, a która zawsze odgrywała i nadal odgrywa w świecie współczesnego biznesu ogromną rolę. Zasady twórczego zarządzania mogą i powinny być także zastosowane i rozwinięte w innych dziedzinach zarządzania – również w dziedzinie zarządzania w kulturze.
Marketing – kategoria, która zyskała sobie w ostatnich czasach miano jednej z najbardziej popularnych dróg do sukcesu rynkowego w różnych dziedzinach aktywności w naszym kraju – staje się również coraz bardziej dostrzegany i ceniony na polu działalności kulturalnej. Podmioty kultury (instytucje, placówki, stowarzyszenia, organizacje, fundacje, zespoły artystyczne itp.) nabywają przekonania, że – mówiąc słowami A. Giddensa – nie można dziś rynkowi powiedzieć „nie”, a jedyna możliwość, to sprawić, by pracował dla ludzi.
Marketing budzi jednak w środowisku pracowników kultury bardzo różne opinie i przybiera przeróżne oblicza. Traktowany jako szansa na powodzenie, rodzi postawy wiary i nadziei lub – postrzegany jako „obce ciało nieczyste” – wznieca niepokój, krytykę, nieufność. Negatywne podejście wynika najczęściej z nieznajomości tej dziedziny w sensie profesjonalnym i opierania się tylko na wiedzy potocznej lub – co najwyżej – fragmentarycznych i mało już aktualnych ujęciach teoretycznych.
Pod pojęciem marketing kryje się wiele znaczeń. Termin pochodzi od angielskiego słowa market (bazar, targ, rynek) i w najbardziej ogólnym ujęciu można przyjąć jego rozumienie jako sposób myślenia i działania rynkowego. Istnieje niezliczona liczba definicji, formułowanych na gruncie wielu dyscyplin naukowych, w odmiennych miejscach
i przedziałach czasowych, w których eksponowane są przeróżne aspekty funkcjonowania rynkowego, co sprawia, iż ta sama kategoria pojęciowa zmienia zakres znaczeniowy. Nie wchodząc tutaj w szczegółowe rozważania terminologiczne, chcemy jedynie zwrócić uwagę na nowe orientacje, pilną potrzebę ich poznawania i konieczność „pożegnania się” z wizją marketingu w tradycyjnym rozumieniu.
Zmiany zachodzące w zarządzaniu gospodarką nie ominęły także publicznego sektora kultury. Towarzyszy im poszukiwanie rozwiązań menedżerskich specyficznych dla poszczególnych sfer sektora publicznego. Zarządzanie w sektorze publicznym, w tym także zarządzanie instytucjami kultury, niesie wiele dylematów, często nieobecnych w sektorze prywatnym. W konsekwencji zapomina się o potrzebie mierzenia efektywności zarządzania w tych placówkach albo też w ogóle nie dostrzega się takiej potrzeby. Celem tego artykułu jest zwrócenie uwagi na konieczność uwzględniania efektywności w zarządzaniu instytucjami kultury, a także zaproponowanie takich wskaźników jej pomiaru, które pomogą lepiej opisać efektywność zarządzania publicznymi jednostkami kultury i wykorzystania środków publicznych na rozwój kultury.
Zarządzanie publiczne jest czy raczej może stać się najmłodszą subdyscypliną nauki o zarządzaniu. Przedmiotem jej zainteresowania są organizacje publiczne realizujące interes publiczny. Organizacje publiczne w przeciwieństwie do organizacji biznesowych nie są nastawione na zysk. Ich cel wyznacza właściciel, czyli państwo, i na jego realizację przeznacza publiczne środki. Ten klasyczny model funkcjonowania organizacji publicznej jest nieco odmienny w przypadku polskich publicznych telewizji i radia. W budżecie telewizji publicznej jedynie 30% to pieniądze podatników, a w przypadku radia około 80%. Są jednak kraje takie jak Wielka Brytania, Dania, Norwegia, Szwecja czy Japonia, w których udział pieniędzy publicznych w przychodach tych instytucji wynosi 100%3. Zatem zarządzanie polskimi mediami publicznymi musi stanowić połączenie dwóch celów: komercyjnego i publicznego. Polskim mediom publicznym nadano formę spółek prawa handlowego, które ze swej natury są nastawione na zysk. Tego zresztą oczekuje minister skarbu państwa, który w stosunku do spółek medialnych pełni funkcje właścicielskie. Z drugiej jednak strony polskie media publiczne poddano ustawie o radiofonii i telewizji, w której opisano interes publiczny (zadania), czasami określany jako misja mediów publicznych.
Poniższy tekst ma być próbą przeniesienia zagadnień związanych z pojęciem marki w sferę zarządzania dziedzictwem kulturowym. Okazuje się bowiem, że stworzenie nowej marki w obrębie tej specyficznej grupy „towarów i usług” jest procesem równie trudnym, co wykreowanie nowej marki w sektorze komercyjnym. Wybór małopolskiego
Szlaku Architektury Drewnianej jako głównego przedmiotu rozważań nie jest przypadkowy. Z jednej strony jest to bowiem produkt dobrze już rozpoznawalny przez mieszkańców Małopolski, z drugiej zaś (ze względu na wpisanie w obręb tej trasy wielu różnorodnych obiektów – różnorodnych pod względem własności, klasy artystycznej, stanu zachowania, pełnionych obecnie funkcji) – pozwala na wskazanie wielu możliwych perturbacji, jakie napotkają osoby próbujące podejmować podobne działania
Żyjemy w czasach, w których elektroniczne, demograficzne i medialne przyspieszenia przekształcają społeczeństwa skuteczniej i szybciej, niż działo się to kiedykolwiek. A gdy na dodatek współczesna wiedza o naturze i możliwościach uczestników takich procesów rozrasta się lawinowo, gdy mniej lub bardziej świadomie uczestniczymy w procesach kształtowania nowej orientacji i świadomości społecznej, a także i w coraz pełniejszej uniwersalizacji świata (mimo rosnących równocześnie napięć ekonomicznych, religijnych i mentalnych) – rola telewizji jako źródła i nośnika informacji staje się nie do przecenienia.
Teatr XIX wieku bardzo powoli wypracowywał zindywidualizowany stosunek do kostiumu, który stał się samodzielnym elementem przedstawienia, niosącym wartości nie tylko estetyczne, ale również interpretacyjne. Zachowane fotografie Sary Bernhardt, Ellen Terry czy Heleny Modrzejewskiej dowodzą, iż aktorki świadomie komponowały sceniczne stroje, uwzględniając nie tylko charakter postaci, ale przede wszystkim walory własnej sylwetki i zmiany mody. Bernhardt słynęła z oryginalnych kostiumów (naznaczonych jej gwałtownym temperamentem), które projektował dla słynnej Francuzki między innymi Alphonse Mucha. Także Eleonora Duse czy Ellen Terry wybierały zindywidualizowane, dopasowane do sylwetki kostiumy, które czyniły ich sceniczną prezencję bardziej naturalną i swobodną. Usiłowania te nieprzypadkowo zbiegły się w czasie z ogólnymi dążeniami do zmiany kobiecego stroju, wynikającej z uwarunkowań społecznych (ruch emancypacyjny, zmiana stylu życia) i technicznych (powstawanie fabryk konfekcji).
Podstawowe problemy dyrektorów teatrów bułgarskich nie różnią się generalnie od problemów w polskich teatrach. Dziś są to przede wszystkim kwestie finansowe. W dobie rywalizacji teatru z nowoczesnymi mediami to pieniądze najczęściej decydują o sukcesie przedstawienia. Mając je, można zatrudnić gościnnie popularnego reżysera lub aktora, który podniesie zainteresowanie spektaklem wśród lokalnej społeczności, a także – co najważniejsze – przyczyni się do wzrostu wpływów z biletów. Teatry szukają sponsorów. Po długotrwałych dyskusjach, w grudniu 2005 roku przyjęto wprawdzie ustawę o mecenacie, upoważniającą podmioty gospodarcze do ulg podatkowych z tytułu sponsorowania projektów kulturalnych4, jednak ulgi te można odliczyć od wykazanego na koniec roku dochodu firmy, tymczasem firmy bułgarskie nie tyle nie osiągają dochodów, ile wkładają wiele wysiłku w ich ukrycie. Stąd póki co, wejście w życie tej ustawy nie przesądziło o wzroście zainteresowania podmiotów gospodarczych obszarem kultury. Łatwiej znajdują mecenasów najpopularniejsze sofijskie teatry lub konkretne projekty festiwalowe niż pojedyncze przedstawienia teatrów pozasofijskich. Teatry utrzymują się więc wciąż głównie z dotacji budżetowych, pozyskując – w drodze konkursu – dodatkowe skromne środki z państwowych funduszy celowych.
11 maja 2006 roku w Szumen odbyła się inauguracja 15 edycji festiwalu Teatralne Święta Drumewa „Nowy Bułgarski Dramat” (Drumewy Teatralni Praznicy „Nowa Byłgarska Drama”). Organizatorami tego przedsięwzięcia są Dramatyczno-Lalkowy Teatr im. Wasyla Drumewa w Szumen oraz Stowarzyszenie „Nowy Bułgarski Dramat”. To jedyny festiwal teatralny w Bułgarii, którego celem jest promowanie zarówno realizacji scenicznej, jak i publikacji nowych tekstów dramatycznych rodzimych współczesnych autorów. Po raz pierwszy festiwal zorganizowano w 1966 roku, od 1999 roku odbywa się corocznie, począwszy od 11 maja. Rozwija się, zyskując coraz wyższą rangę.
W okresie 35 lat działalności społeczno-kulturalnej Miejski Dom Kultury „Zawodzie” był organizatorem wielu imprez kulturalnych, w których w mniejszym lub większym stopniu uczestniczyły osoby niepełnosprawne; w tym czasie nawiązywano również współpracę z ośrodkami rehabilitacyjnymi i podejmowano się realizacji projektów mających na celu zwiększenie uczestnictwa osób niepełnosprawnych w życiu kulturalnym dzielnicy i miasta. Jednak dopiero w roku 2003 zrodziła się idea imprezy, która dawałaby możliwość nie tylko uczestnictwa niepełnosprawnym, ale także popularyzacji ich osiągnięć przy jednoczesnym rozwijaniu zainteresowań oraz niesieniu konkretnej pomocy.
Celem tego krótkiego artykułu jest pokazanie, jak modelowana jest tożsamość etniczna w mediach masowych, w spotach reklamowych, które traktują tożsamość wybranych grup etnicznych w kategoriach czysto instrumentalnych i komercyjnych. Oglądalność reklam jest wysoka, nadawane są one w prime time’ie, a tym samym ich wpływ na tworzenie pewnych wyobrażeń społecznych i sądów jest duży. Ciekawym przykładem popularyzowania tożsamości etnicznej, ale również w kategoriach rynkowych, są festiwale, na przykład Festiwal Kultury Romskiej w Ciechocinku. I wreszcie pozostaje otwarta kwestia mniejszości tak małych, że właściwie niezauważalnych w przestrzeni publicznej, jak chociażby Karaimowie. Czy w ogóle istnieje marketing ich tożsamości, a jeżeli tak, to czemu ma służyć? Czy dotrze i w jakiej formie do przeciętnego widza, który nie jest w jakiś szczególny sposób zainteresowany tym skądinąd ważnym zagadnieniem. Znaczenie wszystkich tych działań jest bardzo istotne w wymiarze społecznym, znacznie ważniejsze niż wymiar czysto ekonomiczny, i stąd próba zasygnalizowania problemu.
Niniejsza publikacja jest zapisem wywiadów przeprowadzonych w 2004 i 2005 roku z dyrektorami trzech teatrów instytucjonalnych, repertuarowych. Swoje doświadczenia na polu zarządzania teatrem w obecnych warunkach gospodarczych, poglądy na temat zadań stojących przed dyrektorem, a także swoje plany i ambicje zawodowe przedstawili w nich: Krystyna Meissner – dyrektor wrocławskiego Teatru Współczesnego, Krzysztof Orzechowski – dyrektor Teatru im. Juliusza Słowackiego w Krakowie, oraz Jerzy Fedorowicz – dyrektor Teatru Ludowego w Krakowie Nowej Hucie.
Wprowadzona 26 listopada 1998 roku Ustawa o finansach publicznych nałożyła na podmioty sektora publicznego, w tym na publiczne instytucje kultury, obowiązki o charakterze kontroli finansowej wyrażonej w art. 35a niniejszej ustawy, a mającej na celu takie prowadzenie gospodarki finansowej instytucji, aby zapewnić „przestrzeganie procedur kontroli oraz przeprowadzenie wstępnej oceny celowości zaciągania zobowiązań finansowych i dokonywania wydatków”. Zasady gospodarki finansowej podmiotów sektora finansów publicznych jednoznacznie określają (art. 26), że „wydatki i rozchody – stanowią nieprzekraczalny limit”. Zaś procedury kontroli mają zabezpieczyć środki publiczne przed nieuprawnionym przekroczeniem limitu wynikającego z rocznego planu finansowego instytucji. Skuteczność stosowania procedur w głównej mierze uzależniona jest od dostępu do informacji o stopniu realizacji planu finansowego. Potwierdzenie, że „zobowiązania wynikające z operacji mieszczą się w planie finansowym” (art. 35.3.), dokonywane na podstawie danych z systemu księgowego ma podstawową wadę: dotyczy wartości historycznej (w niektórych jednostkach opóźnienie przekracza jeden miesiąc), a nie bieżącej. Zatem potwierdzenie stanu faktycznego wymaga dodatkowych operacji, które zwiększają pracochłonność zadań księgowych, lub stosuje się metody uproszczone, dające wyniki szacunkowe. Brak bieżącej informacji finansowej jest nieuprawniony, ale spotykany
Pomimo żarliwej deklaracji Louisa Lumière’a, że „kinematografia to sztuka bez przyszłości”, wygłoszonej podczas pierwszej publicznej projekcji filmu w 1895 roku, kino – często nazywane „siódmą sztuką” – osiągnęło niezwykły rozwój zarówno w sensie ekonomicznym, jak i artystycznym. W 2005 roku obchodzi swoje sto dziesiąte urodziny, i mimo skromnych początków, późniejsze wprowadzenie do filmu koloru i dźwięku sprawiło, że jego fenomen, zarówno ten magiczny, jak i ekonomiczny, wciąż zadziwia i przyciąga miliony widzów na całym świecie. Przez lata kino dostosowywało się do zmieniającego się otoczenia i w związku z tym przeszło samo wiele zmian. Najważniejsza – udźwiękowienie filmu – sprawiła, że kino stało się jeszcze bardziej atrakcyjne i popularne. Kolejne zmiany były spowodowane rozwojem nowych technologii, które umożliwiły transmitowanie filmów drogą telewizyjną, a więc dotarcie do dużo większej liczby widzów. Film nie był już tylko wyświetlany w salach kinowych, ale zaistniał w każdym domu dzięki telewizji, magnetowidom, odtwarzaczom dvd i komputerom.
Duże zespoły, a szczególnie zespoły zawodowe, mają na rynku muzycznym szczególną pozycję. Z jednej strony – prezentują melomanom (odbiorcom sztuki) najbardziej wartościowe utwory muzyczne, z drugiej – są wizytówką kulturalną miasta, mają do spełnienia funkcję promowania miasta. Zespoły te muszą spełniać również inne zadania: reprezentacyjne i edukacyjne. Innym aspektem, który należy brać pod uwagę, są koszty utrzymywania tak dużych zespołów. XIX- i XX-wieczna tradycja stworzyła typ kultury mieszczańskiej, w którym ważne miejsce obok Kościoła i szkoły zajmowała działalność na rzecz sztuki: organizowanie koncertów i wystaw plastycznych, śpiewanie (nieraz całymi rodzinami) w chórach. Te większe miasta, które dbały o swój prestiż i finansowo mogły sobie pozwolić na utrzymywanie orkiestr i chórów zawodowych, czyniły to. W tych wypadkach większość muzyków zdobywała umiejętności w szkołach działających w danym mieście, część artystów sprowadzano z innych ośrodków.
Dla zilustrowania polityki państwa w zakresie rewindykacji polskich dóbr kultury posłużyłam się niewielkim, ale bardzo symptomatycznym, wycinkiem działań różnorakich struktur państwowych oraz jednym z najbardziej charakterystycznych wystąpień prezydenta, Aleksandra Kwaśniewskiego. Jako pierwsze przedstawiam – zakończone pełnym sukcesem – prace nad stworzeniem nowoczesnej, wykorzystującej wysokie technologie komputerowe, bazy danych polskich strat wojennych i powojennych. Polski, w pełni profesjonalny serwis internetowy, katalogi w postaci książek, informatorów i płyt CD-ROM, wreszcie czytelne reprodukcje (czy też puste miejsca – w przypadku braku dokumentacji fotograficznej) w specjalistycznych wydawnictwach, wszystko to plon długoletniej i żmudnej pracy polskich archiwistów, historyków sztuki, muzealników i pracowników dwóch najbardziej zasłużonych w tej dziedzinie instytucji państwowych: Departamentu Dziedzictwa Narodowego oraz Ośrodka Ochrony Zbiorów Publicznych.
Nauki humanistyczne, nauki o człowieku, nauki o społeczeństwie oraz nauki ekonomiczne, w których skład tradycyjnie (choć niesłusznie) wlicza się także nauki o organizacji i zarządzaniu, niebezpiecznie się od siebie oddaliły, chociaż wywodzą się z jednego źródła, zarówno merytorycznie, jak i historycznie. Wszystkie są w istocie naukami o człowieku, jego działalności indywidualnej i zbiorowej, jego środowisku społecznym, jego indywidualnych oraz zbiorowych wytworach. Psychologia i fizjologia człowieka są naukami o samym człowieku, a nauki społeczne, humanistyczne i ekonomiczne – o wytworach ludzi: organizacjach, produktach, ich wzajemnym oddziaływaniu, miarach ich wartości oraz procesach kształtowania się tych miar. Nauki społeczne zajmują się organizacjami tworzonymi przez człowieka, zarówno nieformalnymi, jak i formalnymi (organizacje), nauki humanistyczne zajmują się wytworami typu informacyjno-symbolicznego (prawo, literatura, teatr, film, sztuka etc.), nauki ekonomiczne zaś zajmują się ludzkimi wytworami (lub produktami naturalnymi, zawsze jednak przez ludzi wydobywanymi czy przetwarzanymi) z punktu widzenia ich wartości i wymiany. Do tych ostatnich zalicza się również wytwory symboliczno-informacyjne, a więc dzieła sztuki, książki, produkcję filmową i teatralną, które również podlegają obrotowi ekonomicznemu. Zatem związek pomiędzy dziedziną humanistyki a ekonomią, organizacją i zarządzaniem, jest oczywisty i pozwala stworzyć jedną z dziedzin ekonomii (ekonomię humanistyczną), a także zarządzania i organizacji (zarządzanie humanistyczne).
Obecnie promocję uznaje się za jeden z najważniejszych instrumentów marketingu. We współczesnym rozumieniu marketing obejmuje wszystkie obszary życia nie tylko gospodarczego, ale też społecznego, kulturalnego i politycznego. Kotler definiuje marketing jako „proces społeczny i zarządczy, dzięki któremu jednostki i grupy otrzymują to, czego potrzebują i pragną, poprzez tworzenie, oferowanie i wymianę z innymi jednostkami i grupami produktów posiadających wartość”1. Produkt, według niego, jest pojęciem bardzo szerokim – poznaniem potrzeb i życzeń rynków docelowych oraz zapewnieniem pożądanego poziomu zadowolenia w sposób efektywniejszy i skuteczniejszy niż konkurenci, przy jednoczesnym zachowaniu lub podniesieniu dobrobytu konsumenta i społeczeństwa. Taka koncepcja marketingu odnosi się nie tylko do podmiotów rynkowych i potrzeb konsumenta, lecz zwraca także uwagę na interes publiczny, obejmując nim także instytucje i organizacje non-profit, rządy oraz jednostki terytorialne różnego szczebla. Tak więc każda organizacja powinna identyfikować i zaspokajać potrzeby konsumentów tak, aby przyczynić się również do dobra ogólnospołecznego. Zatem muszą być brane pod uwagę trzy zasadnicze aspekty: zysk działającej organizacji, zaspokojenie wymagań klientów oraz dbanie o interes publiczny. Ponieważ pojęcie marketingu zostało zastosowane z powodzeniem w praktycznie wszystkich dziedzinach gospodarczych i pozagospodarczych, konieczne stało się dookreślenie go w różnych sektorach działalności. Oprócz marketingu dóbr inwestycyjnych, dóbr konsumpcyjnych czy marketingu usług utworzony został także sektor zwany marketingiem terytorialnym lub marketingiem miejsca. Konkurencja, zawsze stymulująca marketing – który stał się koniecznością, kiedy podaż towarów zaczynała górować nad popytem (rynek konsumenta) – zaistniała także w dziedzinie kultur, regionów, miast i narodów. Tym sposobem marketing terytorialny jest kolejnym etapem przenoszenia koncepcji zarządzania wypracowanych w sektorze prywatnym do sektora publicznego
Walory kulturowe i przyrodnicze terenów położonych w obrębie gminy Dębowiec od lat stanowią o atrakcyjności tej ziemi, położonej w południowo-zachodnim paśmie Pogórza Jasielskiego i północnej części Beskidu Niskiego. Zarówno Dębowiec, jak i okoliczne malownicze, często zapomniane wioski przyciągają swym urokiem turystów, pielgrzymów, wielbicieli ciszy i nieskażonej przyrody. Wartość i piękno tych miejsc, ważne w wymiarze narodowym, od maja 2004 roku winny być rozpatrywane w wymiarze europejskim. Zabytkowe kościoły, przydrożne kapliczki, cmentarze wojenne, kultura Łemków i przyroda Magurskiego Parku Narodowego są wartością nie tylko dla mieszkańców czy gminy, ale również, a może przede wszystkim – dla państwa, a nawet Europy.
Niestety, pomimo tak wielu kulturowych i przyrodniczych zalet ziemi dębowieckiej nie stworzono jeszcze dla tego terenu strategii rozwoju kultury. Ziemia ta nie doczekała się dokumentu, który kompleksowo obejmie rozwój i promocję regionu, a jednocześnie ochroni bogactwo kulturowe i przyrodnicze od nadmiernej eksploatacji. Wciąż brak w świadomości mieszkańców potrzeby ochrony własnego, niepowtarzalnego dziedzictwa.
Istniejące publikacje zawierają informacje o historii, położeniu geograficznym, zabytkach i interesujących miejscach.
Kultura to istotny element życia człowieka. Nie sposób nie zauważyć wszechobecności kultury – mówimy przecież o kulturze prowadzenia konwersacji, spożywania posiłków, ubierania się, kulturze bycia, kulturze poszczególnych krajów itd. W czym zatem tkwi istota kultury? Czy jest ona nadal potrzebna – w dobie gwałtownie postępującego rozwoju cywilizacji? Czy wciąż odczuwamy potrzebę bycia kulturalnym? Czy nadal mamy pielęgnować zasady savoir-vivre’u, skoro często słyszymy, że to staroświeckie? W niniejszym tekście postaram się wykazać, że kultura jest potrzebna we współczesnym świecie, a zwłaszcza w życiu wkraczającego w dorosłość młodego pokolenia. Uczynię to na przykładzie wybranej szkoły ponadgimnazjalnej, mocno wpisanej – prawie od 130 lat – w region Podhala.
W niniejszym artykule postaram się ukazać kulturę jako formę kompensacji dla współczesnego społeczeństwa. Zakładam, że zgadzamy się co do tego, iż nasze społeczeństwo jest skomplikowane w stopniu wymykający się spod kontroli, nasze technologie przytłaczają nas, a ludzkie normy nie dostarczają nam już orientacji w świecie. Kultura oferuje przeciwwagę dla tych skrajnych wymogów. Obiecuje ucieczkę od złożoności i oferuje nam symbole jedności.
Wielu z nas w Wielkiej Brytanii patrzyło z zazdrością na to, jak Europa kontynentalna tradycyjnie wspiera kulturę. Francja, Niemcy i Włochy wskazywane były jako wzory krajów, gdzie sztuki piękne są hojnie finansowane przez państwo, na poziomie lokalnym bądź narodowym, dzięki milczącemu porozumieniu co do tego, że sztuka jest czymś godnym uwagi i stanowi zasadniczy składnik społeczeństwa obywatelskiego. Wydaje się jednak, że te zasady nie mają już zastosowania. Niektóre z niezręcznych pytań, jakie zadawano w Wielkiej Brytanii, co do tego, dlaczego w ogóle kultura powinna być finansowana, mogą stać się teraz aktualne w krajach europejskich. Dla celów tej konferencji może zatem okazać się interesujące, w jaki sposób debata o wsparciu dla kultury rozwijała się w Wielkiej Brytanii i jaki jest obecny stan rzeczy.
Kultura – w tym również teatr i muzyka – zawsze w swym wymiarze realnym była w sposób istotny uzależniona od konkretnych zleceniodawców i władców. Nie oznacza to jednak, że jej język jest w sposób bezwzględny językiem władzy, należy wszakże dodać, że kultura nie może się bez niej obyć.
Wobec całej złożoności problemu, jakim są relacje między kulturą a polityką, należy stworzyć pewne reguły, tak aby w przypadku kryzysu systemu Welfare, kryzysu etatyzmu, mogła zaistnieć – również w wymiarze kultury – jakaś forma wspomagania (a dotyczy to w różnej mierze wszystkich krajów europejskich). Chodziłoby tu o mnożenie w sensie pluralistycznym form komunikacji, kreatywności, edukacji kulturowej pod kątem emancypacji struktur opieki społecznej niewydolnego systemu państwowego. Szczególnie istotne w tym zakresie byłoby zarządzanie, koordynacja oraz ukierunkowanie – odgrywających coraz ważniejszą rolę – instytucji prywatnych, a także inicjatyw o charakterze mecenatu.
Rozpocznę od krótkiego opisu mojej kariery i doświadczenia, ponieważ w taki czy inny sposób zaistnieją one w niniejszym tekście. Obecnie jestem stypendystką Clore Leadership Programme. Wcześniej, do roku 2002, pracowałam jako dyrektor wiejskiego ośrodka sztuki w Kornwalii. Byłam tam jedynym pracownikiem etatowym, ponadto zatrudniano 6 osób w niepełnym wymiarze, działała także Rada Powiernicza złożona z 10 członków. Odpowiadałam za kierownictwo artystyczne i tworzenie programów, kierownictwo finansowe wraz z tworzeniem budżetu i pozyskiwaniem funduszy, przychody i projekty, planowanie strategiczne i kształtowanie polityki, zarządzanie projektami, zarządzanie personelem oraz za marketing, a do tego byłam rzecznikiem i osobą odpowiadającą za kontakty z mediami
Tematem niniejszego artykułu jest wprowadzona przez Luwr nowa polityka komunikacji skierowana do publiczności, która spowodowała spektakularny wzrost liczby osób odwiedzających muzeum, a jej efektem jest trwała poprawa wizerunku instytucji.
Muzeum, jedno z najstarszych w Europie, przeszło w ostatnim czasie głęboką transformację. Dawna struktura nie była w stanie pomieścić rosnącego tłumu zwiedzających – wielogodzinne kolejki sprawiły, iż turyści często rezygnowali z nużącego oczekiwania, a tym samym pomijali jedną z największych atrakcji Paryża. Miłośnicy sztuki byli z kolei rozczarowani faktem, iż tylko niewielka część zbiorów była udostępniona publiczności – ułatwienie dostępu do muzeum, powiększenie przestrzeni ekspozycyjnej i odpowiednia, spełniająca nowoczesne wymogi aranżacja wydawały się niezbędne.
Na przestrzeni wieków miano mecenasów artystów i uczonych zyskiwali władcy, arystokraci, hierarchowie kościelni. Sławą mecenasów cieszyli się we Florencji Medyceusze, podobnie szeroko znanym jest mecenat Sforzów w Mediolanie, w Rzymie zaś Juliusza II i Leona X. W rolę mecenasa kultury od lat siedemdziesiątych XVIII wieku wchodzi także państwo – co stało się szczególnie istotne, gdy szło nie tylko o roztoczenie opieki nad konkretnym twórcą, ale o zabezpieczenie całych kolekcji zawierających dorobek kulturowy poprzednich pokoleń. Dobrym tego przykładem jest przejęcie takich kolekcji przez państwo, które następnie finansuje ich utrzymanie, konserwację, miejsce eksponowania itp. Może odbywać się to w drodze zakupu (na przykład British Museum powstało z zakupionej decyzją Parlamentu Brytyjskiego kolekcji prywatnej, zaś niedawno zbiór Gilman Paper Company Collection przejęło w ten sposób nowojorskie Metropolitan Museum), przez upaństwowienie (Muzeum Luwru powstałe po upaństwowieniu zbiorów królewskich i włączeniu do nich skonfiskowanych zbiorów prywatnych) bądź przez przejęcie zbiorów od darczyńców (wspaniałym przykładem jest podarowanie państwu w 1737 roku zbiorów medycejskich przez ostatnią z rodu Medyceuszy, Annę Marię).
W kwietniu 2003 roku w Muzeum Narodowym w Krakowie zainaugurowany został cykl wykładów i imprez artystycznych pt. „Na tropach Europy”, który na życzenie publiczności kontynuowano w roku 2004 i 2005. Za edycję w roku 2003 Muzeum Narodowe w Krakowie otrzymało II Nagrodę w konkursie Wydarzenie Muzealne Roku „Sybilla 2003” w kategorii Programy Edukacyjne, Oświatowo-Wychowawcze i Promocyjne.
Program od początku został otoczony opieką przez PKO Bank Polski, a w związku ze sposobem realizacji tej opieki stanowi bardzo dobry przykład współczesnego mecenatu sprawowanego nad działaniem instytucji kultury wysokiej – muzeum.
Główną ideą programu jest przedstawienie Polski jako ważnego kraju europejskiego, posiadającego od wieków żywe związki z innymi państwami tego rejonu świata, mającego bogatą kulturę, a jednocześnie otwartego na kulturę i sztukę innych narodów, czego „śladami” są zgromadzone w zbiorach Muzeum Narodowego zabytki, reprezentujące sztukę praktycznie wszystkich narodów Europy
18 maja obchodzony jest Międzynarodowy Dzień Muzeów. W roku 2005, w ramach obchodów tego ważnego dla muzealnictwa święta, w Muzeum Książąt Czartoryskich – Oddziale Muzeum Narodowego w Krakowie, odbyło się seminarium pt. „Światło Świątyni Sybilli. Rzecz o muzeach dawniej, dzisiaj i w przyszłości”, na które złożyło się 12 wykładów oraz program literacko-muzyczny, zamykający cykl wystąpień
Gdy powracamy myślą do początków Muzeum Narodowego w Krakowie, niejako automatycznie pojawia się w tych rozważaniach postać prezydenta Józefa Dietla, którego inicjatywa dla powstania tej instytucji jest nie do przecenienia. Wśród innych jego zasług w działaniach dla Krakowa, ta szczególnie jest dostrzegana i ceniona, bo dała miastu perspektywę rozwoju w dziedzinie szczególnie mu przynależnej – w dziedzinie kultury.
W tamtych czasach, gdy naród polski pozbawiony był własnej państwowości, stworzenie instytucji dającej oparcie kulturze polskiej, szczególnie bogatej w pierwiastek narodowy, miało dodatkową bezcenną wartość, był bowiem Kraków miejscem pielgrzymkowym Polaków.
Zanim jednak powstało w Krakowie pierwsze na ziemiach polskich Muzeum Narodowe, idea powołania tutaj takiej placówki pojawiała się co najmniej parokrotnie, jeszcze przed upadkiem I Rzeczpospolitej.
Na początku spotkania poświęconego muzeum – widzianemu jako świątynia muz – w sposób nieodparty pojawiła się refleksja o ludziach, którzy stanęli u początków Muzeum Narodowego w Krakowie – pierwszych dyrektorach, kustoszach.
Po zastanowieniu – myśl o nich okazuje się w tym miejscu i chwili całkiem naturalna, jeśli uzmysłowimy sobie, że muzy (bohaterki tego spotkania) były córkami Zeusa i Mnemozyny, bogini pamięci.
A więc przywołanie postaci z przeszłości, związanych z krakowską Świątynią Muz, odczytać można jako rzecz wręcz oczywistą, wynikającą z natury „gospodyń” tego przybytku. Przypomnę tylko jedną – dyrektora Feliksa Kopery, który 55 lat temu przyjmował mnie do pracy w Muzeum. Jakie jeszcze cechy przypisać można muzom? Jaka jest ich natura?
W 2001 roku upłynęło 200 lat od otwarcia gmachu pierwszego polskiego muzeum narodowego – puławskiej Świątyni Sybilli. Trzeci rozbiór i ostateczne zmazanie imienia Polski z karty Europy było dla świadomej części społeczeństwa polskiego szokiem. Wachlarz zaprezentowanych postaw i zachowań był szeroki – od całkowitego serwilizmu wobec rozbiorców1 po rozpacz prowadzącą do obłąkania.
Dlaczego Modrzejewska? – proszę nie pytać, to wstyd. Bo Modrzejewska jest dobra na wszystko, dla wszystkich, wszędzie. I zawsze. Dlaczego w „Muzeum”? – w cudzysłowie, od dużej litery? Przede wszystkim z powodu bezradności. Bo Modrzejewska wprawdzie żyła w latach 1840–1909, ale przecież ona żyje dalej. W powieści Susan Sontag, w marzeniu Jerzego Skolimowskiego o filmie jego życia, we wręcz współczesnych kalifornijskich dyskusjach o wartościach – w sensie estetyki, dobroczynności, osoby ludzkiej,
Zbiory zabytków, stanowiące podstawę muzealnictwa, były gromadzone i pokazywane najczęściej w specjalnie w tym celu wznoszonych budynkach. Architektura budynków muzealnych miała służyć właściwej ekspozycji kolekcji muzealnych, wydobywać ich walory artystyczne, potęgować symboliczne przekazy. Dlatego projektanci tych gmachów najpierw zgłębiali potrzeby kolekcji, wspólnie z autorami przyszłych ekspozycji ustalając koncepcję tworzonych przestrzeni. Można to prześledzić na kilku najbardziej charakterystycznych przykładach.
W zakresie architektury muzealnej, w ostatnim czasie daje się zaobserwować niezwykłą aktywność twórczą projektantów, przybierającą wręcz formę eksplozji talentów i inwencji. To zainteresowanie architektów niewątpliwie wynika ze wzrostu znaczenia muzeów, włączonych do programów globalnej turystyki. Jeszcze kilkadziesiąt lat temu publiczność muzealną tworzyły górne, wysoko wykształcone warstwy społeczeństw oraz ucząca się młodzież pod opieką nauczycieli. Dzisiaj muzea są odwiedzane przez rzesze turystów, wywodzące się z różnych kręgów społecznych, ludzi ogarniętych pasją podróżowania i oglądania świata. Dla scharakteryzowania tego zjawiska można się posłużyć przykładem polskim. W ubiegłym stuleciu, szczególnie do lat osiemdziesiątych, wycieczka do Egiptu była czymś rzadkim i dostępnym niewielu szczęśliwcom, natomiast w 2004 roku Egipt odwiedziło około 100 tysięcy naszych rodaków, mających w programie Muzeum Egipskie w Kairze, bardzo atrakcyjne dzięki słynnym skarbom wydobytym z grobowca faraona Tutenhamona.
Zarządzanie to sytuacja, w której zarządzający – menedżer, korzystając ze swojej wiedzy, podejmuje decyzje dotyczące łączenia posiadanych zasobów tak, aby uzyskać efekt zgodny z oczekiwaniami klienta. Im większa jest jego wiedza o tych oczekiwaniach oraz o warunkach, w jakich przyszło mu podejmować decyzje, tym większa jest szansa na podejmowanie decyzji właściwie służących założonemu celowi.
Początki zarządzania ryzykiem i zainteresowania tym zagadnieniem przypadają na lata siedemdziesiąte zeszłego stulecia i łączone są ze Stanami Zjednoczonymi Ameryki. Termin ryzyko jest zazwyczaj rozważany w kategoriach zagrożenia dla funkcjonowania organizacji. Ryzyko nie musi być wyłącznie czystym korelatem strat (tzw. ryzyko czyste), ale może mieć także spekulatywny, dwuwymiarowy charakter (tzw. ryzyko spekulatywne). Ryzyko czyste dotyczy przedsięwzięć podlegających ubezpieczeniu, zaś działalność, której nie można ubezpieczyć, stanowi domenę ryzyka spekulatywnego
„Przeszłość Przyszłości” – te słowa poleciła umieścić nad wejściem do pierwszego polskiego muzeum publicznego – Świątyni Sybilli w Puławach – jego założycielka, księżna Izabela z Flemingów Czartoryska. Był rok 1801. Czas szczególnie tragiczny dla Polaków, którzy po utracie przez kraj państwowości gwałtownie potrzebowali punktu oparcia, fundamentu odbudowy, nie tylko bytu narodowego, lecz własnego, wewnętrznego świata wartości. Niektórych opanowywała apatia, innych szaleństwo, niektórzy zatracali poczucie narodowej tożsamości.
Gdy tak wielu nie widziało już żadnej możliwości działania, księżna Izabela Czartoryska stworzyła muzeum – Świątynię Pamięci, gdzie – jak do biblijnej Arki – przeniosła pamiątki narodowe. Podkreślenia wymaga także fakt, że Izabela Czartoryska – mimo naczelnej idei stworzenia panteonu narodowego – potrafiła dostrzegać i doceniać dokonania myśli i talentów człowieka w wymiarze wartości uniwersalnych, sięgając do szeroko rozumianej kultury europejskiej i światowej.
I tak, w puławskim parku w roku 1809 został otwarty Dom Gotycki, w którym znalazły się pamiątki i dzieła kultury europejskiej i światowej. Mówiąc obrazowym językiem tamtej epoki: księżna, tworząc dla społeczeństwa „skarbiec idei narodowych”, otwarła dla swych rodaków także drzwi do dorobku kulturalnego innych narodów.
Od kilku lat coraz bardziej wyraziste stają się dwa ważne społeczne procesy. Z jednej strony – odbudowa i umacnianie samorządu, i to na wszystkich poziomach, z drugiej – europejska integracja oraz powstanie realnej współpracy międzyregionalnej.
Współpraca międzyregionalna staje się bowiem coraz bardziej ścisła, wpisując się we współpracę międzynarodową i politykę zagraniczną państwa. To prawda, że wiele osób nie tylko myli kompetencje marszałka i wojewody, ale i nie ma pojęcia o istnieniu samorządu województwa. To prawda, że na poziomie województwa trudno mówić o regionalnej wspólnocie samorządowej, że poczucie małopolskiej tożsamości jest nikłe. Ale z drugiej strony młody polski samorząd województwa jest aktywnym podmiotem sceny międzynarodowej, nie tylko realizując konkretne projekty, ale i zabierając głos w sprawach ważnych dla całej wspólnoty międzynarodowej. I w tej dziedzinie możemy być dumni z naszej regionu, z Małopolski. To właśnie Małopolska podjęła udaną próbę nadania nowego kierunku współpracy pomiędzy państwami grupy wyszehradzkiej poprzez Forum Regionów Wyszehradzkich. Nie bez powodu jedną z pierwszych inicjatyw podjętych na Forum było zorganizowanie Festiwalu Kultury Regionów Wyszehradzkich. Bo przecież to współpraca kulturalna, choć wcale nie najłatwiejsza, najbardziej zbliża i ludzi, i narody.
Hasło tegorocznego Dnia Muzeów podane przez ICOM – „Muzeum jako pomost kultury” – odnosi się do wielu wymiarów działalności instytucji muzealnej, jej odbioru przez widzów, funkcjonowania w świadomości społecznej szerszej niż grono odwiedzających, wreszcie jego roli jako symbolu trwałości kultury, łączności między różnymi jej etapami, lokalizacjami, gdzie rozwijało się ludzkie życie i – wraz z nim – ludzka kultura. Takim pomostem jest też sam budynek muzeum, nie tylko jako budowlana, techniczna ochrona dzieł w nim zgromadzonych, umożliwiająca owo przeniesienie w czasie, ale również jako dzieło architektury, którego ukształtowanie wpisuje się w złożony przekaz ideowy, towarzyszący powstaniu samych dzieł i powstaniu kolekcji z tych dzieł złożonych.